a A National Museums National Museum CNE } of Canada of Natural Sciences a) FR Ottawa 1975 Fes tO Publications in Zoology, No. 10 Mammals of the Yukon Territory Phillip M. Youngman Publications de Zoologie, n° 10 Musées nationaux Musée national! du Canada des Sciences naturelles Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2011 with funding from California Academy of Sciences Library htip://www.archive.org/details/publicationsinzo1Onati Mammals of the Yukon Territory National Museum of Natural Sciences Musée national des Sciences naturelles Publications in Zoology, No. 10 Publications de Zoologie, n° 10 Published by the Publié par les National Museums of Canada Musées nationaux du Canada Staff editor Bonnie Livingstone if bi — i 1 j I & = 0 ; | 5 1 j ” i 1 1 - f LE Chestnut-cheeked vole, Microtus xanthognathus (adult female, left; adult male, right; 88 per cent of life size). Collected at Hungry Lake, Yukon Territory, July 1965. Painted from life by Richard Philip Grossenheider. Mammals of the Yukon Territory Phillip M. Youngman © Crown copyrights reserved National Museum of Natural Sciences National Museums of Canada Ottawa, Canada Second quarter 1975 Catalogue No. NM95—-10/10 Available by mail from the National Museum of Natural Sciences Ottawa, Ontario K1A OM8 P0987654321 Y798765 Printed in Canada © Droits réservés au nom de la Couronne Musée national des Sciences naturelles Musées nationaux du Canada Ottawa, Canada Deuxiéme trimestre 1975 N° de catalogue NM95-10/10 L’éditeur remplit les commandes postales adressées au Musée national des Sciences naturelles Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0OM8 70987654321 A798765 Imprimé au Canada Contents List of Figures, 6 List of Maps, 7 List of Tables, 11 Résumé, 14 Summary, 15 Pe3rome, 16 Biographical Note, 17 Acknowledgements, 18 Introduction, 19 History of Mammalogy in the Yukon, 21 Materials and Methods, 23 Environmental Influences, 25 Geography, 25 Climate, 26 Vegetation, 27 Cenozoic History, 28 Discussion, 30 The Beringian Refugium, 31 Southern Unglaciated North America, 32 Influences from Other Refugia, 33 Checklist of the Mammals of the Yukon, with Page Numbers for Locating Species and Subspecies, 35 Key to Orders of Recent Yukon Mammals, 39 Accounts of Species and Subspecies, 41 Hypothetical List, 175 Type Localities of Mammals in the Yukon, 177 References Cited, 179 Index, 190 List of Figures Frontispiece Chestnut-cheeked voles, Microtus xanthognathus 1 The Arctic Coastal Plain, 25 2 The Arctic Mountains province, British Mountains, 26 3 The northern plateaus province, Ogilvie Mountains, 26 4 Ventral views of auditory ossicles of three specimens of Sorex, 40 5 Old mounds of Spermophilus parryii plesius, near Tagish, 71 6 Hay pile (Hedysarum sp.) of Microtus miurus, 104 7 Skull of Rangifer tarandus caribou, 164 8 Skull of Rangifer tarandus groenlandicus, 164 List of Maps 1 Physiographic provinces of the Yukon, 25 2 Retreat of Wisconsin ice, glacial maximum, ca. 1 700-1500 years B.P., 29 3 Beginning of deglaciated corridor between Cordilleran glacial complex and Keewatin glacier, ca. 12,300 B.P., 29 4 Deglaciated corridor open between Beringia and region south of drift border, ca. 12,200 B.P., 30 5 Wide deglaciated corridor open, ca. 9500 B.P., 31 6 Approximate ranges of nine postglacial immigrants with limited ranges in the Yukon, 32 Distribution Maps 7 Serex cinereus, 42 8 Sorex arcticus arcticus, 45 9 Sorex tundrensis, 45 10 Sorex obscurus obscurus, 50 11 Sorex palustris navigator, 50 12 Microsorex hoyi intervectus, 52 13 Myotis lucifugus pernox, 53 14 Ochotona princeps collaris, 55 15 Lepus americanus dalli, 57 16 Eutamias minimus borealis, 62 17 Marmota monax ochracea, 64 18 Marmota caligata caligata, 66 List of Maps 19 Spermophilus parryii, 70 20 Tamiasciurus hudsonicus preblei, 73 21 Glaucomys sabrinus sabrinus, 77 22 Castor canadensis canadensis, 77 23 Peromyscus maniculatus, 79 24 Neotoma cinerea occidentalis, 83 25 Clethrionomys rutilus dawsoni, 86 26 Phenacomys intermedius mackenzii, 88 27 Microtus pennsylvanicus drummondii, 89 28 Microtus oeconomus macfarlani, 93 29 Microtus longicaudus vellerosus, 97 30 Microtus xanthognathus, 98 31 Microtus miurus, 102 32 Ondatra zibethicus spatulatus, 106 33 Lemmus sibiricus, 107 34 Synaptomys borealis borealis, 112 35 Dicrostonyx torquatus, 115 36 Zapus hudsonius hudsonius, 119 37 Zapus princeps saltator, 119 38 Erethizon dorsatum myops, 120 List of Maps 39 Canis latrans latrans, 126 40 Canis lupus, 126 41 Vulpes lagopus lagopus, 129 42 Vulpes vulpes alascensis, 132 43 Ursus americanus americanus, 133 44 Ursus arctos, 136 45 Ursus maritimus maritimus, 139 46 Martes americana actuosa, 140 47 Martes pennanti columbiana, 143 48 Mustela erminea, 143 49 Mustela nivalis eskimo, 146 50 Mustela vison, 147 51 Gulo gulo luscus, 150 52 Lontra canadensis pacifica, 152 53 Felis concolor, 153 54 Felis canadensis canadensis, 153 55 Odocoileus hemionus hemionus, 160 56 Alces alces gigas, 161 57 Rangifer tarandus, 163 58 Oreamnos americanus columbiae, 168 10 List of Maps 59 Ovibos moschatus moschatus, 169 60 Ovis nivicola, 170 List of Tables 1 Probable refugial origins of Recent Yukon native terrestrial mammals, 31 2 Postglacial immigrants from the south, having extensive ranges in the Yukon and Alaska, 32 3 Postglacial immigrants from the south, having limited ranges in the Yukon and Alaska, 33 Cranial Measurements 4 Sorex cinereus, 43 5 Sorex tundrensis and Sorex arcticus, 46 6 Sorex obscurus obscurus and Sorex palustris, 49 7 Microsorex hoyi intervectus, 52 8 Myotis lucifugus pernox, 54 9 Ochotona princeps collaris, 56 10 Lepus americanus dalli, 58 11 Eutamias minimus borealis, 63 12 Two species of Marmota, 65 15 Spermophilus parryii, 68 14 Tamiasciurus hudsonicus and Glaucomys sabrinus, 74 15 Castor canadensis canadensis, 78 16 Peromyscus maniculatus, 80 17 Clethrionomys rutilus dawsoni, 84 18 Microtus pennsylvanicus drummondii, 90 11 NZ List of Tables 19 Microtus oeconomus macfarlani, 94 20 Microtus longicaudus vellerosus, 96 21 Microtus xanthognathus, 99 22 Microtus miurus, 103 23 Ondatra zibethicus spatulatus, 105 24 Lemmus sibiricus, 108 25 Synaptomys borealis borealis, 113 26 Two species of Zapus, 118 27 Erethizon dorsatum myops, 121 28 Canis lupus and Canis latrans, 127 29 Vulpes vulpes and Vulpes lagopus, 130 30 Ursus americanus americanus, 134 31 Ursus arctos, 137 32 Martes americana actuosa, 141 33 Mustela erminea and Mustela nivalis, 144 34 Mustela vison, 148 35 Gulo gulo and Lontra canadensis, 151 36 Felis canadensis canadensis, 155 37 Alces alces gigas, 162 List of Tables 38 Rangifer tarandus, 165 39 Ovis nivicola, 172 13 14 Résumé La présente étude de 64 espèces de mammifères de l'époque récente, signalés au Yukon (Canada), est avant tout taxonomique. Elle a pour but de retracer l'origine immédiate d'espèces terrestres des zones arctique et subarctique du nord-ouest. On y trouvera des données écologiques sur certaines espèces et des cartes indi- quant les aires de répartition de toutes les espèces terrestres indigènes. Soixante pour cent de celles-ci, au Yukon et en Alaska, pro- viennent du principal îlot de l'Amérique du Nord qui n'a pas subi la glaciation et qui se situait au sud de la calotte glaciaire continentale. Trente-cinq pour cent sont venues d'une région qui englobe la siérie, l'Alaska, le Yukon et les Territoires du Nord- Ouest, connue sous le nom de “Béringie” et qui a également échappé à la glaciation; les autres, proviendraient d'autres petits réfugia ou seraient des espéces introduites. Summary This primarily taxonomic study of the 64 species of Recent mam- mals recorded from the Yukon Territory of Canada attempts to discover the proximate origins of terrestrial species in the north- western Arctic and Subarctic. Ecological data are included for some species, and distributional maps are provided for all native terrestrial species. Sixty per cent of the Yukon and Alaskan terrestrial mammals originated in the main unglaciated portion of North America to the south of the main continental glaciers, and 35 per cent of the fauna in the unglaciated region in Siberia, Alaska, the Yukon and the Northwest Territories known as “Beringia”. The remainder are thought to have been derived from other small refugia, or are introduced species. 15 16 Pestome Lex» H3YYeHHA B OCHOBHOM KIACCHHKALHH 64 BHIOB CO- BPEMEHHEIX MJIeKONHTAHIUHX, BCTPCYeHHbIX Ha TEPPHTOPHH IOKkoH KaHaZH, — YCTAHOBHTE HNPHÔAH3HTEANLHOE NPOHC- XOXJICHHE HA3CMHBIX BHAOB B CeBePO-BOCTOUHOË UACTH APKTAKH H IIpunousappa. Jima HEKOTOPHIX BHAOB JHAHTCA 9KOJOTHUECKHE JAHHBIE, a JA BCEX MeCTHbIX HA3€MHBIX BHJIOB NOUTOTOBJIEHEI KAPTEI HX PACNPeLE]EHHSA. 60% Ha3eMHbIX MIeFONHTAHOIHX IOKOHA uv AJACKH Mpo- HCXOJAT H3 TJIABHOË HeOOJIeNeHEHHOË YacTH CeBepHoï Ame- PHKH, JAayJIee Ha HT OT OCHOBHEIX KOHTHHEHTAJIBHBIX Je QHH- KOB. 35% dayHbl NOJYUEHO H3 HeOOJIE]IEHEHHEIX PaHOHOB Cu6upu, Auackn, IOKkona u CeBepo-3anaxHix TeppHTopyä — BCe 9TH paHOHbI H3BeCTHbI NOX HMeHeM ”BepaHrua”, — a OCTaJIbHbIe NOJyYeHO, AO!MKHO ObITb, HAH K€ H3 APYTHX HeOONBIHX HeOOJIELEHEHHHIX PaHOHOB, HJM Xe ABJAIOTCA BBEJLCHHEIMH BHJLAMH. Biographical Note Phillip M. Youngman received his M.A. in Zoology at the Univer- sity of Kansas. He has worked as a marine biologist in the West Indies, and as a mammalogist with the United States Army in Korea. He has taught at the University of Tampa, Florida, and at St. Patrick’s College, Ottawa. Among the scientific papers that he has contributed to various journals are studies on the ecology of Korean rodents, the systematics of pocket gophers, the system- atics and distribution of arctic mammals, the systematics of insu- lar populations of voles, and the serology of arctic ground squirrels. A member of several scientific societies, Mr. Youngman was Associate Editor (Mammalogy) of the Canadian Field Naturalist from 1961 to 1970. He was Curator of Mammals from 1960 to 1972 at the National Museum of Natural Sciences, Ottawa, and is currently supervising the production of loan and mobile exhibi- tions for the Museum. 17 18 Acknowledgements For the loan of specimens or for permission to examine specimens in their care | am grateful to: S. Anderson, K. Koopman and R. G. Van Gelder, of the American Museum of Natural History, New York; R.L. Rausch, Arctic Health Research Center, College, Alaska; R. T. Orr, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco; D. A. Smith, Carleton University, Ottawa; J. C. Moore, Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago; |. M. Cowan, Department of Zoology, University of British Columbia; B. Lawrence and C. Mack, of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University; S. B. Benson and W. Z. Lidicker, Jr., of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, University of California; E. R. Hall and J. K. Jones, Jr., of the Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas; W. R. Burt, E. Hooper and G. Musser, of the Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan; R. R. Grant, Jr., Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia; R. L. Peterson, Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto; C. O. Handley, Jr., D. H. Johnson, R. H, Manville, and J. L. Paradiso, of the National Museum of Natural History, Washington; and C. J. Guiguet, British Columbia Provincial Museum, Victoria. For logistical support, collecting permits, and many kindnesses | am indebted to G. Bidlake, G. Cameron, J. Classen, J. B. Fitz- gerald, R. Flanagan, J. Langevin, D. F. Merrill, D. Nowlan, and A. Reeve of the Yukon Territorial Government, and to Arthur Ellis, Monty Alford, Lou Green, Owen Hughes, Elizabeth Phillips, and Victor Prest, of the Canada Department of Energy, Mines and Re- sources. Maps 2 to 5 were derived from Prest (1969). During the course of this study many persons from the Yukon extended friendship, hospitality and assistance. | owe many thanks to Alfred and Palma Berger, Chris Boland, Sue Cerny, the Rudy Burian family, Grace Chambers, Charlie Peter Charlie, Don Christie, Ron Connolly, Tom and Shirley Connolly, Philippe Dicquemare, John Dumas, Sara Frost, Steven Frost, Chester Henderson, Joe Kay, Mr. and Mrs. Al Kapty, Ed Krish, Roy Lambert, Effie Linklater, Peter Lord, Neil Macdonald, Len and Rhona Millar, Danny and Erica Nowland, Arthur M. Pearson, Louis Pospisl, Jim Robb, Howard Truman, Lorna Walmsley, Alan and Iris Warner, Tony Worbets, and Fred Whitlinger. A number of persons assisted me in the field, prepared speci- mens and collected the data that have been used in this report. Members of field parties, with dates, are as follows: 19617 and7962 P.M. Youngman, G. D. Tessier, R. Chambers 1963 P.M. Youngman, G. D. Tessier, R. A. Fortier, W. Baker 7964 P.M. Youngman, G. D. Tessier, A. Peter, |. Sterling, N. Warn 7965 P.M. Youngman, G. D. Tessier, N. Olsen 1966 W. Butler, N. Olsen 1968 D. A. Gill, R. W. Wrigley 1969 D. A. Gill, D. Campbell. À. E. Porsild kindly identified many specimens of plants. | am grateful to Richard Philip Grossenheider who contributed the frontispiece. Edward Hearn drew part of Map 1 and Maps 2 to 4; Robert Thomson the base for the distribution maps, Charles H. Douglas Figures 7 and 8; and David A. Gill and Thomas L. Pickett assisted with lists of specimens examined and the distribution maps. | wish to thank Irwin M. Brodo, Robert L. Rausch, Donald E. McAllister and Andrew McPherson for their critical reviews and comments on the manuscript. | have also benefitted from many discussions with W. E. Godfrey. Introduction In 1960, when | joined the staff of the National Museum of Canada, and was con- sidering possible areas of research, Dr. A. W. F. Banfield, then Chief Zoologist, suggested several regions in Canada where the mam- mals were poorly known. | chose the Yukon Territory because it was probably the least known, and because of its unique glacial history as part of a great unglaciated land mass connecting Asia with North America during the Ice Age. During the Pleistocene epoch, glaciers covered much of northern North America except for a region in Alaska, the Yukon Territory, and District of Mackenzie—the “Beringia”’ of Hultén (1937)—a few areas in Greenland, parts of the Arctic Archipelago, the Queen Charlotte Islands, and a few other driftless areas, notably the Rocky Mountains and the Mackenzie Mountains. Mammals now occupying the formerly gla- ciated regions were derived entirely from Beringia or other northern refugia, or from refugia south of the margins of the glaciers, as was much of the fauna of the remainder of North America. What began as a faunal study of the mammals of a political region gradually de- veloped into a search for Holarctic relation- ships and an attempt to discover more about the origins of the Recent mammals now oc- cupying Beringia. Numerous authors have pointed out that much can be learned about the effects of glacial isolation on plants and animals by studying the distribution, fossil record, geo- graphical variation, and genetics of Recent species. Many studies on mammals relating to the Beringian concept have demonstrated Holarctic taxonomic relationships of single species (Zimmermann 1942; Rausch 1953; Kurtén and Rausch 1959; Banfield 1960; Rausch 1964). Unfortunately North Ameri- can mammalogists have been slow to accept these concepts. Other studies have been based largely on the fossil record (Simpson 1947; Repenning, Hopkins and Rubin 1964; Repenning 1967; Guthrie 1968a, 19685). Some authors have suggested refugial Origins for certain species and subspecies of mammals based on taxonomic, distribution- al, ecological, and biogeographical grounds (Peterson 1952; Rand 1954; Banfield 1960; Dillon 1961; Macpherson 1965; Hoffmann and Peterson 1967). Notable among these studies are those of Peterson (moose) and Banfield (caribou), who based their conclu- sions on their own extensive taxonomic re- visions. Rand (1954) emphasized the importance of studying geographical variation, intergra- dation, introgressive hybridization, and the evolution of semispecies as means of under- standing the effects of isolation by glaciers and also for postulating refugial origins. His paper gave several examples. Macpherson (1965) plotted the distribu- tion of Canadian arctic mammals and ap- plied some of Rand’s methods in analyzing the distribution of 17 species of mammals that he considered to be tundra specific. To these he assigned probable places of origin including Beringia, Peary Land, and “south”. His valuable study utilized evidence derived chiefly from older studies of geographical variation and from distributional patterns. My study, in addition to utilizing some ecological, geological and palaeontological data, attempts to clarify the distribution and taxonomic status of the mammals involved, especially as they relate to the Beringian concept. | have relied heavily on the theory of ref- ugial origin to explain speciation in arctic and subarctic mammals. Several colleagues have pointed to the possibility that the spe- ciation that | attribute to refugial isolation may have occurred postglacially in response to climatic change and the expansion of habitat in previously glaciated regions. | recognize that divergence has occurred in such postglacial immigrants as Marmota monax and Microtus pennsylvanicus. How- ever, the present study shows that there are fewer endemic subspecies even among postglacial immigrants than was previously thought. Furthermore, | do not believe that postglacial speciation can explain the origin of the majority of strongly differentiated species such as Sorex arcticus and Sorex tundrensis, nor that of the strongly differ- entiated polytypic species such as Spermo- philus parryii, Lemmus sibiricus, Dicrostonyx torquatus, Mustela erminea, Mustela nivalis, Mustela vison, Rangifer tarandus, and Ovis nivicola. 19 PT LU MU) - : © 7, 7 “+ cn ST f fmm Mn; ie Pos we baal ‘> re yen . 2m Je . sh Ww 2 pee Ces : “ee 9 SAVE on Dee (WG PRÉ A NT ET Lie CONTRER QT LT Se pre Olea, RO! yeh at en (1h Le Me Tih) Seen eS (RL ryeryy M: i LME € sie bul E dts ’ ae. 4, rae Vm Pai Mig WE Hi cya at Oa eo: Pens Sa aru et) à locum, RS SE me (9 Pale. wy Ait ye cure thot q eee |) D 6 À 46 es CET j LP eg SAN LE | ‘oe = 4 hr DG ae hey ré er i ‘> (ae tie Vence ER ) fMweatns hoe ones, ei | [LE iw Lie 7 ii ii ies ‘ ah | CEA ON” Pots CTI PE TT à à mi MOP eee) MIND CE “ke he eel Gineigal La co NCIS STE 11 “fen FANS 12 | i Peet Larne bs { wis Goat à t yes <5 jig LA cS. ; à ee ie ‘ LE 17 (LES : US TAN) TOR iL 6 a ton À SR Le | ial VOTES ° wes a ~~ 4 sn," L< on in History of Mammalogy in the Yukon A number of early arctic explorers, such as Sir John Franklin, Peter Dease, Thomas Simpson, and Lieut, W. J. S. Pullen, passed along the coast of the Yukon. Other than a few comments on occasional sightings of “reindeer, whales and seals, they contrib- uted little to knowledge about the mammals of the region. In the interior of the Territory, in 1843, Robert Campbell, Hudson’s Bay Company Factor at Glenlyon House, Frances Lake, commented on some of the nearby mammals (Elton 1935). However, it was not until 1860, 1861 and 1862 that the first trained zoologist, Robert Kennicott, and his followers collected specimens from the vicinity of Lapierre House on the Bell River in the northern Yukon, for the Smithsonian Institution (James 1942). B. R. Ross of the Industrial Museum of Scotland and W. H. Dall of the United States Biological Survey also collected some specimens from the Yukon at this time. In 1894, Frank Russell travelled between the Mackenzie River and Herschel Island and collected some specimens for the State University of lowa (Russell 1898). Wilfred H. Osgood, an assistant in the U.S. Biological Survey, made the greatest contribution to knowledge of the mammals of the Yukon. In June and July of 1899 he and Louis Bishop travelled by boat from Bennett Lake in the southern Yukon, through Tagish and Marsh lakes, and down the Yukon River into Alaska, collecting along the way (Osgood 1900). In early July of 1904, Osgood returned to the Yukon Territory, accompanied by Charles Sheldon and Carl Rungius. The party made sub- stantial collections in the western edge of the Ogilvie Mountains of the west-central Yukon until August 11 and then collected in the Macmillan River region from August 21 to October 9 (Osgood 19095). Between 1906 and 1913 the boundary between Canada and Alaska was surveyed by representatives of both countries. Nu- merous specimens were collected along or near the 141st meridian for the Smithsonian Institution and for the National Museum of Canada. The biologist E. A. Preble did not visit the Yukon, but he summarized information on specimens of mammals from the northern Yukon (Preble 1908). In 1912, the National Museum of Canada purchased an important collection of mam- mals from the southern Yukon from Clement Lewis, a trapper, who lived at Teslin. Rudolph Martin Anderson traversed the coast of the Yukon for the American Museum of Natural History in 1909, and again as Chief of the Southern Party, Canadian Arctic Expedition, in 1914 and 1916, but he ob- tained few specimens. In 1921, Copley Amory collected on the Firth River, Joe Creek, and Old Crow River for the Smithsonian Institution. O. J. Murie collected specimens on the Porcupine and Old Crow rivers for the U. S. Biological Survey during the summer of 1926. In 1943, C. H. D. Clarke made a survey of the central and southwest Yukon, collected a few specimens, and produced a mimeo- graphed report on the status of many mam- mals. During the summer of 1944, a field party from the National Museum of Canada com- posed of A. L. Rand, A. E. Porsild, W. H. Bryenton and A. Breitung obtained impor- tant specimens along the Canol Road in the southeastern Yukon Territory and adjacent areas of the Northwest Territories (Rand 1945a). The following year Rand published Mammals of Yukon, Canada (Rand 19456), based on his fieldwork, on the literature, on early collections, and on specimens in the National Museum of Canada. J. R. Alcorn, assisted by his wife and son, made important collections along the Alaska Highway in the southern Yukon during parts of the summers of 1947, 1948, and 1951. Specimens obtained during 1947 and 1948 were reported upon by Baker (1951). In 1949, W. Earl Godfrey, Colin Thacker, lan V. Allen and C. Waterson collected mam- mals in the southwestern Yukon for the National Museum of Canada (Cameron 1952). During 1957, F. S. L. Williamson collected mammals in the northern Yukon, mostly from the vicinity of Old Crow. Most of this collection is in the National Museum of Natural Sciences, Ottawa (Youngman 1964). Several collections were made under the auspices of George P. Holland, Entomology Research Institute, Canada Department of Agriculture, by collectors R. Leach, J. E. H. Martin, P. J. Skitsko, and J. R. Vockeroth, mostly from the central and northern Yukon (Youngman 1964). My own studies on the mammals of the 21 History of Mammalogy in the Yukon Yukon Territory began in 1961. Each year thereafter through 1965, | was accompanied by Gaston D. Tessier on field parties to vari- ous parts of the Yukon and adjacent North- west Territories. Others who accompanied us, at various times, were Robert Baker, Ron- nie Chambers, Robert Fortier, Neil Oslen, Abraham Peter, lan Stirling, and Nicol Warn (Youngman 1964, 1968). During the summer of 1966, W. H. Butler and Neil Olsen collected under my direction in various parts of the Yukon. From 1961 through 1967 the National Museums purchased many specimens from trappers in the Yukon, notably Rudolph M. 22 Burian, Grace Chambers, and T. O. Con- nolly. During the summer of 1968, David A. Gill and Robert E. Wrigley collected under my direction in the central Yukon, and dur- ing the summer of 1969, D. A. Gill and David Campbell made a small collection on the Yukon coast. Others who have collected specimens in the Yukon, or have contributed significantly to the knowledge of the mammals, include A. J. Stone (1900), H. S. Swarth (1926), George G. Goodwin (Youngman 1968), W. W. Judd (1950), M. Y. Williams (1925), and A. W. F. Banfield (19614). Materials and Methods For this study | examined 7,273 specimens of mammals from the Yukon, and approxi- mately 2,500 specimens from Alaska, Alber- ta, British Columbia, the Northwest Terri- tories, and Siberia. Approximately 4,800 of these specimens are in the National Museum of Natural Sciences, Ottawa, and the bulk of the remainder is in the National Museum of Natural History, Washington. The checklist of mammals of the Yukon is followed by a key to the orders of mammals. Keys to the species, adapted from various sources, precede the accounts of species and subspecies. The phylogenetic arrangement largely fol- lows Hall and Kelson (1959). The contents of the species and subspecies accounts are arranged as follows: 1 The scientific name of the species. 2 The suggested vernacular name of the species. 3 The trinomen here assigned to the speci- mens under discussion, followed on the same line by the name of the authors. 4 The synonymy, in which the first citation is to the original description, followed by the type locality, The second citation is to the first use of the name combination used here, followed, in chronological order, by citations in the literature pertaining to Yukon speci- mens or to a precise locality of occurrence. The word “‘part’’ appears in parenthesis after a name that was applied only in part, in any combination, with reference to the Yukon. 5 Geographical distribution in the Yukon. 6 Measurements. External measurements, in millimetres, were copied from labels in the following order, unless otherwise noted: total length, length of tail, length of hind foot, weight. Cranial measurements, in milli- metres, were taken with dial calipers, or ocular micrometer. Means, extremes, and standard deviations from, and standard er- rors of, the mean are listed in tables of measurements or in the text. 7 The Remarks are primarily taxonomic, with some comments on Pleistocene distri- bution, ecology, and economic importance. The use of the abbreviation n.o. refers to joint non-overlap as expressed by the Coef- ficient of Difference (Mayr, Linsley and Usinger 1953). Capitalized colour terms are those of Munsell (1954). Colour measure- ments were standardized by the use of Munsell colour charts and by a Macbeth “Superskylight’’ (Macbeth Corp., Newburgh, N.Y.) that provided 7400°K at better than 200 foot-candles. 8 Records of occurrence includes ‘’Speci- mens examined” and “Additional records”. Both categories pertain only to specimens or observations from the Yukon, but records from the 141st meridian (Alaska—Yukon boundary) are included here as Yukon Ter- ritory records. Under ‘Specimens examined”, the total number | examined is given, fol- lowed by a list of the localities from which the specimens came, and the number ex- amined from each locality. Localities are listed from north to south. If two or more localities have the same latitude the west- ernmost is listed first. In “Additional records", the manuscripts cited consist largely of field- notes and correspondence on file in the National Museum of Natural Sciences, Ot- tawa. Most of the place names cited can be found in the Gazetteer of Canada: North- west Territories and Yukon (Canadian Board of Geographical Names, 1958, and supple- ments) or on maps available from the Map Distribution Office, Surveys and Mapping Branch, Department of Energy, Mines and Resources, Ottawa. The most useful maps are the following: Yukon Territory (1963), MCR 47, 1:2000,000; the National Topo- graphic Series, 1:50,000, 1:250,000, 1: 5000,000; and World Aeronautical Charts, ICAO, National Topographic Series, 1: 1000,000. Unless otherwise noted, specimens ex- amined are in the National Museum of Natural Sciences, Ottawa. The names of institutions where specimens are stored are represented by the following abbreviations: AHRC Arctic Health Research Center, College, Alaska AMNH American Museum of Natural History, New York ANSP Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia BCPM British Columbia Provincial Mu- seum, Victoria CAS California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco CU Carleton University, Ottawa DMNH Denver Museum of Natural History FMNH Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago KSU Kansas State University, Man- hattan 23 Materials and Methods KU MCZ MVZ MZ NMNH ROM UBC 24 Museum of Natural History, Uni- versity of Kansas, Lawrence Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, University of California, Berkeley Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor National Museum of Natural His- tory, Washington Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto Department of Zoology, Univer- sity of British Columbia, Van- couver Distribution maps accompany most of the species accounts. Localities in the Yukon from which specimens have been collected are marked with black dots. Marginal rec- ords, unverified by specimens, are repre- sented by white dots. Each dot is approxi- mately fifteen miles in diameter in relation to the scale of the map; therefore, a dot often overlaps one or more localities. In these instances only one locality is plotted on the map; additional localities covered by the dot are printed in italics in the lists of ‘“Speci- mens examined” and ‘Additional records”. A shaded overlay shows my estimate of the area in the Yukon in which the species occurs provided suitable habitat is available. Approximate natural worldwide distribution of the species is shown in a small inset map. Environmental Influences Geography Yukon Territory — 207,076 square miles of mountains, glaciers, forests, tundra, rivers, and lakes, located in northwestern Canada — is bounded by the Beaufort Sea to the north, Alaska to the west, British Columbia to the south, and the Northwest Territories to the east. It became a provisional district of the Northwest Territories in 1895, a judi- cial district in 1897, and a separate territory in 1898. The population of the Yukon is estimated ate 17,000 (1970) of which 2,350 are Indians. Whitehorse, the capital, has 4,771 residents (1966). The unpaved Alaska Highway traverses the southern Yukon, and a connecting road links Whitehorse with Dawson to the north. Other smaller roads, notably the Cantung Road in the southeast and the Dempster Road to the north of Dawson, penetrate short distances from the main roads. Most of the Territory, however, is accessible only by air, water, tracked vehicle, or dog team. Bostock (1948) and Wahrhaftig (1965) have treated the physiography of the Yukon. The following outline is largely derived from Map 1 Physiographic provinces of the Yukon their accounts. Numerous publications on the geology of the Yukon are available in the Memoirs series published by the Geological Survey of Canada, Department of Energy, Mines and Resources, Ottawa. Two of the major physiographic divisions of North America extend into the Yukon and Alaska—the Interior Plains and the North American Cordillera (Map 1). The Arctic Coastal Plain is a continuation of the Interior Plains in the Yukon Territory and Alaska. The North American Cordillera, which in- cludes most of the Yukon and Alaska, con- sists of three major subdivisions—the Rocky Mountain system, the Intermontane Pla- teaus, and the Pacific Mountain system. The Arctic Coastal Plain (Figure 1) is a narrow, smooth plain bordering the Arctic Ocean to the north and gently rising to meet the foothills of the Arctic Mountains in the Rocky Mountain system to the south. The Rocky Mountain system may be further divided into the Arctic Mountains province and the Mackenzie Mountains province. The Arctic Mountains are eastern extensions of the Brooks Range, and consist of the British Mountains (with peaks to 5,500 feet) in the northwest (Figure 2), and in the northeast, the Richardson Moun- tains (with peaks to 6,500 feet), which separate the Intermontane Plateaus from the Arctic Coastal Plain, and also separate the Pacific and Arctic Ocean drainages. The Mackenzie Mountains province is located Figure 1 The Arctic Coastal Plain, 4 mi. WSW mouth Blow River, 68°57'/137°05’, 5 August 1964. Evidence of a previous large population of Dicrostonyx torquatus was found here. Microtus oeconomus and Lemmus sibiricus occurred on low ground. Spermophilus parryii occupied the ridges, and A/ces alces and Ursus americanus were found along stream banks. 25 Environmental Influences Figure 2 The Arctic Mountains province, British Mountains, 20 mi. SE mouth Joe Creek, 68°47'/140°14’, 7 August 1962. Dicrostonyx torquatus habitat in foreground. mostly in the Northwest Territories, with only a small portion, the Peel Plateau, located in the northeastern Yukon. The Intermontane Plateaus are divided into the northern plateaus province, com- prising most of the Yukon, and the central plateaus province in the southwestern corner of the Territory. The northern plateaus province varies in relief from gently rounded, unglaciated ridges and mountains (such as the Klondike Plateau south of Dawson) to the rugged glaciated peaks of the Ogilvie Mountains. Prominent in this province is an arc of precipitous mountains extending from the Selwyn Mountains in the south- eastern Yukon (peaks to more than 9,000 feet) to the sharp crests, precipitous slopes, and deep valleys of the Ogilvie Mountains (peaks to more than 7,000 feet) (Figure 3). Much of the region to the north of the Ogilvie Mountains has relatively little relief, being composed mostly of widely spaced, rolling hills, but this region also includes some mountain ranges, the Porcupine Plain and Old Crow Flats. The latter is a great flat basin dotted with oriented thaw lakes and ponds, meandering streams, ox- bows, and soil polygons. The gently rolling Hyland Plateau in the southeastern Yukon (see Youngman 1968 for description) is included in the central plateaus province. The Pacific Mountain system is an arcuate chain of high peaks bordering the Pacific Ocean. Generally, the system consists of the northerly Alaska—Aleutian Province (Kluane Ranges) and the more southerly 26 Figure 3 The northern plateaus province, Ogilvie Mountains, 20 mi. S Chapman Lake, 64°35’ /138°13’, 29 August 1964. Type locality of Dicrostonyx torquatus nunatakensis on slope lower left centre. Pacific border ranges (St. Elias Mountains), separated by the Coastal Trough (Duke Depression). Wahrhaftig (1965) described the St. Elias Mountains as, “probably the most spectacular mountains of North America”, with ‘massive isolated blocklike mountains 14,000—19,000 feet in altitude”. All parts of the range gentle enough to hold snow are covered with glacial ice. The ex- treme southwestern portion of the Pacific Mountain system is the northernmost ex- tension of the rugged Coast Mountains. The Pacific Mountain system is an important barrier to climatic influence from the Pacific Ocean and to faunal interchange between the coastal Gulf of Alaska and the interior Yukon. Climate* The climate of the Yukon Territory is charac- teristically subarctic continental. The St. Elias Mountains, with many summits over 15,000 feet, and the Coast Mountains of southeastern Alaska and southwestern Yu- kon form a strong barrier to the maritime influences from the Pacific. To the east, the Mackenzie Mountains form a barrier against extreme winter cold-waves from the North- west Territories. In winter the countryside is covered with snow and ice, and rivers are frozen several feet deep, but only in the uplands is there a *This section is largely paraphrased from Kendrew and Kerr 1956. Vegetation deep snowfall. The days are short, and the sun is at a low angle or absent (at Old Crow the sun disappears about December 9 and reappears about January 3). The sky is clear, the air usually calm, clear and dry. Anticyclonic conditions dominate the weather. Wide variations in winter tempera- ture may result from control either by modi- fied maritime air from the North Pacific or by intensely cold air from the frozen Beaufort Sea. Thus, the region records both the highest and the lowest winter temperatures in arctic North America. Mean January temperatures are 5°F at Whitehorse and —16°F at Dawson. Snag holds the low temperature record for North America, —81°F. Other records are —62°F at White- horse, —63°F at Teslin, and —74°F at Watson Lake. Winter precipitation is usually associated with frontal activity, but because of the low absolute humidity, snowfall is generally light and fairly uniform, 40 inches or less on the arctic coast, rising to 60 inches in the southwest and considerably more in the St. Elias Mountains. By March there are signs that winter is ending; the mean temperature rises and the days lengthen. But spring is elusive in the North, a rapid transition between winter and summer. Mean temperatures rise from 28°F to 57°F between mid-April and mid-June in Dawson. Summers (June, July, August) are short but pleasantly warm. The midnight sun hangs high in the sky, and, on adequate soils, plant growth is rapid in the warmth of 24 hours of possible sunshine. Late in the summer, brilliantly coloured skies dominate the evenings. The mean summer circulation is featureless, the day-to-day weather often consisting of a succession of shallow dis- turbances passing eastward. The summer cyclones bring thick clouds and often thunderstorms with exceptionally heavy rain, July and August being the wettest months. In summer, mean temperatures remain above 50°F throughout the Territory. Both Dawson and Mayo have recorded 95°F, but frost has occurred in all months. Autumn comes in September with snow in the uplands and ice on the ponds. The days shorten by six minutes a day (lat. 62°N). The fall colours of the tundra are as spectacular as the profusion of spring blooms. By October the land is in the grip of snowdrifts, and all the lakes are freezing. Vegetation The flora of the Yukon Territory has been treated by Porsild (1951, 1966), Rowe (1959), and Hultén (1941-50, 1967, 1968). Four main phytogeographical regions occur in the Territory: boreal forest, subarctic taiga, alpine tundra (Figure 2), and arctic tundra (Figure 1). The boreal forest, a closed-canopy, pri- marily coniferous forest, occupies the lower altitudes throughout all but the Arctic Mountain region, and the Arctic Coastal Plain. White spruce (Picea glauca) on well- drained soils aiid black spruce (P. mariana) in the muskegs are characteristic species. Other important species are larch (Larix laricina), alpine fir (Abies /asiocarpa), lodgepole pine (Pinus contorta), white birch (Betula papyrifera) and poplars (Pop- ulus tremuloides and P. balsamifera). Fire is an important influence in the boreal forest (Hardy and Franks 1963; Lutz 1963) and may affect the distribution and geographical variation of certain mammals (Guthrie 1967): The subarctic taiga, or lichen-woodland, is altitudinally and latitudinally intermediate between the boreal forest and the tundra. It is characterized by open, parklike stands, usually of low black or white spruce, with a caribou lichen (C/adonia spp.) ground- cover. Wooded and unwooded boggy sites are common. Larch is common on peat fens, and balsam poplar follows river banks. The altitudinal tree-line is usually sharper than the latitudinal tree-line in areas of low relief. With increase in altitude, the lichen- woodland gives way to alpine tundra at the tree-line, and with increase in latitude, the lichen-woodland blends into the arctic tundra that, in the Yukon, covers most of the Arctic Slope and Coastal Plain. Arctic and alpine tundra differ in origin but are similar floristically. Tundra vegetation is composed of low, dwarfed, often mat-like herbaceous and shrubby forms. Characteristic plants in- clude Labrador tea (Ledum procumbens), arctic white heather (Cassiope tetragona), mountain cranberry (Vaccinium Vitis-Idaea), crowberry (Empetrum nigrum), cottongrass (Eriophorum vaginatum), arctic poppy (Pa- paver radicatum), arctic lupine (Lupinus arcticus), and sweet coltsfoot (Petasites frigidus). Sedges and grasses also occur as part of the ground cover. 27 Environmental Influences Cenozoic History* During the early and middle Tertiary period the Old and New Worlds were connected by land across the Bering Strait, thus enabling a relatively free exchange of land mammals across this Bering Land Bridge. A marine transgression of the land bridge occurred in late Miocene time. The land connection was again restored for much of the Pliocene epoch, but Bering Strait was reopened again near the end of the Pliocene, 3.5 to 4.0 mil- lion years ago. The drying and progre: ive cooling of world climate during the Ter. ary period cul- minated in a time of major climatic fluctua- tions known as the Quaternary period. Dur- ing this time, continental glaciers stored large quantities of water, causing the sea level to fall as much as 150 metres below the present shoreline during the Illinoian and Wisconsin glacial intervals and thus expos- ing a broad land connection between Siberia and Alaska. During interglacial periods the glaciers waned, causing the sea level to rise perhaps. as much as 100 metres above its present level and thus breaking the land connection. The Quaternary period included at least four major glacial periods (Nebras- kan, Kansan, Illinoian, Wisconsin) and three interglacials (Aftonian, Yarmouth, Sanga- mon), besides the one we live in today. During early Wisconsin time, the sea level lowered 115 to 135 metres, exposing a land bridge approximately 1,500 kilometres wide. Oscillations of sea level produced an exposed land bridge 20,000 (—120 metres), 13,000 (—50 metres), and 11,000 (—50 metres) years ago. A transgression about 10,000 years ago inundated the Bering Land Bridge for the last time, and isolated St. Lawrence Island from the mainland. Later minor regressions may have briefly re- established land connections between the Alaskan mainland and St. Lawrence Island. During the Illinoian and Wisconsin peri- ods of maximum glaciation, ice sheets cov- ered much of northern North America in the form of the Laurentide ice sheet and the Cordilleran glacier system that merged in the Rocky Mountains. At this time, the Bering Land Bridge was part of a larger un- glaciated region in Alaska, the Yukon and the District of Mackenzie, which was known *The following account is largely after Hopkins 1967. 28 as Beringia (Hultén 1937). This region acted as a northern refugium for many species of plants and animals. An ice-free corridor opened between Beringia and central North America during periods of mild climate, functioning as a valve allowing certain spe- cies that had crossed the Bering Land Bridge to penetrate central North America, and permitting certain southern species to penetrate Beringia. Various other Wisconsin glacial refugia have been postulated, including: northeast- ern Greenland or ""Pearyland” (Gelting 1934), Kodiak Island (Ball 1963), sections of the Mackenzie Mountains (Hammer 1955; Cal- der and Savile 1960; Ball 1963; Calder and Taylor 1968), part of the Queen Charlotte Islands (Osgood 1901; Calder and Taylor 1968), Vancouver Island (Heusser 1960), nunataks within glaciated areas of Beringia (Youngman 1967), parts of the Cascade Mountains and the Olympic Mountains, as well as areas in southern Alberta and south- ern Saskatchewan (Calder and Taylor 1968; Prest, Grant and Rampton 1967), portions of the Atlantic Coastal Plain (Youngman 1968), and parts of the southern periglacial region (Rand 1954; Dillon 1956). From Oligocene through middle Miocene times there was little pronounced zonation of climate in Beringia. A mixed mesophytic forest stretched from Japan through Alaska, the Yukon, British Columbia and Oregon. Broad-leaved conifer deciduous forests were present at high altitudes. The first opening of the Bering Strait, 12 to 15 million years ago, in the late Miocene, was accompanied by a decline in summer temperatures that resulted in the divergence of the boreal forests in northeastern Asia and northwestern North America. Climatic deteri- oration apparently prevented the rejoining of Asian and North American boreal forests on the Bering Land Bridge. By the beginning of the Quaternary period, the flora of Beringia had become similar to the modern arctic flora. During glacial oscil- lations, the summers were cooler and shorter than at present. The arctic climate of Berin- gia during the IIlinoian and Wisconsin times caused an eastward retreat of the tree line (on the Land Bridge) and an altitudinal lowering of the tree line of about 400 metres. At this time the Bering Land Bridge supported a herbaceous tundra with per- haps a more steppe-like aspect than now possessed by high-Arctic tundra. Cenozoic History In addition to the tundra and reduced boreal forest in Beringia during Wisconsin time, there is also evidence of the existence of grasslands, or steppe, that supported an extensive fauna of large grazing mammals (Guthrie 19685). Wisconsin glaciation ended with climatic warming, glacial recession, and an expan- sion of forests. The rapid changes in vege- tation reduced the available grazing land, perhaps causing the dramatic mass extinc- tion of an entire fauna of large grazing mam- mals. The glacial recession that began approx- imately 15,000 years ago rapidly opened an unglaciated corridor between Beringia and the region south of the drift border (Map 2), permitting an exchange of mammals be- tween the two regions. The corridor began as an invagination of the glacial margin in what is now Alberta (Map 3). Recession pro- ceeded more rapidly along the southeastern extremity of the corridor, causing it to be- Retreat of Wisconsin ice, glacial maximum, ca. 1700-1500 years B.P. come funnel-shaped. By 12,300 B.P. the eastern edge of the base of the corridor was located east of the Mississippi River, and its northern extreme was located in the Peace River drainage. By 12,000 B.P. the narrow unglaciated corridor was complete (Map 4). By 10,500 B.P. a wide, funnel-shaped cor- ridor existed between Beringia and the re- gion east of the Rocky Mountains while the Cordilleran ice had receded but little. Prob- ably this factor accounts for the eastern affinities of most of the postglacial immi- grants to Beringia. By 9500 B.P. much of the lowlands in the Cordilleran region were free of glaciers, and a wide unglaciated cor- ridor stretched from the coast of Labrador through the Great Plains to parts of the Arctic Archipelago (Map 5). The postglacial movement of mammals was mostly from the southern unglaciated region into Beringia, with only a few Berin- gian species moving very far south along the unglaciated corridor. However, several spe- fie D ea Tl (fl Map 3 Beginning of deglaciated corridor between Cordilleran glacial complex and Keewatin glacier, ca. 12,300 B.P. 29 Environmental Influences cies moved east and occupied the recently deglaciated tundra and taiga of Mackenzie and Keewatin districts. Presumably the re- maining depauperate Beringian fauna was heavily tundra or taiga-specific, and as the climate ameliorated a large number of boreal niches became available to immigrants from the south. Discussion The species density of the terrestrial mam- mal fauna of the Yukon Territory and Alaska reflects the large range of seasonal environ- mental fluctuations and the generally low productivity of the arctic ecosystem. The taxonomic composition of the mammalian fauna reflects the complex glacial history of the region, with the imprint of the last (Wis- consin) glaciation the most evident. The proximate origins of many of the Recent terrestrial mammals of the Yukon, Alaska, and nearby portions of the Northwest Terri- Map 4 Deglaciated corridor open between Beringia and region south of drift border, ca. 12,200 B.P. 30 tories and British Columbia may be inferred by utilizing geological, taxonomic, and bio- geographical evidence. Approximately 33 per cent of the terres- trial mammal fauna of the Yukon are Berin- gian in origin, whereas about 6 per cent are postglacial immigrants from the south. The remainder are thought to be from other refu- gia, or are introduced species. There appear to have been two principal refugia from which Yukon and Alaskan mammals were derived (Table 1). These are Beringia (in which | include several more- or-less isolated centres of speciation) and the main unglaciated portion of North Amer- ica. Other regions that have contributed to a much lesser degree to the Yukon mammal fauna are: a Rocky Mountain refugium, a high-Arctic (Peary Land?) refugium, Banks Island (including part of the now-submerged coastal shelf), and the southwest coast of Alaska. = row ow - er. Map 5 Wide deglaciated corridor, open ca. 9500 B.P. The Beringian Refugium The Beringian Refugium Most of the species here considered to be of Beringian origin (Table 1) are well docu- mented as such, but the status of Mustela vison is less certain. The distribution and divergence of Mustela vison ingens point to the probability of its being of Beringian origin, although a more complex postglacial origin for both subspecies of mink might be postulated. Geographical variation in a number of species suggests several centres of specia- tion other than Beringia proper. The Arctic Slope of Alaska, isolated from most of the remainder of Beringia by the glaciated Brooks Range, appears to be the centre of radiation for Sorex cinereus ugyunak, Mar- mota broweri, Spermophilus parryii parryii, Dicrostonyx torquatus alascensis, perhaps Microtus miurus muriei, and possibly others. The Ogilvie Mountain—Mackenzie Moun- tains region appears to have been the cen- tre of speciation for Dicrostonyx torquatus nunatakensis a local deme of Microtus miurus muriei; and Spermophilus parryii plesius. This region was, at various times, probably isolated from Beringia proper by extensive valley glaciers in the Ogilvie, Wer- necke, and Selwyn mountains. Porsild (1951) arrived at similar conclusions regarding the plants of this region. Table 1 Probable refugial origins of Recent Yukon native terrestrial mammals (subspecific names used where a species is thought to have been isolated in more than one refugium) Beringian Refugium Sorex cinereus ugyunak Sorex tundrensis Ochotona princeps collaris Spermophilus parryii parryii Castor canadensis Clethrionomys rutilus dawsoni Microtus miurus Microtus oeconomus Lemmus sibiricus trimucronatus Dicrostonyx torquatus Ursus arctos horribilis Ursus maritimus Mustela erminea arctica Mustela nivalis eskimo -Mustela vison ingens Gulo gulo Alces alces gigas Rangifer tarandus groenlandicus Ovis nivicola dalli Canis lupus ssp. High-Arctic (Peary Land?) Refugium Rangifer tarandus pearyi Rocky Mountains Refugium Lemmus sibiricus helvolus Ovis nivicola stonei Southern Immigrants Sorex cinereus cinereus Sorex arcticus Sorex obscurus Sorex palustris Microsorex hoyi Myotis lucifugus Lepus americanus Eutamias minimus Marmota monax Marmota caligata Spermophilus parryii plesius Tamiasciurus hudsonicus Glaucomys sabrinus Peromyscus maniculatus Neotoma cinerea Phenacomys intermedius Microtus pennsylvanicus Microtus longicaudus Microtus xanthognathus Ondatra zibethicus Synaptomys borealis Zapus hudsonius Zapus princeps Erethizon dorsatum Canis latrans Vulpes vulpes Ursus americanus Martes americana Martes pennanti Mustela vison energumenos Lontra canadensis Felis concolor Felis canadensis Odocoileus hemionus Rangifer tarandus caribou Oreamnos americanus oi Environmental Influences Several small unglaciated regions in the southwestern Yukon were probably the centre of subspeciation for Microtus miurus cantator. Porsild (1966) theorized that un- glaciated mountain refugia existed above the 5,000-to-6,000-foot level in this region. The relationships of amphiberingian spe- cies are among the most fascinating and vexing problems for mammalogists and palaeontologists alike. | hope that in the near future scientists from the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics and North America can cooperate on the study and collection of mammals on both sides of the Bering Strait. Southern Unglaciated North America Most Recent Yukon and Alaskan mammals were derived from the region to the south of the main glacial systems. These post- glacial immigrants, which have penetrated Beringia during the past 12,000 years, are primarily boreal forest species. However, a few (Sorex obscurus, Marmota caligata, Neotoma cinerea, Microtus longicaudus, Zapus princeps, Oreamnos americanus) are western montane in origin. Many postglacial immigrants have ranges extending over much of Alaska (Table 2) and are either medium or large size, highly mobile species. The ranges of some other postglacial im- migrants (Table 3, Map 6) extend only as far as 65° latitude. Either their ranges do not extend into Alaska or their distribu- tion there is limited. The factors limiting the spread of these species are largely unknown. Table 2 Postglacial immigrants from the south with extensive ranges in the Yukon and Alaska Sorex obscurus Microsorex hoyi Lepus americanus Tamiasciurus hudsonicus Microtus pennsylvanicus Microtus xanthognathus Ondatra zibethicus Erethizon dorsatum Canis latrans Vulpes vulpes Ursus americanus Martes americana Lontra canadensis Felis canadensis 92 Many may be relatively recent immigrants to the Yukon and Alaska (Marmota monax, Neotoma cinerea, Sorex arcticus, Martes pennanti, Zapus princeps). The northern ex- tent of the ranges of most species in this group coincides fairly closely with the 25°F mean annual isotherm and the southern limits of widespread permafrost in the dis- continuous permafrost zone. Some postglacial immigrants (Sorex cine- reus cinereus, Spermophilus parryii plesius, Clethrionomys rutilus gapperi, Lemmus sibir- icus helvolus, Mustela erminea richardsonii, Mustela vison energumenos, Canis lupus ssp., Rangifer tarandus caribou, Alces alces americana, Ovis nivicola stone/) met intra- specific competition from Beringian popula- tions. Some immigrants (C/ethrionomys ruti- lus, Canis lupus, Ovis nivicola) intergraded broadly with their Beringian counterparts, whereas others (Lemmus sibiricus, Spermo- philus parryii, Mustela erminea) have rela- Approximate ranges of nine postglacial immigrants with limited ranges in the Yukon (Sorex arcticus, Eutamias minimus, Peromyscus maniculatus, Neotoma cinerea, Phenacomys intermedius, Martes pennanti, Felis concolor, Odocoileus hemionus). The lower margin of the patterned overlay approxi- mates the 25°F mean annual isotherm, and the southern limits of widespread permafrost. Influences from Other Refugia tively narrow zones of intergradation. A few immigrants, originally from the same stock as their Beringian counterparts, apparently diverged to the species level (Sorex arcticus), or appear to have nearly reached this status (Mustela vison energumenos). The Beringian and southern isolates of Ochotona princeps have not rejoined during postglacial time, nor is there adequate evi- dence that the Beringian and southern popu- lations of Mustela nivalis have met yet. The study of postglacial secondary inter- gradation, or what in some instances may be allopatric hybridization, will certainly be one of the most interesting facets of future research on Beringian problems. At least 65 per cent of the postglacial immigrants to the Yukon and Alaska show subspecific taxonomic affinities to eastern North America. This is not surprising con- sidering the speed with which the Keewatin ice sheet retreated from the Interior Plains. The postglacial immigrants that originated in the western montane region probably utilized the more mountainous route north with the retreat of the cordilleran glacial complex. Good (1966) gave interesting data on the sequence of mammalian occupancy of a recently deglaciated area at Muir Inlet, Table 3 Postglacial immigrants from the south with limited ranges in the Yukon and Alaska Sorex arcticus* Sorex palustris Myotis lucifugus Eutamias minimus * Marmota monax Marmota caligata Spermophilus parryii plesius Glaucomys sabrinus Peromyscus maniculatus * Neotoma cinerea* Phenacomys intermedius * Microtus longicaudus Zapus hudsonius Zapus princeps * Martes pennanti* Mustela erminea richardsonii Felis concolor* Odocoileus hemionus * Rangifer tarandus caribou Oreamnos americanus Ovis nivicola stonei* *An asterisk marks the names of species with ranges that end in the southern Yukon. southeastern Alaska. Sorex obscurus and Peromyscus maniculatus invaded new ter- rain about 25 years after deglaciation, Micro- tus oeconomus invaded about 30 years after, and Sorex cinereus and Clethrionomys rutilus invaded about 100 years after degla- ciation. The distribution patterns of southern immigrants suggest that many factors— such as sequence of occupancy, availability of species to the deglaciated corridor, plant succession, temperature, climate, availabil- ity of niches, physiological requirements, competitive interaction, the presence of glaciers, permafrost, postglacial lakes, and tundra—have influenced, and continue to influence, the present limits of the ranges of these species. Influences from Other Refugia Species derived from other refugia constitute only a small part of the Yukon—Alaska mam- mal fauna. The existence of a Rocky Mountains ref- ugium has been postulated by some authors (Calder and Taylor 1968), and there is geo- logical evidence of at least one driftless area in the Okanagan Range of the Similkameen district in southern British Columbia. The present distributions of Lemmus sibiricus helvolus (Map 33) and Ovis canadensis stone/ (Map 60) would seem to argue for the existence of such a refugium. The pres- ent distribution of Spermophilus parryii ple- sius (Figure 5) could indicate origin in the Mackenzie Mountains region of the Berin- gian portion of the Beringian refugium. How ever, its ectoparasitic complement points to origin in a Rocky Mountains refugium or ina more southern periglacial region (Holland 1958; Nadler and Youngman 1969). Interestingly, the areas of intergradation of Lemmus sibiricus helvolus with L. s. tri- mucronatus, and Ovis nivicola dalli with Ovis n. stonei, follow the margin of the glacia- ted—unglaciated areas in the Yukon and the Northwest Territories. This suggests that these areas of intergradation are the result of the northward movement of southern populations and their meeting and inter- grading with their Beringian counterparts. A species that may be a Peary Land (or other high-Arctic) derivative, the diminutive Peary caribou (Rangifer tarandus pearyi), occasionally wanders into the northern Yukon. Large brown bears (Ursus arctos middendorffi) wander occasionally into the 33 Environmental Influences southwestern Yukon from the Gulf of Alaska coast, but like the Peary caribou are not permanent residents. The varying lemming (Dicrostonyx tor- quatus kilangmiutak) is intermediate be- tween the grey, high-Arctic derivative, D.t. groenlandicus, and the brilliant red-and- black D.t. alascensis from the Arctic Slope of Alaska. Dicrostonyx t. kilangmiutak ap- 34 pears to have been derived from Banks Island, and the adjacent exposed continental shelf, which was not glaciated during the Wisconsin but which may have had a heavy snow cover at times, thus possibly making the connection between the high-Arctic subspecies and the Arctic-Slope subspecies a late-Wisconsin or postglacial event. Checklist of the Mammals of the Yukon The 64 species (74 subspecies and mono- typic species) of Recent mammals that have been recorded from the Yukon represent 8 orders, 20 families, and 45 genera. Of 3 Recent species that are extinct in the Yukon (marked by a dagger), 2 have been reintro- duced (marked by an asterisk). However, one introduction was unsuccessful. The resident native mammal fauna is composed of 58 species (53 terrestrial, 5 marine). The remainder are probably regular wanderers to the Yukon (Ursus arctos middendorffi, Ur- sus maritimus, Callorhinus ursinus, Rangifer tarandus pearyi) and a commensal intro- duced by man (Mus musculus). A list of 11 species that have not been recorded in the Yukon, but may occur there, follows the Accounts of Species and Subspecies. Order INSECTIVORA — Family Soricidae — Sorex cinereus cinereus Kerr Sorex cinereus ugyunak Anderson and Rand Sorex arcticus arcticus Kerr Sorex tundrensis Merriam Sorex obscurus obscurus Merriam Sorex palustris navigator (Baird) Microsorex hoyi intervectus Jackson Order CHIROPTERA -— Bats Family Vespertilionidae — Vespertilionid bats Myotis lucifugus pernox Hollister Order LAGOMORPHA — Pikas and hares Family Ochotonidae — Pikas Ochotona princeps collaris (Nelson) Family Leporidae — Lepus americanus dalli Merriam Order RODENTIA — Rodents Family Sciuridae — Squirrels and allies Eutamias minimus borealis (J. A. Allen) Marmota monax ochracea Swarth Marmota caligata caligata (Eschscholtz) Spermophilus parryii parryii (Richardson) Spermophilus parryi plesius Osgood Tamiasciurus hudsonicus preblei A. H. Howell Glaucomys sabrinus sabrinus (Shaw) Family Castoridae — Castor canadensis canadensis Kuhl Insectivores page Shrews 41 } Masked shrew 41 44 Arctic shrew 44 Tundra shrew 45 Dusky shrew 48 Water shrew 51 Pygmy shrew 51 53 53 Little brown bat 53 55 55 Pika 55 Hares 57 Varying hare 57 60 62 Least chipmunk 62 Woodchuck 64 Hoary marmot 66 Arctic ground squirrel 67 7 Red squirrel We Northern flying squirrel 76 Beavers 77) Beaver Wi 35 Checklist of the Mammals of the Yukon Family Muridae — Murids Peromyscus maniculatus algidus Osgood Peromyscus maniculatus borealis Mearns Neotoma cinerea occidentalis Baird Clethrionomys rutilus dawsoni (Merriam) Phenacomys intermedius mackenzii Preble Microtus pennsylvanicus drummondii (Audubon and Bachman) Microtus oeconomus macfarlani Merriam Microtus longicaudus vellerosus J. A. Allen Microtus xanthognathus (Leach) Microtus miurus cantator Anderson Microtus miurus muriei Nelson Ondatra zibethicus spatulatus (Osgood) Lemmus sibiricus helvolus (Richardson) Lemmus sibiricus trimucronatus (Richardson) Synaptomys borealis borealis (Richardson) Dicrostonyx torquatus kilangmiutak Anderson and Rand Dicrostonyx torquatus nunatakensis Youngman Mus musculus ssp. page Deer mouse Bushy-tailed wood rat Red-backed vole Heather vole Meadow vole Northern vole Long-tailed vole Chestnut-cheeked vole Singing vole Muskrat Siberian lemming Northern bog lemming Varying lemming House mouse Family Zapodidae — Jumping mice Zapus hudsonius hudsonius (Zimmermann) Zapus princeps saltator J. A. Allen Meadow jumping mouse Western jumping mouse Family Erethizontidae — Porcupines Erethizon dorsatum myops Merriam Order CETACEA — Whales Porcupine Family Monodontidae — Monodontids Delphinapterus leucas (Pallas) White whale Family Balaenidae — Right whales Balaena mysticetus Linnaeus Bowhead whale Order CARNIVORA — Carnivores Family Canidae — Canids Canis latrans latrans Say Canis lupus ssp. Vulpes lagopus lagopus (Linnaeus) Vulpes vulpes alascensis Merriam 36 Coyote Wolf Arctic fox Red fox 79 72 82 83 84 88 89 93 97 98 101 102 104 107 110 102 114 116 1107 117 il ir 118 120 120 122 122 122 123 123 124 125 125 128 129 182 Checklist of the Mammals of the Yukon Family Ursidae — Bears Ursus americanus americanus Pallas Ursus arctos horribilis Ord | Ursus arctos middendorffi Merriam Ursus maritimus Phipps page Black bear Brown bear (Grizzly bear) Polar bear Family Mustelidae — Mustelids Martes americana actuosa (Osgood) Martes pennanti pennanti (Erxleben) Mustela erminea arctica (Merriam) ; Mustela erminea richardsonii (Bonaparte) Mustela nivalis eskimo (Stone) Mustela vison energumenos (Bangs) } Mustela vison ingens (Osgood) Gulo gulo luscus (Linnaeus) Lontra canadensis pacifica (Rhoads) Family Felidae — Cats Felis concolor ssp. Felis canadensis canadensis (Kerr) Marten Fisher Ermine Least weasel Mink Wolverine River otter Cougar Lynx Order PINNIPEDIA — Seals and walrus Family Otariidae — Eared seals Callorhinus ursinus (Linnaeus) Northern fur seal Family Rosmaridae — Walrus Rosmarus rosmarus ssp. Walrus Family Phocidae — Earless seals Phoca vitulina ssp. Phoca hispida hispida Schreber Erignathus barbatus barbatus (Erxleben) Harbour seal Ringed seal Bearded seal Order ARTIODACTYLA — Artiodactyls Family Cervidae — Cervids t*Cervus elaphus canadensis Erxleben Odocoileus hemionus hemionus (Rafinesque) Alces alces gigas Miller Rangifer tarandus caribou (Gmelin) Rangifer tarandus groenlandicus (Borowski) Rangifer tarandus pearyi J. A. Allen Red deer (Wapiti) Mule deer Moose Caribou 133 133 136 138 139 140 140 142 142 144 146 147 149 150 152 153 153 154 156 156 156 156 156 157 157 157 158 159 1159 159 160 161 163 166 167 37 Checklist of the Mammals of the Yukon Family Bovidae — Bovids t*Bison bison bison (Linnaeus) Oreamnos americanus (Blainville) tOvibos moschatus moschatus (Zimmermann) Ovis nivicola dalli Nelson Ovis nivicola stonei J. A. Allen 38 page Bison Mountain goat Musk-ox Mountain sheep 167 167 168 169 170 174 Se Key to Orders of Recent Yukon Mammals Lines moition 75 per cent joint non-over- lap) in addition to the previously men- tioned measurements of hind foot, least in- terorbital breadth, and maxillary breadth. Thus, contrary to the situation in Alaska (Bee and Hall 1956:23), specimens of Sorex tundrensis become larger in the southern portion of their range—the Yukon and east- ern Alaska—whereas if the specimen of Sorex arcticus from Yukon Crossing is rep- resentative, S. arcticus becomes larger in the northwestern (Yukon) part of its range. In addition to the differences in size be- tween Sorex arcticus and S. tundrensis, the unicuspids average 38 per cent of the tooth- Sorex obscurus — Dusky shrew row in the former, but 35 per cent in the latter (significant at the .01 per cent level). The auditory ossicles of the two species also differ. In ventral view, the union of the head of the malleus with the slender process of the malleus in S. tundrensis is incised, while in S. arcticus the margin is more grad- ually curved (Figure 4). | agree with Rand (1954:32) that the distribution, ecology, and divergence of Sorex tundrensis and Sorex arcticus suggest Beringian and southern origins respectively. The present distribution of S. tundrensis is completely within the boundaries of Beringia, while S. arcticus occurs in the boreal forest in areas previously covered by Wisconsin glaciers. Sorex arcticus is also known from Pleistocene deposits from sites in Oklahoma and Virginia (Guilday 1962:98). A specimen from 20 mi. S Chapman Lake was collected in alpine tundra at 5,500 ft (Figure 3), in association with Dicrostonyx torquatus, Microtus oeconomus, Clethrion- omys rutilus, and Sorex obscurus. A speci- men from the Firth River, 15 mi. S mouth Joe Creek was in tundra at 1,560 ft in asso- ciation with Microtus miurus and Microtus oeconomus. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 7: Firth River, 15 mi. S mouth Joe Creek,1; Summit Lake, 67°43’ / 136°29', 3; Old Crow, 1; 20 mi. S Chapman Lake, 1; Forty Mile, 1 (NMNH). Sorex obscurus obscurus Merriam Sorex vagrans similis, Merriam 1891:34; holotype from Timber Creek, 8,200 ft, Salmon River Mts. [now Lemhi Mts. ] 10 mi. W Junction [near present town of Leadore] Lemhi County, Idaho. Sorex obscurus, Merriam 1895:72, a renaming of S. vagrans similis. Sorex obscurus obscurus, Osgood 1900:45; Jackson 1928:117; Rand, 1945a:24; Rand 19456:12; R. M. Anderson 1947:18; Baker 1951:93; Youngman 1968:73. Sorex vagrans obscurus, Findley 1955:43. Distribution Probably occurs throughout the Yukon (Map 10). Measurements Average (and extreme) measurements of 20 males and 20 females from southeastern 48 Yukon are respectively 109 (100-115), 111 (100-120); 44 (41-48), 43 (39-50); 13 (12-14), 13 (12-14). An adult male from Old Crow, and 2 adult males from Little Hyland River, 128 mi. N Watson Lake, weighed 5.8, 6.6, and 7.5 g. Two nonparous adult females from Keno Insectivora Table 6 Cranial measurements of Sorex obscurus obscurus and Sorex palustris Number of Least Alveolar specimens averaged Condylo- inter- length of or catalogue number, basal Cranial orbital Palatal Maxillary maxillary and sex length breadth breadth length breadth tooth-row Sorex obscurus obscurus Old Crow 29858 © 17.6 8.8 3.6 Th? 5.1 6.7 2 mi. S Chapman Lake 29396 © 1729 8.7 3.8 728 5:5 6.6 29397 9 1723 8.6 SHT/ 7.0 Gif! 6.5 33696 9 17.6 8.7 67 7.4 5.0 6.7 SW Yukon 28518 KU, © 16.7 8.8 3.4 6.9 6.3 18184 0 16.2 8.7 3.6 6.8 4.9 6.0 29402 © 17.4 8.5 3.7 7/02 5.0 6.5 29403 © 07/7) 8.8 3.8 7.3 5.0 6.7 28524 © 17.5 8.6 SD 7.5 4.9 6.6 SE Yukon Average 19 © 17.0 8.616 3.6 Te} 5.018 6.5 Max. 17.4 9.0 3.8 7.4 5.3 6.8 Min. 16.2 8.1 3.5 6.7 4.8 6.0 SD 0.28 0.23 0.08 0.18 0.13 0.18 SE 0.06 0.06 0.02 0.04 0.03 0.04 Average 14 © 17.2 8.610 3.6 7.1 5.1 6.613 Max. 17.5 9.1 3.9 7.4 5.3 6.8 Min. 16.8 8.2 3.4 6.9 4.9 6.4 SD 0.21 0.28 0.13 0.15 0.12 0.13 SE 0.06 0.09 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.04 Sorex palustris navigator Southern Yukon Average 16 (10 &,6 ©) 19.7 9.815 3.8 8.5 5.815 7.6 Max. 20.2 10.2 4.0 8.9 6.1 8.0 Min. 18.6 9.4 3.7 8.0 5.5 7.3 SD 0.41 0.25 0.11 0.23 0.17 0.18 SE 0.10 0.06 0.03 0.06 0.04 0.04 49 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Summit and Little Hyland River, 128 mi. N Watson Lake, weighed 5.4 and 6.3 g. For cranial measurements see Table 6. Remarks The dusky shrew is remarkably constant in colour and size throughout its range in the Yukon. Although the northernmost specimen from the Yukon is from Old Crow, a record from Tuktoyaktuk, N.W.T. (Banfield 1960) suggests that this species also inhabits the extreme northern Yukon. | agree with Findley (1955:23) that Sorex obscurus is a postglacial immigrant to Alaska, Yukon Territory, and the Northwest Territories, from the south. Good (1966) has shown that S obscurus in southeastern Alaska was one of the earliest invaders of recently deglaciated terrain. The dusky shrew has been trapped in moist habitat in grass, deep moss, and dwarf alder between 1,300 and 6,400 ft. Nine and 10 embryos were found in 2 females in mid-June in the southeastern Yukon. Map 10 Distribution of Sorex obscurus obscurus 50 Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 92: Old Crow, 1; 20 mi S Chapman Lake, 3; Bonnet Plume Lake, 18; 14 mi E Dawson, 1; junction Klondike River and North Klondike River, 1; Keno Summit, 1; Klondike Keno [=7 mi. S Wernecke], Keno Hill, 2; Keele Lake, 1; Macmillan Pass, Canol Road, Mi. 282, 2; south fork Macmillan River, Canol Road, Mi. 249, 5; Sheldon Lake, Canol Road, Mi. 222, 8; Ida Lake [=McPherson Lake], 60 mi. W Glacier Lake, N.W.T., 4 (AMNH); Little Hyland River, 128 mi N Watson Lake, 5; Rose River, Canol Road, Mi. 95, 10; Bur- wash Landing, 1; Christmas Creek, Alaska Highway, Mi 1048, 1 (CU); K/uane range, 25 mi. SSE Destruction Bay, 2; Nisutlin River, Canol Road, Mi. 40, 9; Haeckel Hill, 8 mi. NW Whitehorse, 1; Haecke/ Hill 1; Mcintyre Creek, 1 (KU); Canol Road, Mi. 11, 5; Dezadeash Lake, 2; SW end Dezadeash Lake, 1 (KU); North Toobally Lake, 3; 1% mi. S Carcross, 1; Teslin Post, near Teslin Lake, 1; 1% mi. S and 3 mi. E Dalton Post, 1 (KU). Map 11 Distribution of Sorex palustris navigator Insectivora Sorex palustris — Water shrew Sorex palustris navigator (Baird) Neosorex navigator, Baird 1857:11; holotype from near head Yakima River, Cascade Mts., Wash. Sorex palustris navigator, Merriam 1895:92; Rand 1945a:25; Rand 19456:12; Baker 1951:94; Cameron 1952:1 78; Hall and Kelson 1959:39. Distribution Southern Yukon Territory (Map 11). Measurements Average (and extreme) measurements of 16 specimens (10 males, 6 females) from the southern Yukon are 151 (143-163); 72 (67-76); 20 (19-21). A male from 2 mi. S Carcross weighed 11.2 g. For cranial mea- surements see Table 6. Remarks Three specimens from Nisutlin River, Canol Road, Mi. 40, collected in late July, closely resemble topotypes and near topotypes of Sorex palustris navigator (Black, Munsell value 2). Two specimens from Carcross are Microsorex hoyi — Pygmy shrew considerably lighter (Black, Munsell values P27) EInol B45). Water shrews have been collected from only a few localities in the Yukon. Further collecting in the southern part of the Terri- tory, along streams, edges of lakes, and marshes, may show that the species ranges slightly farther north. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 22: Nisutlin River, Canol Road, Mi. 40, 3; McIntyre Creek, 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, 11 (KU); SW end Deza- deash Lake, 2 (KU); Carcross, 1; 7 mi. S Carcross, 1; 1% mi. S and 3 mi. E Dalton Post, 4 (KU). Microsorex hoyi intervectus Jackson Microsorex hoyi intervectus, Jackson 1928:125; holotype from Lakewood, Oconto County, Wis.; Rand 19446:35; Rand 1945a:25; R. M. Anderson 1947:22; Hall and Kelson 1959:51; Youngman 1964:2, 1968:74. Distribution Known only from the southern half of the Yukon (Map 12). Measurements Measurements of 2 males and 2 females from Dezadeash Lake are respectively 92, Sumas, oo 30) 29) 26, 29: 19, 11/M0, NA nonparous female from 6 mi. N Mayo mea- sured 71; 28; 10; 4.2 g, and a male from 14 mi. E Dawson measured 88; 31; 10; 5.3 g. For cranial measurements see Table 7. Remarks Specimens of Microsorex hoyi intervectus from most of the Yukon closely resemble those from the type locality both cranially and in colour (mass effect of upper parts Very Dark Brown, 7.5YR 3/2). The speci- men from 14 mi. E Dawson has a slightly more grizzled appearance than others from the Yukon probably because it was over- stuffed. The previously published cranial measurements for this specimen (NMC 30646) are incorrect (Youngman 1964:2). The correct measurements are given in Table 7. As previously pointed out (Young- man 1964), the cranial measurements of this specimen are larger than those of all others from the Yukon, perhaps indicating intergradation with M. h. eximius in Alaska. Microsorex hoyi eximius is, however, a weakly defined subspecies. Further studies might show that M. h. eximius is merely at one end of a slight cline in size and colour. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 15: 14 mi E Dawson City, 1; 6 mi. N Mayo, 1; Sheldon Lake, Canol Road, Mi. 222, 3; Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 132, 3; Frances Lake, 1; Deza- deash Lake, 4; Liard Valley, Alaska High- way, 313 Mi. N Nelson, B.C. [near lrons Creek], 2. 51 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Table 7 Cranial measurements of Wicrosorex hoyi intervectus Number of specimens averaged or catalogue number, and sex 30646 © Average 6 (1 ©, 3 Q, 2 ?) Max. 24116 Average 4 (2 #,2 9) Max. Min. Map 12 Distribution of Microsorex hoyi intervectus 92. Condylo- basal length 15.1 Canol Road (Lapie River and Sheldon 14.35 14.5 14.0 0.20 0.09 Least inter- Cranial orbital breadth breadth 14 mi. E Dawson Te 62 672 3.0 6.9 Sul 6.5 2.8 0.10 0.04 Frances Lake 229 Dezadeash Lake 3.0 3.0 29 Palatal length 5.7 Lake) Maxillary breadth Maxillary tooth-row 5.0 4.9 Chiroptera Order CHIROPTERA — Bats Family Vespertilionidae — Vespertilionid Bats Myotis lucifugus — Little brown bat Myotis lucifugus pernox Hollister Myotis pernox Hollister, 19116:4; holotype from Henry House, Alta. Myotis lucifugus pernox, Crowe 1943:395. Myotis lucifugus, Osgood 1900:45. Myotis lucifugus lucifugus, Miller and Allen 1928:47; Rand 19456:14; Cameron 1952:179; Hall and Kelson 1959:161. Distribution The southern half of the Yukon at least as far north as Dawson (Map 13). Measurements Average (and extreme) measurements of 7 specimens (4 males, 3 females) from % mi. E Mayo are 92 (89-100); 42 (39-48); 11 (10-12); 14 (13-15); forearm, 38 (36.5— 40.1); weight, 9.1 (7.9-9.6) g. A male and nonparous female from Nordenskiold River, 1 mi. NW Carmacks, measured respectively 84, 96; 33, 37; 10, 11; ear, 11, 16; forearm, 38.4, 38.5; weight, 9.3, 11.0 g. For cranial measurements see Table 8. Remarks Specimens of Myotis lucifugus pernox from the Yukon Territory closely resemble the holotype, a topotype, and near topotypes both in colour and measurements. Speci- mens from the Yukon average larger than specimens of M. /. Jucifugus and M. 1. alascensis in all cranial measurements. The range of Myotis lucifugus pernox extends from western Alberta, south-central District of Mackenzie, the Northwest Terri- tories (Salt River, NMC 6291) and northern British Columbia (Lower Post; Screw Creek, 10 mi. S 50 mi. E Teslin Lake, Yukon Terri- tory; NE end Muncho Lake) through the southern half of the Yukon into interior Alaska. Bats are not conspicuous in the northern part of their range in the Yukon during the bright nights of early summer. Most speci- mens were shot in late summer at dusk, or were found roosting in cabins and caches during the daytime. On one occasion | watched a bat fly into a cabin in the bright light of dawn. Owing to the severe winters and the al- most complete absence of caves, bats may not overwinter in the Yukon. On 14 August 1965, a cache at Kathleen River, at the foot of Kathleen Lake, held only 4 bats (including animmature, not able to fly), the main breed- ing colony of several hundred having left several days earlier. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 61: Mayo Landing, 1; % mi. E Mayo, 39; Stewart River, 5; 50 mi. below Fort Selkirk, 1 (NMNH); Norden- skiold River, 1 mi. NW Carmacks, 3; Kathleen River, 1; Haines Junction, Alaska Map 13 Distribution of Myotis /ucifugus pernox 53 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Highway, 1; Kathleen River, foot Kathleen Additional records Lake, 8; near Teslin Lake, 1: Caribou Cross- ing [ = Carcross], 1 (NMNH). Dawson, 1961 (seen, P.M. Youngman, MS); North Toobally Lake, 15 July 1961 (seen P.M. Youngman, MS); Rancheria River, (Rand 1945b:14). Table 8 Cranial measurements of Myotis /ucifugus pernox Catalogue number, and sex of specimens 35280 9 35281 © 35284 © 34793 9 34791 © 34792 © 99363 NMNH, © 34787 © 34784 © Greatest Maxillary length of Zygomatic Breadth of Length of breadth skull breadth braincase tooth-row at M3 % mi. E Mayo 15.0 7.9 6.5 5.6 15.6 9.4 8.2 6.0 6.0 1152 9.5 7.9 6.7 6.0 Nordenskiold River, 1 mi. NW Carmacks 15.9 9.4 8.2 6.9 6.4 151 92 8.0 6.7 5.8 15.0 Wall 6.7 57 Caribou Crossing [= Carcross] 15.0 UL 6.6 57 Kathleen River, foot of Kathleen Lake 15.4 9.5 8.2 6.8 6.0 15.0 9.0 7.8 6.4 DZ Lagomorpha Order LAGOMORPHA — Pikas and hares Key to Yukon Lagomorphs 1 Hind legs scarcely larger than forelegs; hind foot less than 37 mm; nasals widest anteriorly; no supraorbital process on frontal; 5 cheek-teeth on each BIGOT OOVE ris « idly eee Ne iat, on 1‘ Hind legs notably larger than forelegs; hind foot more than 40 mm; nasals widest posteriorly; supraorbital process on frontal; 6 cheek-teeth on each SIGCLETAD OVC ial rte TN Mer en BF lave Ochotona princeps, p. 55 Lepus americanus, p. 57 Family Ochotonidae — Pikas Ochotona princeps — Pika Ochotona princeps collaris (Nelson) Lagomys collaris Nelson, 1893:117; holotype from near head of Tanana River, Alaska. Ochotona princeps collaris, Youngman 1968:74. Ochotona collaris, Osgood 19096:56; A. H. Howell 1924:34; Rand 1945a:47; Rand 1945b:72; R. M. Anderson 1947:94; Baker 1951:95; Hall 1951a:126; Banfield 1961a:131; Youngman 1964:2, 1968:74. Distribution Mountainous areas throughout most of the Yukon (Map 14). Measurements Average (and extreme) measurements of total length, hind foot, and ear of 6 males and 9 females from several localities in the Ogilvie Mountains are respectively 175 (155-190), 170 (154-187); 31 (30-35), 31 (29-34); 21 (19-22), 21 (19-24). Average weights of 8 males and 6 nonparous fe- males from various localities in the Yukon are respectively 150 (142-156), 146 (138- 154)g. For cranial measurements see Table9. Remarks On the basis of morphology, behaviour, and habitat, Broadbooks (1965:332) suggested that Ochotona princeps and O. col/laris might be conspecific. Characters previously used to separate Ochotona collaris from O. prin- ceps (Hall 19512; Hall and Kelson 1959; A. H. Howell 1924) can be summarized as follows: (1) underparts of O. co//aris are creamy white, lacking the buffy wash of O. princeps; (2) O. princeps \acks the dis- tinct greyish “collar” on the shoulders of O. collaris; (3) the interpterygoid fossa of ©. collaris is “broader and more spatulate, its sides not parallel, but expanding slightly near anterior end and constricting pos- Map 14 Distribution of Ochotona princeps collaris 55 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Table 9 Cranial measurements of Ochotona princeps collaris o 12] oO a ae) ° o tS Number of aes E = specimens averaged, 9 > D ® and sex © © Nika Central Yukon (Wernecke Mountains, Ogilvie Mountains) Average 14 (7 ©, 7 ©) 43.513 Doe Max. 44.6 22.6 Min. 41.2 21.6 SD 0.89 0.33 SE 0.25 0.09 Southwestern Yukon (Keele Lake, Canol Road) Average 16 (8 o, 8 9) 44.515 22.4 Max. 45.7 23.5 Min. 43.1 2175 SD 0.88 0.54 SE 0.23 0.13 = S = d E> ES fs he ri ER qo} (© +» OT £8 5 oa? 35 58 33 2% SES om 5 J£5 2s Sis ate & 17-892 5.6 2.5 13.413 8.5 19.4 6.1 2.6 14.0 8.9 16.6 5S 272) 1257 8.1 0.86 0.25 0.13 0.36 0.22 0.25 0.07 0.03 0.10 0.06 18.1 5.6 215 13.6 8.8 19.3 6.0 2.8 14.0 9.4 16.3 5.4 22) 13.0 8.3 0.84 0.24 0.22 0.29 0.29 0.21 0.06 0.05 0.07 0.07 teriorly” (A. H. Howell 1924:35); (4) the skull of O. co//aris is relatively broad; (5) the tympanic bullae of O. co//aris are large. The underparts of Ochotona collaris are whiter than any subspecies of O. princeps. However, this condition is approached by some specimens of the similar O. p. princeps and, to a lesser degree, by O. p. fennisex. The greyish collar of O. co//aris is duplicated to some extent by specimens of O. p. fennisex from British Columbia, but it is largely lacking in the other subspecies of O. princeps. These characters are, at best, useful only at the subspecific level. The only cranial character separating Ochotona collaris and O. princeps is the large bullae of the former, but differences of greater magnitude may be found between subspecies of O. princeps. Compared with specimens of O. princeps from Hanceville, B.C., specimens of ©. collaris from various parts of the Yukon do not have broader skulls, the nasals are not significantly shorter, there are no differences in the in- terpterygoid fossa. Ochotona collaris is, therefore, considered conspecific with O. princeps and should be considered as a sub- species of the latter. Gureev (1946) considered Ochotona princeps, O. collaris and the Eurasian O. hypoborea (Pallas) to be conspecific with O. alpina (Pallas). However, the diploid chromosome number for both O. princeps (Adams 1971) and O. co/laris (Rausch and Ritter 1973) is 68, whereas the diploid chromosome number of O. hypoborea is 40 (Vorontsov and Lyapunova 1969). Voront- sov and lvanitskaya (1973) suggested that the obvious close relationship is between O. princeps and the Eurasian plains—steppe species ©. pusilla (Pallas) (also 2 n = 68). Ochotona princeps collaris occupies the largest area of any subspecies of pika in North America and shows no geographical variation. This indicated to Broadbooks (1965) that O. p. co/laris owes its origin to isolation in Beringia. It is separated from the nearest known populations of ©. p. princeps by 500 miles of country in which pikas are not known. Pikas have been collected in the Yukon between 2,300 and 6,000 ft, usually in talus, but often in exposed fractured rock. A speci- men collected by Miss H. Tinker near the shore of Cultus Bay, Kluane Lake, had a burrow just above water level under six-inch willows in grass and horsetail (H. Tinker, fieldnotes). Few pregnant pikas have been collected in the Yukon. Two lactating females were Lagomorpha collected in the Ogilvie Mountains, one on 12 June 1961, the other on 16 July 1963. A female collected at Haeckel Hill, 8 mi. NW Whitehorse, 4 June 1963, had 4 embryos. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 77: Richardson Mountains, 16 mi. NE Lapierre House, 1; Richardson Mountains, 13 mi. NE Lapierre House, 1; head Coal Creek, 64°47'/139°54’, 4 (NMNH); 13 mi. S Chapman Lake, 9; Ogilvie Mountains, 52 mi. NE Dawson, 14 mi. S Lomond Lake, 1; Ogilvie Mountains, 48 mi. NE Dawson, 6; Dempster Highway, Mi. 51, 2 (AHRC); North Fork Pass, Ogilvie Mountains, 1; Dempster Highway, Mi. 43, Family Leporidae — Hares Lepus americanus — Varying hare 1 (AHRC); Bonnet Plume Lake, 2; Keno Summit, 3: Klondike Keno [=1mi. S Wernecke], 1; Keele Lake, 15; Macmillan Pass, Canol Road, Mi. 282, 2; 138 mi. N Watson Lake, 5 mi. E Little Hyland River, 3; Little Hyland River, 128 mi. N Watson Lake, 3; Ida Lake [ = McPherson Lake], 60 mi. W Glacier Lake, N.W.T., 2 (AMNH); Edith Creek, 2 (ROM); Tepee Lake, 3 (2 ROM); Rose River, Canol Road, Mi. 95, 8; Cultus Bay, Kluane Lake, 1 (CU); Haeckel Hill, 8 mi. NW Whitehorse, 2; Canol Road, Mi. 11, 2; near Teslin Lake, 1; Conrad, 1. Additional records Upper White River (Osgood 1900:39). Lepus americanus dalli Merriam Lepus americanus dalli, Merriam, 1900a:29; holotype from Nulato, Alaska. Lepus americanus macfarlani, Merriam 1900a:30; Nelson 1909:98; Osgood 1909b:56, 80; Rand 1945a:48; Rand 1945b:74; Baker 1951:96; Hall 1951a:175; Cameron 1952:183; Hall and Kelson 1959:275. Lepus americanus americanus, Coues and Allen 1877:304. Lepus saliens, Osgood 1900:39. Distribution Found throughout the Yukon where suitable habitat exists (Map 15). Measurements The mean (and extreme) measurements of 5 specimens from several localities near Old Crow are 447 (420-472); 38 (33-42); 143 (140-150). The mean (and extreme) mea- surements of 14 specimens from several localities in the southern Yukon are 462 (417-505); 31 (23-41); 138 (130-148). For cranial measurements see Table 10. Remarks In his revision of the hares and rabbits of North America, Nelson (1909:100) ac- knowledged that Lepus americanus macfar- lani was a weakly defined subspecies differ- ing from L. a. da//i primarily by its “‘slightly darker color and larger size” and that the rostrum of L. a. dalli tapered ‘’much more rapidly to a narrow, rounded muzzle, giving a sharply pointed form contrasting with the broader and more flattened muzzles of macfarlani.”" Nelson had only two specimens of L. a. da//i in summer pelage, and his table Map 15 Distribution of Lepus americanus dalli 57 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Table 10 Cranial measurements of Lepus americanus dalli Alveolar Number of Inter- length of specimens averaged, Basilar Zygomatic Breadth of orbital Nasal maxillary and sex length breadth rostrum breadth length tooth-row Northern Yukon (several localities) Average 7 © 60.8 39.4 19.6 16.4 31.8 1573 Max. 63.2 40.8 21.8 18.8 3879 11578 Min. 58.6 7/5 1725 14.3 29.9 14.0 SD 2.42 1.28 1.41 1.66 1.38 0.61 SE 0.91 0.52 0.53 0.63 0.52 0.23 Southern Yukon (several localities) Average 13 © 61.5 39.1 19.8 1) Z/oll 31.0 15.4 Max. 66.0 41.3 22.2 18.7 3879 16.2 Min. 59.0 38.0 18.1 15% 28.9 14.1 SD 2.04 0.98 1.29 1.07 1.38 0.74 SE 0.57 0.28 0.36 0.30 0.40 0.20 Average 7 © 62.4 39.4 19.7 16.0 32.4 15.4 Max. 68.2 40.4 20.5 11747 34.6 16.0 Min 61.3 38.0 19.0 14.4 30.6 14.4 SD 2.94 0.87 0.53 0.99 1.38 0.59 SE dit 0.33 0.20 0.38 0.52 0.22 of measurements shows no significant difference between the two subspecies. All of the specimens of L. a. macfarlani that | have examined fit well within the colour range of L. a. dalli. Comparison of 30 skulls from Pelly River, Yukon Territory, 5 from Fort Anderson, N.W.T., 4 from the Macken- zie Delta region, N.W.T., and others from various localities in the Yukon and the North- west Territories, with 30 specimens from Nulato River, Bethel, and Koyukuk River, Alaska, fails to confirm any of the cranial differences mentioned by Nelson (1909). The Coefficients of Differences for the majority of cranial measurements show that less than 75 per cent of the Alaskan sample differs from less than 75 per cent of the specimens from Pelly River and, in the measurement of tooth-row, from less than 80 per cent of the Pelly River sample. All of these differences are well below the level of conventional subspecific distinctness, there- fore L. a. macfarlani is here considered a synonym of L. a. dalli. Lepus americanus dalli is the largest, darkest and greyest subspecies in western North America. The hare population in the Yukon was at a high in 1961 and in 1963. Eleven pregnant females collected in May and June had an average of 3 (2-4) embryos. The sequence of moult is poorly known for varying hares in the Yukon. At Rampart House (lat. 67°25’) specimens collected 24 and 25 April 1951 are in white pelage, while specimens collected May 17 are mostly in summer pelage. Similarly, specimens col- lected 5 mi. SE Dalton Post (lat. 60°07’) 19 May 1965 are mostly brown, and by May 24 are all brown. The fall moult is less well known. Specimens from near Teslin Lake collected October 2 and 3 have some white in the pelage, whereas by October 10 and 16 specimens are mostly white. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 353: Old Crow River, at Timber Creek, 1 (NMNH); SE Crow Base [Crow Base = 68°13' /141°00'],1 (NMNH); Old Crow River, mouth Black Fox Creek, 2 (NMNH); 60 mi. SE Crow Base, 1 (NMNH); Old Crow River, 79 mi. N Old Crow, 7 mi. N mouth Johnson Creek, 1; Johnson Creek, 7 mi. from mouth, 17 mi. N Old Crow, 1; 70 Lagomorpha mi. SE Crow Base, 1 (NMNH); mouth Crow River [=mouth Old Crow River], 3 (NMNH); Rampart House, 4; Bell River, 1 mi. SW Lapierre House, 3; 25% mi. S Chapman Lake, 1; North Fork Crossing, Aklavik Road, Mi. 42 [=WNorth Fork Crossing, Dempster Highway, Mi. 42], Ogilvie Mountains, 1; Forty Mile, 1 (NMNH); Forty Mile, Yukon River, 2 (MVZ); Benson Creek, 28 mi. ENE Dawson, 2; Russell Mountains, near forks Macmillan River, 1 (NMNH); south fork Macmillan River, Canol Road, Mi. 249, 1; Sheldon Lake, Canol Road, Mi. 222, 1; Macmillan River, 4 (NMNH); Selkirk, 4 (NMNH); near Fort Selkirk, 1 (NMNH); Tantalus, 1; Pelly River, 230 mi. from mouth, 41 (NMNH); Ross River area, 5; Pelly River, Ross River, 1 (NMNH); Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 132, 8; Thirty Mile River [ = Yukon River, be- tween Lower Laberge and Teslin River], 2 (NMNH); Kluane Lake, 3 (MCZ); head Kluane Lake, 2; head Lake Laberge, 1 (NMNH); Haecke/ Hill, 8 mi. NW White- horse, 2; Louise Lake, 7% mi. W Whitehorse, 1; west side Lewes River, 2 mi. S White- horse, 1 (KU); Nisutlin River, Canol Road, Mi. 40, 2; Hootalinqua River [ = Teslin River], near Teslin Lake, 13; Hoot River [ = Zeslin River], 1; 5 mi. W Teslin River, 16 mi. S and 53 mi. E Whitehorse, 1 (KU); 37 mi. ENE Tagish, 2; 15 mi. N Teslin Lake, 5; near Teslin Lake, 11; Settlin River [ = Nisutlin River] near Teslin Lake, 8; Nisutlin Bay, Teslin Lake, 1; Eagle Bay, near Teslin Lake, 3; Teslin Post, near Teslin Lake, MS MIMENTACISN EEE NCA Cross 2 Carcross, 1; Caribou Crossing [ = Carcross], between Lake Bennett and Lake Tagish, 1 (NMNH); Little Atlin Lake, 8 mi. SSE Jakes Corner, 1; 5 mi. SE Dalton Post, 7. Localities not plotted Pelly River, 146 (NMNH); Pelly River, mouth Indian Creek, 24 (NMNH); Pelly River, Steamboat Island, 7 (NMNH). Additional records lrons Creek camp, Mile 313 [ = Alaska Highway, 313 mi. N Nelson, B.C.] (Rand 1944b:47). 59 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Order RODENTIA — Rodents Key to Yukon Rodents 1 2. 122% 60 Infraorbital canal not transmitting any part of medial masseter muscle (or at least not modified for transmission of the muscle) ...................... Infraorbital canal transmitting medial masseter muscle and enlarged for that DUTPOSE. a. 4 da ce de DR DE TR EE CET Tail broad, flat, scaly; toes of hind feet webbed........ Castor canadensis, p. Tail not broad, flat, scaly; toes on hind feet not webbed. Membrane present between foreleg and hind leg; modified for gliding; zygo- matic plate low, slightly tilted upward. ............ Glaucomys sabrinus, p. Membrane not present between foreleg and hind leg; not modified for gliding; zygomatic plate (usually) tilted strongly forward....................... No antorbital canal, the antorbital foramen piercing the zygomatic plate of the LIL SCL) RoR ee cere a ee ae Re Shits aren Gray Eutamias minimus, p. Antorbital Canal present... da. à ons menait spore faim ce CCC ee Zygomatic breadth more than 43 mm; anterior lower premolar with a para- Conuülid. : . .. 53 220860 Ae eaeebe os à eves EP RER eee Zygomatic breadth less than 43 mm; anterior lower premolar without para- COonUlId esis. Le ede Sw RE CPE TEE EEE Upper tooth-rows parallel; 8 mammae (only 1 pair abdominal) ............ Re a tn ru de Oo o no buc Marmota monax, p. Upper tooth-rows divergent anteriorly; 10 mammae (2 pairs abdominal) ..... eu ce cece chor rancid 4.00.0 Marmota caligata, p. Zygomata not parallel, but converging anteriorly with anterior part twisted toWard'ahorizontalDIane oo Re Spermophilus parryii, p. Zygomata nearly parallel and nearly vertical throughout, not twisted ........ SE EN nd OS I ST RE PE CE DES Tamiasciurus hudsonicus, p. Infraorbital foramen greatly enlarged............... Erethizon dorsatum, p. Infraorbital canal moderately enlarged except in Zapodidae............... Hind legs much elongated; infraorbital foramen much enlarged; cheek-teeth DC ee ee ee oe Oe Ru pc à Hind legs not greatly elongated; infraorbital foramen moderately large; cheek- CONS... aies de ass cae eee gee due à ee a Eo oye, ok nike eee PRESSE Skull small; incisive foramina shorter than 4.6 mm; condylobasal length averaging less than 20 mm; length of maxillary tooth-row averaging less TI: Se ZANE be Se cure STORE ces key CP eee ee Zapus hudsonius, p. Skull large; incisive foramina longer than 4.7 mm; condylobasal length more than 21 mm; maxillary tooth-row averaging more than 3.8 mm ............ saone ee erin me er ET Zapus princeps, Pp. Cheek-teeth tuberculate, occlusal surfaces not composed of lakes of dentine surroundediby enamel 1%. 42 MR see wee eee se CE Cheek-teeth flat-crowned, comparatively angular and sculptured; occlusal surfaces composed of lakes of dentine surrounded by enamel............. Molar teeth with tubercles arranged in 3 longitudinal series. . Mus musculus, p. Molar teeth with tubercles arranged in 2 longitudinal series or if not tubercu- late, prisms not arranged as alternating triangles. ...................... 2 8 77 76 4 62 117 7 Rodentia 13 13’ 14 14’ 15 15’ 16 16” 17 eA 18 18° 19 Oy 20 20° 21 216 22 a2 23 23° Upper cheek-teeth specialized, their normal tuberculate pattern not apparent at any time; molars prismatic and flat-crowned......... Neotoma cinerea, p. Upper cheek-teeth not markedly specialized, the tuberculate pattern usually apparent; molars usually not flat-crowned....... Peromyscus maniculatus, p. Lower incisors usually lingual to molars, and terminating in horizontal ramus mnposite Orin frontOtadalveGlusOnmMos: M Te AO ec ee es sous Lower incisors passing from lingual to labial side of molars between bases of roots of m2 and m3 and ascending behind molars in termination within or near CONAMIANDIOCESS ewig nn ne sein cu sutese ng wre cen ee ors Cheek-teeth longitudinally complex (many loops); inner and outer salient angles approximately equal in size; m1 with 7 closed triangles between ter- minal loops; supraorbital ridges strong but not fusing in interorbital region... . Re 0 a RENE cae CCS = re at ae eee Dicrostonyx torquatus, p. Cheek-teeth longitudinally simplified (few loops); inner salient angles of upper molars and outer angles of lower molars smaller than those of the opposite sides; m1 with 3 closed triangles between termination loops (or with 2 trans- verse loops if closed triangles absent); supraorbital ridges fusing in adults, TOnmMiin GimecdlansonbitaliGnestnun akin ere on ere tel tebe Posterior palate not terminating as simple transverse shelf; upper incisors strongly grooved; tooth-rows not, or less widely divergent posteriorly; soles of feet almost hairless and ungual phalanges not noticeably lengthened; glanasiiocatedionitlanks PR er - ae Nees CRE Synaptomys borealis, p. Posterior palate terminating as simple transverse shelf; upper incisors not grooved; tooth-rows widely divergent posteriorly; soles of feet almost con- cealed by hairs and ungual phalanges noticeably lengthened; sebaceous glandiiocatedionmumprm PE CE Sieee oe e cen er Lemmus sibiricus, p. Gheekcteethtrootedtinradultse RETENU External form modified for aquatic life in that tail is laterally compressed, and swimming fringes on hind feet conspicuous; basal length of skull more than SOIN MEME ES RUN EE te aon oat Soe ee Ondatra zibethicus, p. External form not modified for aquatic life; basal length of skull less than SO) TROT ce es SAM cd COMME MISE à ME ee a, SOL Ve en ae à Posterior palate terminating as a simple transverse shelf; lower molars with inner reentrant angles little if any deeper than outer reentrant angles ........ 5 of tad rau PAR aso RRQ à dE Re Clethrionomys rutilus, p. Posterior palate terminating with a median spinous process converted into a sloping septum between posterolateral pits; lower molars with inner reentrant angles deepersthamouten. 2. st. s TT eee Phenacomys intermedius, p. Skull long and narrow, cheeks yellowish; tail less than 28 mm............. à 6260 PNR petite ae eh Me tek RO Ao AP RCE Microtus miurus, p. Skull not so long and narrow, cheeks not yellowish, tail more than 28 mm. Tail averaging 1/3 or more of totallength......... Microtus longicaudus, p. iailtaveragingilessithan' 1i/Sofitotallengths.......4 «ss .ced. oc loam oases Cheeks reddish... 8. Weer a: «cent BOS Microtus xanthognathus, p. M2 with 4 closed angular sections and a rounded posterior loop; postero- lateral sebaceous glands absent.............. Microtus pennsylvanicus, p. M2 with 4 closed angular sections and no posterior loop; posterolateral sebaceous glands located onhips............... Microtus oeconomus, p. 83 79 15 17 114 16 11122 107 18 20 104 20 84 88 101 97 22 98 23 89 93 61 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Family Sciuridae — Squirrels and allies Eutamias minimus — Least chipmunk Eutamias minimus borealis (J. À. Allen) [Tamias asiaticus] var. borealis J. A. Allen, in Coues and Allen 1877:793; holotype from Fort Liard, District of Mackenzie, N.W.T. Eutamias minimus borealis, A. H. Howell 1922:183; Youngman 1968:74. Eutamias caniceps Osgood, 1900:28, 1909b:77. Eutamias minimus caniceps, A. H. Howell 1922:184, 1929:58; Rand 1945a:37; R. M. Anderson, 1947:114; Baker 1951:100; Cameron 1952:180; Hall and Kelson 1959:300. Distribution Southern half of the Yukon (Map 16). Measurements Average (and extreme) measurements of 9 specimens (4 males, 5 females) from Kluane Lake are 207 (178-215); 91 (69-98); 33 (30-34). Average (and extreme) measure- ments of 9 specimens ( 1 male, 8 females) from 138 and 128 mi. N Watson Lake are 208 (191-232); 94 (80-112); 33 (31-36). The male weighed 48.1 g and 6 nonparous females averaged 54.1 (43.4-65.8) g. Aver- age (and extreme) measurements of 10 specimens (6 males, 4 females) from the south-central Yukon are 205 (194-216); Map 16 Distribution of Eutamias minimus borealis 62 88 (81-94); 33 (32-35). For cranial mea- surements see Table 11. Remarks Osgood (1900), in his description of Euta- mias caniceps, thought that specimens from the Yukon were greyer than £. m. borealis and that the skull had a slightly more inflated braincase and larger bullae. Howell (1929: 58) referred specimens from northern British Columbia, the ‘‘Nahanni River Mountains”, District of Mackenzie, N.W.T., and the Yukon, to £. m. caniceps. Comparing these specimens with specimens of £. m. borealis, he listed the distinguishing characters as “Similar to Eutamias minimus borealis, but, head more grayish (less ochraceous); sides slightly paler; upper parts averaging more . grayish in general tone; tail much paler beneath; hind foot larger.” A comparison of cranial and hind-foot measurements of specimens from the Yukon with measure- ments of specimens from near the type locality of £. m. borealis fails to show any significant differences. There may be a tendency toward greyness in chipmunks from the Yukon but as most specimens in collections are in the grey winter pelage, or have only partially moulted into the brighter new pelage, it is difficult to make a detailed colour comparison. If a colour difference exists it is very slight, and considering the overall geographical variation within this species, it is not significant at the subspecif- ic level. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 164: Bonnet Plume Lake, 4; Dawson, 1 (UBC); Keele Lake, 5; Macmillan River, 2 (NMNH); Sheldon Mountain, Canol Road, Mi. 222, 1; Rink Rapid, 4 (NMNH); 7 mi. NW Carmacks, 2; 5% mi. NW Carmacks, 1; Nordenskiold River, 1 mi. NW Carmacks, 6; % mi. NW Rodentia Table 11 Cranial measurements of Eutamias minimus borealis Number of Least Alveolar specimens averaged inter- length of or catalogue number, Greatest Zygomatic Cranial orbital Length of maxillary and sex length breadth breadth breadth nasals tooth-row Kluane Lake 173240 & 34.1 19.1 16.0 7.0 10.5 5.6 202280 © 33.6 18.0 6.9 9.8 5.5 20226 9 381 185 15.5 7/10) 9.9 55 South-central Yukon Average 10 (5559) 32.7 18.59 14.69 6.8 10.02 55 Max. 33.6 191 15.8 VA 10.7 5.6 Min. 32 18.1 14.2 6.5 9.1 53 SD 0.47 0.36 0.48 0.20 0.46 0.11 SE 0.15 0.12 0.16 0.06 0.15 0.04 North of Watson Lake Average 10 (1891?) 32.85 18.37 14.37 6.67 9.85 sy Max. 33.9 18.7 14.6 6.8 10.3 5.6 Min. 31.8 tad 14.0 6.4 8.7 5.2 SD 0.68 0.40 0.21 0.17 0.62 0.19 SE 0.28 0.15 0.08 0.06 0.25 0.09 Carmacks, 2; % mi. NW Carmacks, 4; 138 mi. N Watson Lake, 5 mi. E Little Hyland River, 9; Little Hyland River, 128 mi. N Watson Lake, 1; Lapie Valley, Canol Road, Mi. 136, 1; Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 132, 10; Ida Lake [ = McPherson Lake], 1 (AMNH); Semenow Hills [= Semonof Hills], 1 (NMNH); Burwash Landing, 2; K/uane Lake, 6 (4 MCZ, 2 CU); Frances Lake, 1; Lake Laberge, 14 (NMNH); W Sheep Mountain, E Sheep Creek, near old Alaska Highway, Mi. 1061, 1; head Kluane Lake, 4; E side Kluane Lake, 4; (CU); S end Kluane Lake, Alaska Highway, Mi. 1054, 9 (CU); Nisutlin River, Canol Road, Mi. 40, 4; Mclntyre Creek, 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, 2 (KU); 2 mi. NNW Whitehorse, 1 (KU); W side Lewes River [ = Wside Yukon River], 2 mi. S White- horse, 1 (KU); 6% mi. SW Whitehorse, 2; Haines Road Junction, 1; Squanga Lake, 1; 5 mi. W Teslin River, 16 mi. S and 53 mi. E Whitehorse, 3 (KU); Alcan Highway [ = Alaska Highway], Johnsons Crossing, 1 (MZ); Lake Marsh, 5 (NMNH); 7 mi NE Tagish, 1; 2% mi. NE Tagish, 1; 5 mi. W Tagish, 1; 70 mi. E Tagish, 1; Little Atlin Lake, 8 mi. SSE Jakes Corner, 2; SW end Dezadeash Lake, 15 (KU); North Toobally Lake, 2; near Teslin Lake, 5; /ndian village, near Teslin Lake, 1; Teslin Post, near Teslin Lake, 4; Carcross, 2; Caribou Crossing [ = Carcross], 4 (NMNH); 5 mi. SE Dalton Post, 1; 7% mi. S and 3 mi. E Dalton Post, 5 (KU); Rancheria River, Mi. 708, [Alaska Highway], 2 (ROM). Additional records Watson Lake, 1 July 1963 (seen, G. D. Tessier, MS). Accounts of Species and Subspecies Marmota monax — \Noodchuck Marmota monax ochracea Swarth Marmota ochracea Swarth, 1911:203; holotype from Fortymile Creek, Alaska. Marmota monax ochracea, À. H. Howell 1915a:34; Rand 1945a:35; R. M. Anderson 1947:106; Hall and Kelson 1959:323. Distribution Spotty distribution in southern half of the Yukon (Map 17). Measurements There are no specimens with external mea- surements available from the Yukon. For cranial measurements see Table 12. Remarks Marmota monax ochracea is a _ weakly defined subspecies, intergrading with, and more closely resembling, M. m. canadensis to the east rather than M. m. petrensis to the south. Cowan and Guiguet (1965) referred specimens from near junction Liard and Trout rivers, and from Lower Liard Crossing (Mi. 213, Alaska Highway), B.C., to this but | subspecies, have examined these : 1 « LA | diy oh 07 re : Nr MP Ops Rn NS SEE aA. A Vo =: LO ANSE nl REC Z Map 17 Distribution of Marmota monax ochracea 64 specimens and refer them to M. m. petrensis. Thus M. m. ochracea is confined to east- central Alaska, southern Yukon Territory and extreme northwestern British Columbia (Atlin). Only 4 woodchucks have been collected in the Yukon, and there are few recorded sightings. In the early 1960’s some wood- chucks occupied a small cave in a rocky cliff on the outskirts of Dawson and at various times they have raided gardens in the Dawson area. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 4: Nisutlin River, Canol Road, Mi. 40, 3; Thirtymile Mountain [ =Thirtymile Range], near Teslin Lake, 1. Additional records Hunker Creek (Judd 1950:361); Dominion Creek (seen by J. Langevin, G. D. Tessier, MS, 30 June 1965); Ross Post (Rand 1945a:35); Takhanne River, 5 mi. ESE Dalton Post, 17 May 1963 (seen, P.M. Youngman, MS); Liard Crossing (reports, G. D. Tessier, MS, 15 July 1965). Rodentia Table 12 Cranial measurements of two species of WMarmota 5 M oO T Oo — Fe) + = i z Number of © a & “ ae = S. = 6 specimens averaged as es es £ à £ = 520 Vo = or catalogue number, aS Ae ley aD ee © cc DO 808 ae and sex O 2 a © a © 3% NS Gine eQissursc Marmota caligata caligata Chapman Lake region 29474 o 103.3 58.4 39.8 42.3 46.7 25.5 23.2 29473 9 94.4 52.7 357 39.7 61.4 42.6 23.5 22.0 Head of Coal Creek 135163 NMNH, © 100.3 57.4 37.6 42.5 62.0 44.4 23.8 23.1 135162 NMNH, © 93.5 54.3 34.0 41.6 63.4 44.7 2231 20.9 135161 NMNH, © 94.1 53.7 35.7 38.2 62.3 43.1 2377 21.9 Ruby Creek 34504 MCZ, 2 92.6 53.0 34.3 36.7 60.1 42.0 23.5 22.8 34507 MCZ, © 97.0 54.4 3722. 39.8 62.8 43.3 23.1 22.1 Keno Hill 35343 © 100.1 57.4 37.4 43.7 66.5 44.7 24.8 23:0 35342 9 100.8 57.8 38.0 44.2 67.1 45.4 24.3 23.9 31241 9 95.8 54.8 37.1 43.8 64.7 45.1 24.7 21.8 Teslin region 1942 ¢ 99.7 57.0 36.5 40.6 65.0 42.7 235 22.9 1946 © 95.8 54.6 36.0 41.3 24.2 23.1 1951 © 101.2 57.0 42.9 62.4 44.9 24.7 22.6 1926 © 96.2 54.6 36.9 40.2 61.9 41.3 22.8 22.4 1936 9 98.8 57.0 42.4 62.2 45.5 22.4 22.6 1941 9 93.2 53.0 34.8 39/7. 59.6 42.4 237 21.6 1948 9 94.3 52.8 35.8 40.9 60.6 44.9 23.0 21.0 Marmota monax ochracea Thirtymile Mountains, near Teslin Lake 1924 9 68.0 40.6 23.7 25.9 44.8 33.1 15.9 18.3 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Marmota caligata — Hoary marmot Marmota caligata caligata (Eschscholtz) Arctomys caligatus Eschscholtz, 1829; type locality, near Bristol Bay, Alaska. Marmotta [sic] caligata, J. A. Allen 1903:539. Marmota caligata, Osgood 19096:55; Cameron 1952:180; Youngman 1968:74. Marmota caligata caligata, A. H. Howell 1915a:59 (part); Rand 19456:45; (part); Hall and Kelson 1959:327 (part). Marmota caligata oxytona, À. H. Howell 1915a:64 (part); Rand 1945a:35; Rand 19456:45 (part); R. M. Anderson 1947:108 (part); Miller and Kellogg 1955:186 (part); Hall and Kelson 1959:329 (part). Distribution Recorded as far north as the headwaters of the Porcupine River, perhaps farther north in the Mackenzie Mountains (Map 18). Measurements Two males and 2 females from the Ogilvie Mountains (Chapman Lake region and Coal Creek) measured respectively 740, 715, 655, 675; 230, 218, 182, 190; 102, 91/87, 95. A male and female from Keno Hill mea- sured respectively 700, 750; 170, 180; 92, 97; 12, 15 Ib. For cranial measurements see Table 12. Map 18 Distribution of Marmota caligata caligata 66 Remarks Specimens from the vicinity of Teslin Lake and the Canol Road, Yukon Territory, have been referred to as intermediates between Marmota caligata caligata and M. c. oxytona (holotype from head of Moose Pass, branch of Smoky River, Alta.), with most authors referring them to the latter subspecies. In his revision of the North American marmot, A. H. Howell (1915a) characterized Marmota caligata oxytona as differing from M. c. caligata in being blacker and in having a larger and relatively narrower skull. Howell’s own measurements (1915a) do not confirm these and other supposed cranial differences. The colour of specimens from Teslin Lake, and the Canol Road, ~ Yukon Territory, and Jasper, Alta., differs little from near topotypes of M. c. caligata from Alaska. A number of study skins from the Teslin Lake region, Yukon Territory, from British Columbia, and from Fort Liard, and Fort Good Hope, N.W.T., referred by A. H. Howell (1915a) to M. c. oxytona, are greasy and dirty and are therefore darkened specimens. Specimens from various localities in cen- tral British Columbia such as the Sustut Mountains (56°N/126°W) and Thutade Lake (56°N/126°W) belong to a dark sub- species (M. c. raceyi?), but specimens from McDame Creek (59°N /129°W), Dease Lake (58°N /130°W), and Cassiar (59°N /129°W), in northern British Columbia, are referable to M. c. caligata. Porsild (1945:14) reported a possible sight record of a hoary marmot from the Richardson Mountains (“Black Mountain, southwest of Aklavik’’); R. M. Anderson (1947:107) and Rausch (1953:120) dis- cussed the possibility that Warmota caligata broweri [ = Marmota broweri, Rausch and Rodentia Rausch 1965] might be the form occurring there. My own fieldwork in the Richardson Mountains in 1962 and 1965, and that of David A. Gill in 1968, produced no evidence of the existence of marmots. Neither botanist J. A. Calder, who collected in the Richard- son Mountains in 1962, nor geologists working in the same area in the same year, saw any evidence of marmots (personal communications). Ognev (1947:261) and Ellerman and Morrison-Scott (1951:513) thought that Marmota caligata and M. camtschatica from Kamchatka, eastern Siberia, might be con- specific. Rausch (1953:117) supposed Marmota caligata to be conspecific with Marmota marmota, but later Rausch and Rausch (1965:621) considered this concept to be erroneous. Rausch and Rausch (1965) considered Marmota caligata to be a postglacial invader of the northwest on ‘’zoogeographic evi- dence and by the fact that certain parasites are not shared with palaerctic species.” To explain the present distribution of Marmota caligata, Hoffman and Taber (1967:162) offered alternative hypotheses of either a Beringian origin or a southern periglacial origin, but favoured the latter theory. Their premise is that the present dis- tributions of Marmota caligata and the mountain goat, Oreamnos americanus, re- sult from a common refugial origin. They also cited the occurrence of an undated Pleistocene specimen from Montana provi- sionally referred to M. caligata, the present absence of M. caligata from the Brooks Range, Alaska, and the absence of vicariant Or conspecific species in northeastern Siberia, as other reasons for postulating a southern periglacial origin. That there are no Beringian subspecies of Marmota caligata lends further weight to the theory of south- ern origin. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 59: head Coal Creek 64°47'/139°54’, 4 (NMNH); 14 mi. S Chapman Lake, 3; 73 mi. S Chapman Lake, 1; 20 mi. S Chapman Lake, 5; Dempster Highway, Mi. 57, 4 (AHRC); Keno Summit, 1; Klondike Keno [ = 1 mi. S Wernecke], Keno Hill, 2; Ruby Creek, 63°46’ /139°16’, 6 (MCZ); Canol Road, Mi. 268, 1; Mount Selous, North Macmillan River, 1; Mount Sheldon, Canol Road, Mi. 222, 1; Ida Lake [ = McPherson Lake], 60 mi. W Glacier Lake, N.W.T., 6 (AMNH); 6 mi. S Lapie Lakes, Canol Road, Mi. 105, 1; Rose River, Canol Road, Mi. 95, 3; Slims River, 2; Nusetlan River Mountains [ = Thirtymile Range], near Teslin Lake, 5; Misetlin Moun- tains [ = Thirtymile Range], near Teslin Lake, 3; Mountains, 40 mi. NE of NW end Teslin Lake [ = Thirtymile Range], 3; Wolf Lake, near Teslin Lake, 60°38’ /131°40’, 2; English Creek Mountains [ = Englishmans Range], near Teslin Lake, 2; near Teslin Lake, 1. Localities not plotted Yukon Territory, 2. Additional records Keele Lake, 10 and 16 August 1966 (sign seen and whistling heard, W.H. Butler, MS). Additional records not plotted Mountains about headwaters Porcupine River (Preble 1908:161). Spermophilus parryi — Arctic ground squirrel Spermophilus parryii parryii (Richardson) Arctomys Parryii Richardson, in Parry 1825:316; type locality, Five Hawser Bay, Lyon Inlet, Melville Peninsula, Hudson Bay. Citellus (Colobotus) parryi kennicotti, Preble 1908:164. Citellus parryii parryii, A. H. Howell 1938:95; Rand 1945b:46; R. M. Anderson 1947:110. Spermophilus undulatus kennicottii, Bee and Hall 1956:46. Distribution Known only from the northern Yukon, north of the Porcupine River. Southern limit not defined (Map 19). Measurements Average (and extreme) measurements of 5 females from the northern Yukon are 361 (325-390); 104 (93-120); 59 (55-64). Three of these individuals weighed respec- 67 Accounts of Species and Subspecies OL'O 8t 0 vc oO 9L'O 070 GE O 9t 0 LEO 4s 820 08 0 89°0 Gt 0 Lg0 66 0 GAL GO'L as (E (sib DLL Cale 8'6 8°CC O'CE 0'‘Gc ELS “UIIA GCL V6L Peal te (UIE OVC CGE 0'6C AE] ‘XEW CL G'8L vVCL 9OL SiS ce C9 €CG (HNWIN &) 6 8 26e181y SiGL L'OC GL O'CL LGC GILES 9°9G © 9YLEE 6 CL 0°02 OEL OLL Lv £'9€ 9°87 L'9G © ‘HNWN SV6TEL (saijjeo0] snoueA) suleyUNOW alAj!6O snisajd 1Aued snjiydouuads LL'O 9L'O vLO 6L'O vLO ce 0 €20 vc O0 as 8£'0 ÿg'0 0G'0 v9'0 9ÿ 0 90°L 080 £80 as GCL 707 OEL Gall VVC L'GE 9'LT ÿ'9G ‘UIW ell LBUG 6 VL Eel 6 GC L'6€ SOS AY] ‘xe on 8°07 GEL re ara 8 11 LSC L10'LE L872 LLG (HNWN 8) 6 ZL 2Be1oay LL'O 0c 0 LC O 6LO 6L'O A0) £c O0 6£ 0 4s ÿSO £9'0 L9°0 9G°0 L9°0 8c L 69°0 Sal as Dake O'LC £'cL OLL VGC 9'LE 9'8c tv 8q ‘UII GEL GEG Gil! 9'EL ELC il GOE AA!) ‘XeW Gace 6 LC Gel! SCL V9 68€ 60 0€ 0°09 (HNWN Z) © OL 262181 (suoiBas JaAIY YWI4 Pue JBAIY MOID PIO) UOYNA Wa}seEMYYON uAued hued snjiydouuads MOJ-Y4}00} jus] jeseNy u}pee1q u)pes1q yjpeaiq yjpeaiq yibue| u1Bual xas pue Ae||IxXeuu 2114101504 jeliqioiejui jelue19 onewWoBAZ Je|ne|ed 1S9]2919 ‘equnu an6o/e}e9 10 jo y)Bual] jseo7 paBeiane Suawioeds 12[08A|Y jo Jaquny WAued snjiydouads jo sjuawainseaw |eIUeID EL 8IquL 68 Rodentia GO'E £9'c OL'O £L'O 9£'0 140 DLL 9'ZL GCL £'6L G'LL zic 8L 80€ 60 ÿ 90°0 6LO Sc0 9L'0 LLL GLL L'TL £072 o10'CL o19'8L v9E €0°C LL'O vLO 240 9€'0 SLL S'LL 9reL g'8L 20'TL o6 LL 6LY LOS AA) 220) 890 t6 0 SPL ELL O'EL 66L CCL est MOI-U1001 =u Hua] jeseNy Aaejjixew jo uiBual] 12[08A|Y 6L'S LL'O €9°0 6 OL VEL Gl VEE cl‘0 0c'0 OLL GEL ot LCL VATE LL'O LTO bee! SCL ot CL Lov £c'O LS'0 SLL Vel 9G'CL yipes1q jeuquoysog yipeaiq jeuquosequl yseoq LEA E8'C vs'L 89'L A9 9L'0 Lc'O clo ÿc 0 4s Lg'0 ÿ6 0 970 L8'0 as LT VLE Give ÿ 0G “UII Lee SVE 0'9c Les “Xe POG zic EE (GEG LLG 6 £L eBesany SCV L6 L 09'E 69°C A9 TA) 9L'O £c'O A0 4s LOL 99°0 £6 0 ev L as 3} AG VEE 6 EC OLS ‘UIW 199€ v GE G'LC OLS ‘XEW 918 €C 917 VE 910°9¢ oes © 6L 26e1e1y ‘9'g ‘Heuuseg OLL vOEe GEL LVL A9 LL'O Sÿ'0 ÿL'O 8c 0 4s Lc 0 cOL GEO SL0 as GEC MEE TAG L'0G ‘UIW G'EC GSE ÿ 9c AA] ‘XEW VES s9EE 30°92 v LS 6 L eBe1eny SCV LVS CLG eve AD 8£ 0 98'0 £c0 89°0 aS LO'L cL L LL'O 08 L as 8'°C~ O'CE v'SC g'0g ‘Ul 9°SC 6 GE GLC L'g ‘XEW 8'Ec rQ'EE t'9c vcs © L eBeieny A10]1198 {| UOYNA ‘axe7 EP] uy}pes1q ylpeaiq yi bua] yi bua} xas pue jelue19 oneuoBA7 Je|ne|ed ]S2]P919) ‘Jaquinu enBojeje9 10 paBeisne suawioeds jo JaquNA 69 Accounts of Species and Subspecies tively 590.7 g, 321.4 g, 614.1 g. For cranial measurements see Table 13. Remarks This subspecies differs from Spermophilus parryii plesius in being larger externally and cranially, and in having the spots of the dorsal pelage correspondingly larger and often fewer in number. Bee and Hall (1956:46) applied the name Spermophilus undulatus kennicottii (Ross) to specimens from Fort Anderson, N.W.T., west as far as Point Hope, Alaska, since they thought these specimens were lighter in colour than specimens (S. parryii parryi/) from the eastern Arctic. Bee and Hall (1956) thought that the dark colour of specimens from northeastern Alaska, north- ern Yukon Territory, and northwestern District of Mackenzie was due to their having been salted in the field and restuffed at the National Museum of Natural History, Washington. However, specimens in the National Museums of Canada from the northern Yukon and western District of Mackenzie that were prepared in the field without the use of any preservatives average Map 19 Distribution of Spermophilus parryii 1 S.p. parryii 2 S.p.plesius 70 as dark as specimens in similar pelage from several localities in the eastern Arctic. There is some geographical variation within the subspecies Spermophilus parryii parryii. There is an east-west cline in size, both externally and cranially, with the largest specimens in the eastern Arctic. There is also an east-west cline in tail colour. Specimens from the eastern Arctic have darker tails dorsally. Various authors (Rausch 1953; Hall and Kelson 1959; Nadler and Youngman 1969) have applied the name Spermophilus un- dulatus to North American and eastern Siberian arctic ground squirrels. However Gromov et al. (1965) considered S. undula- tus to be restricted to southern Siberia, the Amur region, Mongolia, and northern and northeastern China, whereas S. parryii occupied northeastern Siberia, and parts of arctic and subarctic North America. Also, Vorontsov and Lyapunova (1969) have shown major morphological and numerical differences between the chromosomes of Spermophilus undulatus from west of the Lena River, U.S.S.R., and Spermophilus parryii from east of the Lena and from arctic and subarctic North America. The cheek pouches of a specimen from the northern Yukon (Firth River) contained the following plants: Tofieldia pusilla (Michx.) Pers. (entire inflorescences of almost mature capsules, some with ripe seed —about 90 per cent of the total cheek- pouch contents), S//ene acaulis L. (almost mature capsules with seed), Oxytropis sp. (stems, leaves, and seeds), Pedicularis lanata Cham. & Schlecht. (fragments of capsules and seeds), Potentilla sp. (few seeds), Luzula? parviflora (Ehrh.) Desv. (few seeds), Hedysarum Mackenzii Richards (one segment of legume), Carex spp. (achenes of at least six species), and Dryas sp. (a few achenes). Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 83: Firth River, [near mouth], 1; Alaska—Yukon boundary, 69°20’, 10 (NMNH); A/aska-Yukon boundary, 69°10', 2; Joe River [ = Joe Creek], 17 (NMNH); 4 mi. WSW mouth Blow River, 7; Firth River, 13 mi S mouth Joe Creek, 1; Firth River, 15 mi. S mouth Joe Creek, 7; British Mountains, 20 mi. SE mouth Joe Creek, 5; Emmerman Creek, Firth River [ = 68°46’ /140°45’], 1 (NMNH); “U” [ = You] Creek, 90 mi. N Rampart House, Rodentia 141 °W, 2 (1NMNH); A/aska—Yukon bound- ary, Firth River, 5; Alaska—Yukon boundary, 80 mi N Porcupine River, 1 (NMNH); Old Crow River, 50 mi. above Timber Creek, 3 (NMNH); O/d Crow River, 15 mi. below Timber Creek, 1 (NMNH); O/d Crow River, 20 mi. above Black Fox Creek, 1 (NMNH); Crow Base [ = 68°13’ /141°00’],1 (NMNH); Old Crow River, Black Fox Creek, 2 (NMNH); O/d Crow River, 19 mi. N Old Crow, 19 mi. N mouth Johnson Creek, 3; Johnson Creek, 5 mi. from mouth, 1 mi. NNE Old Crow, 3; Old Crow Mountains, 1; Old Crow River, Shafer Mountain [ = Mount Schaeffer], 1 (NMNH); O/d Crow, 1; mouth Old Crow River, 1 (NMNH); Richardson Mountains, 16 mi. NE Lapierre House, 1; Richardson Mountains, 13 mi. NE Lapierre House, 1; Rampart House, 4 (2 NMNH). Spermophilus parryii plesius Osgood Spermophilus empetra plesius Osgood, 1900:29; holotype from Bennett City, head of Bennett Lake, B.C. Spermophilus parryii plesius, Banfield 1961a:130. Citellus plesius, Osgood 1909b:53. Citellus plesius plesius, R. M. Anderson 1947:110. Citellus parryi plesius, Rand 1945a:36, 19456:46; Baker 1951:98; Cameron 1952:180. Spermophilus undulatus plesius, Hall and Kelson 1959:343; Youngman 1968:75. Distribution Approximately the southern three-quarters of the Yukon. Northern limit not defined (Map 19). Measurements Average (and extreme) measurements of 6 females from various localities in the Ogilvie Mountains are 336 (327-360); 86 (78-97); 54 (52-58). Measurements of 4 males from the same locality are respectively 359, 368, 364, 340; 104, 94, 111, 90; 58, 58, 59, 50. For cranial measurements see Table 13. Remarks For comparison with Spermophilus parryii parryii see account of that subspecies. | have not seen any intergrades between Spermophilus parryii plesius and S. p. parryii, (although S. p. plesius intergrades with S. p. ab/usus in Alaska the latter, in turn, intergrading with S. p. parryii). | be- lieve this suggests different refugial origins for the two subspecies with limited, if any, postglacial contact. Nadler and Youngman (1969) showed Spermophilus parryii plesius, S. p. parryii, and S. p. ablusus to be characterized by remarkably constant protein differences, and postulated a southern refugial origin for S. p. plesius. On some sandy soils in the southern Yukon, the mounds of arctic ground squirrels have a profound effect on the microrelief and plant succession (Figure 5). Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 264: head Coal Creek, 64°47'/139°54’, 15 (NMNH); 13 mi. S Chapman Lake, 4; 20 mi. S Chapman Lake, 11; Ogilvie Mountains, 48 mi. NE Dawson, 2; Dempster Highway, Mi. 51, 3 (AHRC); Coal Creek, 64°29'/140°26’ 2 (1 NMNH, 1 FMNH); % mi. NE Bonnet Plume Lake, 1; Bonnet Plume Lake, 22; Keno Hill Summit, 2; Keele Lake, 5; Macmillan Pass, Canol Road, Mi. 282, 2; Sheldon Mountain, Canol Road, Mi. 222, 3; Donjek River, 1 (NMNH); Rink Rapid, 1 (NMNH); 7antalus, 1; Nordenskiold River, 1 mi. NW Carmacks, 1; % mi. NW Carmacks, 1; Carmacks, 2; 3 mi. WSW Carmacks, 1; Pelly Lake, 1 (NMNH); Figure 5 Old mounds of Spermophilus parryii plesius, near Tagish, 24 May 1963. Mounds were 6 to 10 in. high, and 2 to 3 ft in diameter. In a little over an acre, 150 were counted. 71 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Pelly River, Lapie River, 6 (NMNH); Ross River Post, Pelly Valley, 2; Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 132, 20; 138 mi. N Watson Lake, 5 mi. E Little Hyland River, 4; Ida Lake [= McPherson Lake], 60 mi. W Glacier Lake, N.W.T., 16 (AMNH); peak E Lapie Lake, Canol Road, Mi. 105, 1; Rose River, Canol Road, Mi. 95, 3; Wolverine Creek, head Donjek River, 1 (NMNH); Burwash Landing, 2 (1ROM); K/uane Lake, 1; Livingstone, 1 (FMNH); Frances Lake, 1; Mount Wood, 1 (AMNH); Lake Laberge, 2 (NMNH); Kluane Lake, Alaska Highway, Mi. 1064, 4 (MCZ); head Kluane Lake, 3; S end Kluane Lake, Alaska Highway, Mi. 1054, 12 (CU); Kluane, 1 (MCZ); 6 mi. SW Kluane, 1 (KU); Kluane Range, 25 mi. SSE Destruc- tion Bay, 6; Alaska Highway, Mi. 980. 1; Haeckel Hill, 8 mi. NW Whitehorse, 6; Haeckel Hill, 3; McIntyre Creek, 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, 1 (KU); 2 mi. NNW White- horse, 1 (KU); 7 mi. NE Whitehorse, 1 (KU); % mi. W Whitehorse, 1 (KU); Fifty Mile River [ = Yukon River], 1 (NMNH); Lewes River [ = Yukon River], Whitehorse, 1; Louise Lake, 7% mi. W Whitehorse, 2; Miles Canyon, 1 (NMNH); 6% mi. SW Whitehorse, 1; Kathleen River, 3; Haines Road Junction, 1; 30 mi. N Teslin Lake, 1; mountains, 30 mi. NE Teslin Lake, 1; 30 mi. NE Teslin Lake, 2; Surprise Lake, near Teslin Lake, 3; 2 mi. W Teslin River, 16 mi. S and 56 mi. E Whitehorse, 7 (KU); 37 mi. ENE Tagish, 3; mountains, 40 mi. NE of N end Teslin Lake, 1; near Whitehorse, Alaska Highway, Mi. 879, 1; Lake Marsh, 6 (4 NMNH, 2 AMNH); mountains NE Teslin Lake, 1; near Teslin Lake, 5; Nisutlin River, near Teslin Lake, 2; SW end Dezadeash Lake, 6 (KU); 5 mi. SE Dalton Post, 9; Carcross, 2 (1 MVZ, 1 NMNH); Caribou Crossing [ = Carcross], 4 (NMNH); 7 mi. S Carcross, 2; Lake Bennett, Yukon River, 1 (NMNH); Atlin Trail, near Teslin Lake, 6; 1% mi. E Tatshenshini River, 1% mi. S and 3 mi. E Dalton Post, 3 (KU); Rancheria, 3 (AMNH); Alcan 88E Teslin [ = Alas- ka Highway, 88 mi. E Teslin], Upper Ran- cheria, 1. Localities not plotted Alaska Highway, 1. Tamiasciurus hudsonicus — Red squirrel Tamiasciurus hudsonicus preblei A. H. Howell Tamiasciurus hudsonicus preblei A. H. Howell 1936a:133; holotype from Fort Simpson, District of Mackenzie, N.W.T.; Rand 1945b:49 (part); R. M. Anderson 1947:120 (part); Baker 1951:98 (part). Sciurus hudsonicus, Osgood 1900:26 (part), 1909b:54, 77. Tamiasciurus hudsonicus columbiensis, Rand 1945a:38, 1945b:49 (part); R. M. Anderson 1947:118 (part); Baker 1951:97 (part); Hall and Kelson 1959:399 (part). Tamiasciurus hudsonicus petulans, Rand 19456:49 (part); Anderson 1947:119 (part); Baker 1951:97 (part); Cameron 1952:181; Hall and Kelson 1959:402 (part); Banfield 1961a4:130. Tamiasciurus hudsonicus, Youngman 1968:75. Distribution All but the northern Coastal Plain (Map 20). Measurements Average (and extreme) measurements of 19 specimens (9 males, 10 females) from Old Crow are 317 (270-338); 123 (92-140); 51 (48-54). Average (andextreme) weights of 9 males are 231.5 (211.9-250.0) g. Av- erage (and extreme) measurements of 7 specimens (1 male, 6 females) from the southwestern Yukon (Klukshu, Dalton Post, Kluane Lake, Kathleen River) are 324 72 (313-333); 127 (117-135); 49 (46-52). Average (and extreme) measurements of 19 specimens (7 males, 12 females) from the southeastern Yukon (North Toobally Lake, 128 mi. N Watson Lake, and 38 mi. NNW Watson Lake) are 317 (272-350); 122 (105-135); 49 (43-54). For cranial mea- surements see Table 14. Remarks Hall and Kelson (1959:399) expressed doubt about the taxonomy of red squirrels and generally followed the classification of Rodentia R. M. Anderson (1947). The present cursory study of red squirrels in the northwest em- phasizes that this hesitancy was not without foundation. Part of the confusion has re- sulted from an apparent lack of recognition by many authors that red squirrels in this region have an erythristic phase, the pro- portions of which may vary at different times (Preble 1908:169). There is little doubt that the red squirrels from the Yukon do not belong to the nomi- nate subspecies. The oldest applicable name, Jamiasciurus hudsonicus preblei (A. H. Howell 1936a:133), was originally applied to all red squirrels from the Yukon except those from the southern part of the Territory, which Howell (1936a:135) as- signed to 7. h. columbiensis (type locality, Raspberry Creek, about 30 miles SE of Telegraph Creek, B.C. Howell (1936a) described 7. h. columbiensis as differing from 7. h. preblei in having a smaller skull; shorter tail; upper parts in winter pelage darker, more olive and less buffy; feet tawny, rather than grey; tail darker; and upper parts in summer pelage buffy brown or olive brown, rather than tawny olive mixed with fuscous. Near topotypes of 7amiasciurus hudsoni- cus columbiensis that | have examined do not have a shorter tail or smaller skull than T. h. preblei. | interpret the slightly darker colour of these specimens as indicating intergradation between 7. h. preblei and T. h. petulans. Red squirrels from areas in the Yukon that A. H. Howell (1936a:135) assigned to 7. À. columbiensis do not differ in external or cranial measurements, nor in colour, from topotypes and near topotypes of 7. h. preblei. Specimens from the southwestern Yukon assigned to 7. h. petulans by various authors (on supposed geographical grounds) show no relationship to that Dark Red (2.5YR 3/6) subspecies. Some specimens in the erythris- tic phase from the vicinity of Teslin Lake are dark, perhaps indicating intergradation with T. h. petulans, but these are old, somewhat soiled specimens. More collecting is needed in that region. No more than 4 embryos have been found in females from the Yukon although One specimen was collected with 5 uterine scars. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 352: Old Crow, 18; Porcupine River, 20 mi. NE Old Crow, 1; 11 mi. NE Lapierre House, 1; 70 mi. NE Lapierre House, 1; Bell River, 10 mi. NE Lapierre House, 3; Richardson Mountains, 73 mi. NE Lapierre House, 3; 4 mi. W Lapierre House, 8; 3% mi. SW Lapierre House, 1; Bell River, 7% mi. SW Lapierre House, 1; 7 mi. SW Lapierre House, 6; 2% mi. SW Lapierre House, 2; Porcupine River, mouth Berry Creek, 1; Rampart House, 13; head Coal Creek, 64°47'/ 139°54’, 1 (NMNH); Coal Creek, 64°29’ / 140°26’, 5 (4 CAS, 1 NMNH); Forty Mile, 17 (5 CAS, 2 NMNH, 10 MVZ); Bonnet Plume Lake, 1; Benson Creek, 28 mi. ENE Dawson, 15; Dempster Highway, Mi. 70, 3 (AHRC); Fort Reliance, 4 (NMNH); Keno Hill Summit, 1; Klondike Keno [ = 1 mi. S Wernecke], 5; 6% mi. N Mayo, 4; Sixtymile Creek [ = Sixty Mile River], Yukon River, 1 (NMNH); Sixtymile Creek [ = Sixty Mile River], 1 (NMNH); Stewart River settle- ment, 3; Stewart River settlement region, 39; Russell Mountains [ = Russell Range], near forks Macmillan River, 1 (NMNH); forks Macmillan River, 4 (NMNH); mouth White River, 2 (NMNH); south fork Mac- Map 20 Distribution of 7amiasciurus hudsonicus preblei 73 Accounts of Species and Subspecies 90°0 800 80°0 9c 0 9£ 0 LE'O 6L GEL OvL 68 9'vL L'GL £'8 Lvl 619 VL LL'O LL'O £L'O £L'O LVv'0 8v'0 9g'0 99°0 OEL TOC (ENE v9 8vL 0'CC L'8c 687 L16 EL O'LC CIC NA LLY “xe (2427 UOSIEM\ MANN ‘I ge ‘OAI puejAH a1117 ‘2427 Ajjeqoo, N) uoyN, Usa}SeayjnoS OL'O 0c'0 020 9€°0 89°0 LL'O 6L 6 CL 9 EL L'6 L'GL COL v8 LOL 6VL (4aAlY usajyjey ‘aye7 auen|} ‘1504 UOeQ ‘nYysyn|y) UOYNA UJeISeMyINOS 6L'0 LO'0 TL'O 8c'0 99°0 ÿc'O 0ÿ0 80 CEL 80d 6 9c C90 OSL Gi¢ L'8c L'8v O'VL Lib Le 11GLC 69 LV “xe g0°0 OLO 80 0 60 0 LO'O LL'O LL'O 4s 920 9G'0 Lv'0 LS'0 Lÿ'O c9'0 S90 as OZ Gil EL OL £ OC L'9c 097 ‘UIW 8 8 T'GL QSL CSL 6 LC 9°87 6 8ÿ xe v8 TvL LVL Lvl Lal? VLE VL (6 ZL ‘© 0Z) ZE aBesany uOIB91 JUaWAI}}9S JBAIY HEM9]S 800 £L'O OL'O ÿL'O cL'O LL'O 0c'0 EIS AA) A0) LEO 990 LG'O 69 0 T8 0 as 6L eel OL 9EL L'OT 6 9c 0'9ÿ “ull L'6 VAT VSL GGL VCC v6c 68 XEW g'8 ev sil'vh s1€ LL S'LZ o1L'8c 919°LV (6 6 ‘© 8) LL eBeieAy MOI) PIO Jajgaid snaiuospny sninigseiwe J MO1-UJ00]} u}Bue] jesey y}peaiq yipeaiq ulpeaiq y}peo1q u)fuel] xas pue Ale| xe je1quojsod je1quosa}u] jelueig 9newoBAZ 1S2]2910) ‘oqunu anbojejes 10 jseo] paBeisne suawideds jo sequin snuiges SÂWO2NEJD pue snajuospny sninigseiwes JO sjuawainseaw jeluesD VL eIGeL 74 Rodentia LL'O LL'O 910 Lc0 cc 0 LLO AA) 4s L£c0 cv0 6€°0 Lg'O 870 €v 0 cL0 as L'8 Lub g'8 VL 9'8L Lye 0O0v ‘UIW L'8 L'TL 9'6 g'8 L'6L 6 GC ILL “xeW v8 ECL 06 6L sc 6L GiS¢ s6 OV (6 7 ‘2 Z) 9 ebesany (1en1y aide] ‘asuoyaryM ‘18A1H Use|YyIey ‘1S04 UOJ) UOYNA UISUINOS 800 cc 0 90 0 GL'O AA Gÿ'0 9ÿ'0 4s Lc'O ÿs'O GLO Lv'0 0G'0 LLL vO'L as c8 elt L'6 GyL g'8L Lec G6E “UIA L'8 8 CL g'6 v8 L6L ST RNG OcYv ‘XEW v8 AA’ £'6 SL sl 6L CR ZA sO'LV (6 7 ‘© Z) 9 aBeseny uO!Has JUPAS JOAIY HPM9IS £'8 6 LL G6 L'8 9'6L (GSE CL 3 ‘HNWN OTEGE [, LE, PS. Ov L/,LG,0t. 79] uospineq dues snuuges snuiges sAwoane/5 MOJ1-4}00} u1Buel jesen uipeaiq ujpeaiq yjpeaiq ulpeaiq u]Bual] xas pue AIE|]IXEN jexqioysod jeliquoie}u| jeluesa oye WOBAZ 1S9]2919) ‘1equnu anbojeyes 10 1S297 paBeiene suawioads j0 Jaquiny 15 Accounts of Species and Subspecies millan River, Canol Road, Mi. 249, 2; 72 mi. above Sheldon Lake, 1; Sheldon Lake, Canol Road, Mi. 222, 4; Macmillan River, 1 (NMNH); 20 mi. W Fort Selkirk, 1 (NMNH); Pelly River, 100 mi. downstream from Ross River, 1; Yukon Crossing, 6; 7 mi. S Yukon Crossing, 2; Rink Rapid, 1 (NMNH); Wor- denskiold River, 1 mi. NW Carmacks, 4; Nordenskiold River, 2 (1 NMNH); Lewes River [ = Yukon River], near Carmacks, 1; % mi. NW Carmacks, 2; 12 mi. SSE Car- macks, 1; Ross River, near Pelly River, 1; Ross River area, 1; Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 132, 11; Little Hyland River, 128 mi. N Watson Lake, 3; Lapie Lake, Canol Road, Mi. 105, 2; Rose River, Canol Road, Mi. 95, 3: Burwash Landing, 1; K/uane Lake, 1; Frances River, 1 mi. S Frances Lake, 1; Lake Laberge, 2 (NMNH); head Lake Laberge, 4 (NMNH); Kluane Lake, Alaska Highway, Mi. 1064, 4 (MCZ); head Kluane Lake, 4; near Kluane, 5 (MCZ); 6 mi. SW Kluane, 2 (KU); N side Slims River, 1; Nisutlin River, Canol Road, Mi. 40, 4; 38 mi. NNW Watson Lake, 3; Alaska Highway, Mi. 980, 1; Kathleen River, 6; McIntyre Creek, 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, 1 (KU); 4% mi. W Whitehorse, 1; 4% mi W Whitehorse, 1; Whitehorse, 1 (PAS); Lewes River [ = Yu- kon River], 1 (NMNH); Louise Lake, 7% mi. W Whitehorse, 2; W side Lewes River [ = W side Yukon River], 2 mi. S Whitehorse, 1 (KU); Squanga Lake, 1; Lake Marsh, 2 (NMNH); 2 mv. E Tagish, 1; NE shore Little Atlin Lake, 2 (KU); Little Atlin Lake, 8 mi. SSE Jakes Corner, 2; Tagish Lake, 4 (NMNH); North Toobally Lake, 33; 2 mi. NW Klukshu, 1; 5 mi. SE Dalton Post, 3; 7% mi S and 3 mi. E Dalton Post, 2 (KU); Teslin Lake, 1; near Teslin Lake, 19; Settlin River [ = Nisutlin River], near Teslin Lake, 7; New Settlin River [ = Nisutlin River], near Teslin Lake, 3; 1 mi NE Carcross, 1; 7 mi. N Carcross, 1; Caribou Crossing [ = Carcross], 2 (NMNH); 7 mi. S Carcross, 2; Lake Bennett, 1 (NMNH). Localities not plotted Porcupine River, 1 (NMNH). Glaucomys sabrinus — Northern flying squirrel Glaucomys sabrinus sabrinus (Shaw) Sciurus sabrinus Shaw, 1801:157, a renaming of Sciurus hudsonius Gmelin 1788; type locality, mouth of Severn River, Ont. [Glaucomys] sabrinus, A. H. Howell 19156:111. Sciuropterus yukonensis, Osgood 1900:25. Glaucomys sabrinus yukonensis, A. H. Howell 1918:41; Rand 1945a:39, 19456:50; R. M. Anderson 1947:127; Cameron 1952:181; Hall and Kelson 1959:411 (part). Glaucomys sabrinus zaphaeus, Baker 1951:100; Hall and Kelson 1959:411 (part). Distribution Wooded portions of the Yukon (Map 21). Measurements Average (and extreme) external measure- ments of 5 specimens from several locations in the southern Yukon are 325 (307-339); 144 (130-158); 42 (41-45). For cranial measurements see Table 14. Remarks Cowan and Guiguet (1965:158) referred specimens from northern British Columbia to Glaucomys sabrinus alpinus (Richard- son), but | have been unable to distinguish between G. s. alpinus and G. s. sabrinus. There is a slight cline in skull length from Ontario to British Columbia and the Yukon, 76 but | can find no trenchant characters for the recognition of G. s. a/pinus. Sciuropterus yukonensis was named on the basis of two specimens. It was described as being larger than both G/aucomys sabri- nus sabrinus and G. s. alpinus, and was said to possess a long tail. The large external size of the holotype published in the description was probably obtained from measurements of the study skin. A. H. Howell (1918:41) listed large foot size and a larger skull as additional characters separating G. s. yukon- ensis from G. s. sabrinus. Measurements of the dried feet of the holotype, topotype, and near topotypes do not support foot size as a decisive character. Thecranial measurements of specimens from the Yukon are slightly, but not significantly, larger than specimens Rodentia from Ontario. Thus the small number of specimens available from the Yukon and Alaska do not support the subspecific dis- tinctness of these populations. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 18: Camp Davidson [ = 64°40'51"/140°54'31"], 2 (NMNH); Coal Creek, near Forty Mile, 1 (MVZ); S side Family Castoridae — Beavers Castor canadensis — Beaver Mayo Lake, 1; 6 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 1; 3 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 3; 2 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 1; 5 mi. S mouth Stewart River, 1; Fort Selkirk, 1; Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 132 1; east arm Frances Lake, 1; Kathleen River, Haines Road, 3; Louise Lake, 7% mi. W Whitehorse, 1; 1% mi. S and 3 mi. E Dalton Post, 1 (KU). Castor canadensis canadensis Kuhl Castor canadensis Kuhl, 1820:64; type locality, Hudson Bay. Castor fiber canadensis, Youngman 1968:75. Distribution All of the Yukon (Map 22). Measurements A subadult male from 138 mi. N Watson Lake and 5 mi. E Little Hyland River, and a subadult female from mouth Waters River, % mi. WSW Lapierre House, measured re- spectively 920, 924; 260, 308; 160, 173;—, 31 lb. For cranial measurements see Table 15. 140° 135" 130° 125° Map 21 Distribution of Glaucomys sabrinus sabrinus Remarks Freye (1960) considered Castor fiber and Castor canadensis to be conspecific. How- ever, Lavrov and Orlov (1973) showed karyotypical and craniological differences between the two species. Taylor (1916) indicated that Castor canadensis belugae probably occupied the area from central mainland British Columbia “to the Alaskan Mountains on the North”, thus inferring that C. c. belugae occurred in the Yukon Terri- Map 22 Distribution of Castor canadensis canadensis 714 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Table 15 Cranial measurements of Castor canadensis canadensis = D — fe cs. = = £ 2 3 253 ns © ic Teh fe 5 © D > ER LES ES os SE lcs Que a ae Catalogue number, BD 93 28 20e 2 > ® 8 ® Es and sex of specimens © © Ÿ 5 = 5 RES Zo Oe toe Stewart River settlement 31754 1125 65.0 23.6 49.9 22.4 31756 105.4 86.3 59.6 2173 44.7 Aiket/ 28.1 138 mi. N Watson Lake and 5 mi. E Little Hyland River 31300 105.3 84.0 60.0 22.9 42.9 20.9 28.5 Little Atlin Lake, 8 mi. SSE Jakes Corner 31294 110.2 63.2 23.5 42.1 21.6 31295 © 86.4 232 43.8 22.9 28.5 Teslin Lake 1962 115.7 89.5 63.4 21.4 46.8 21.8 29.9 1957 107.9 57.6 21.0 42.2 22.0 Dei Atlin Lake, 33 mi. SE Tagish 31297 © 110.4 89.8 61.9 48.4 22.5 29.0 31298 9 112.4 90.3 62:2 23 46.7 21.4 28.4 tory. Benson (1933) restricted the range of C. c. belugae “from the Cook Inlet region of Alaska south along the coast of southern British Columbia” and stated, ‘the range of Castor canadensis canadensis Kuhl probably meets that of (C. c.) sagittatus in the Rocky Mountains.” In a range map, R. M. Anderson (1934: 4074) showed Castor canadensis belugae inhabiting most of Yukon Territory, but later (1947:133), he indicated that C. c. cana- densis occurred in the northern Yukon and that C. c. sagittatus probably occurred in parts of the southeastern Yukon. Rand (1945a, 19455) and Hall and Kelson (1959) referred records from the Yukon to C. c. belugae although apparently none of these records were substantiated by specimens. Benson (1933:324) was correct when he said, “Among the described races of beaver in western North America differences in color and size between geographically ad- jacent races are slight, although races far 78 distant from one another may differ greatly with respect to these characters.” My as- signment of beavers from the Yukon Terri- tory to C. c. canadensis is somewhat arbi- trary. Cranially, they are intermediate be- tween the described subspecies, canadensis, sagittatus, and belugae, but in my opinion there is little justification for recognizing many of the subspecies of beaver in North America. The majority of characters that have been used to describe them vary greatly in individuals. The areas of inter- gradation between the nominal subspecies in northwestern North America are probably larger than the actual ranges, if they exist. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 37: mouth Waters River, 2 mi. WSW Lapierre House, 1; Bon- net Plume Lake, 1; 8 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; Stewart River settlement, 3; mouth Stewart River, 2; 4 mi. S Stewart River, 1; 8 mi. S mouth Stewart River, 1; 30 mi. up Rodentia from mouth Stewart River, 1; 28 mi. SW Stewart River, 1; 35 mi. SW Stewart River, 1; Macmillan River, 1 (NMNH); 138 mi. N Watson Lake, 5 mi E. Little Hyland River, 1; mouth Ross River, 4 (NMNH); Champagne, Dezadeash River, 1; Wolf Lake, near Teslin Lake, 60°38’/131°40’, 1; Robinson, 1 (NMNH); Little Atlin Lake, 8 mi. SSE Jakes Corner, 2; Atlin Lake, 33 mi. SE Tagish, 5; Teslin Lake vicinity, 3; Shallow River, near Teslin Lake, 3; Fat Creek, near Teslin Lake, 1. Family Muridae — Murids Localities not plotted Yukon Territory, 1. Additional records Summit Lake, 67°43’/136°29’, 15 August 1968 (seen, D. A. Gill, MS); Be// River, 70 mi. NE Lapierre House, 25 July 1964 (seen, P. M. Youngman, MS); Keele Lake, August 1966 (seen, W. H. Butler, MS); Koidern River (Banfield 1961a:131); pond W Tepee Lake (Banfield, 1961a:131); North Toobally Lake, 15 July 1961 (seen, P. M. Young- man, MS); 1 mi. S Carcross, 1 September 1966 (sign seen, W. H. Butler, MS). Peromyscus maniculatus — Deer mouse Peromyscus maniculatus algidus Osgood Peromyscus maniculatus algidus Osgood, 1909a:56; holotype from head of Bennett Lake (site of Bennett City), B.C.; Rand 19456:54 (part); R. M. Anderson 1947:136 (part); Baker 1951:101 (part); Cameron 1952:181; Hall and Kelson 1959:613 (part); Banfield 1961a:130. Peromyscus oreas, Osgood 1900:32 (part). Peromyscus maniculatus arcticus, Osgood 1900:33 (part). Distribution Coast Mountains in the southwestern Yu- kon (Map 23). Measurements Average (and extreme) measurements of 19 males and 22 females from the Carcross— Marsh Lake region are 174 (163-191); 86 (73-100); 21 (18-23). Four males averaged 26.1 g and 6 nonparous females averaged 26.7 g.Forcranialmeasurementssee Table16. Remarks This subspecies differs from Peromyscus maniculatus borealis by having a longer tail (averaging over 85 mm in series exam- ined). Osgood (1909a:56) described P. m. algidus as being a weakly defined subspe- cies differing from P. m. arcticus ( = P. m. borealis) by its longer tail, less dusky color- ation, larger skull, and larger teeth, My anal- ysis of external measurements confirms the longer tail of P. m. algidus, but | have not been able to confirm the colour difference, nor the size difference in skull and teeth (Table 16). None of the specimens from the Yukon have as long tails as do speci- mens from the type locality at Bennett, B.C., and they are considered to be intergrades with P. m. borealis. = 40 se > Map 23 Distribution of Peromyscus maniculatus 1 P. m.algidus 2 P.m. borealis 79 Accounts of Species and Subspecies 1400) £0'0 6L 0 ÿ£ O [Le L'6 SV £'OL Tv L6 14020) L0'0 veo ££ O ge 9'8 vv LOL Ov v6 v00 60 0 £VO GE O ge 8 8 vt OOL Ov 9'6 €0°0 clo L0°0 ££ 0 Lv 8'8 Cav 86 Cv g'6 MOi-UJ00] seus AeljIxeuu jejejedisod jo u}Bua] jo yjbue7 18[09A|\Y eweajseip jo u]Bua7 SO0'0 €0°0 L0'0 LL'O ÿc O0 9L0 veo 890 Ve GE 6 CL OOL Gv ov TvL 9'CL Ov CAE zzL'EL 6O0L uOIB91 19A1H Uda|yJey—eye7 YSeaepezeq £0'0 c0'0 90°0 80 0 Lc O GL'O 8£ 0 0G'0 CR JE LoL G'6 VV ev O'ÿL SLL 6 Ov zzO' EL GOL uoibes aye7 USIP|A]—SS0191P9 90 0 GO'O L0°0 1240 £c'O 6L°0 8c 0 v6 0 VE 9'E OEL £'OL Lv CV GIEL GEL 6E 6E GEL EL uolB91 asioyalUA 60°0 400) cLO £L'O v2 0 60°0 8c 0 GEO Ge Ov G'EL 9'OL CV ov Lvl GL [LIS CV fLAE It OLL uoi6ai uosmeq snpibyje snjejnaiuew snoshwosad Jeus jejejed yjpeaiq uy1peo1q s|eseu jo jo ybue7 [e1q1o1ejuI o1ewuOoBAZ u16ua7 jseo7 ÿL'O cL0 HALO v 8c 919€ LL'O L9'0 EX 0'8c C9C ÿL'O 9G'0 8'Gc SIEC 9'9c AA 6G 0 VATA GEE g'9c [INAS jo uyiBua] 1S2]2919) “xe ‘XP (6 TT © BL) Ly eBe1eay ‘XPIAI (6 OL ‘© 9) 91 e6e1eay ‘XPA (6 L ‘© 9) L eBereny x2s pue ‘paBelsae suatwul9ads jo Jaquny snjejnajuew snashwosad 0 SjusWaINSeawW [PIUPIT 9L aiqeL 80 Rodentia €0'0 90°0 S0°0 S00 c0'0 90°0 £00 clo 910 6c 0 €c0 vc0 OL'O 6c 0 AA 9G'0 GE 06 89 ve se 9 CL £'OL L'ac Lv 66 LL Cv cv Let 9 LL L9C MAS £'6 VL GE Ov CEL O'LL 6 GC aye] Ul 911171 £0'0 [40X0) 90°0 S00 v0'0 OL'O 800 9 L'O SLO veo 6c 0 ÿc 0 6L'O 9ÿ 0 LE0 vL0 Cic L'8 129 Ge ic O'EL VOL 0'GC GE 66 SL vv vv vvL L'LL Ce ALS v6 Ge Ov Ov oct EL CLL CIC ASIOYAUYAA 3 IW QG ‘UOIBal JaAIY Ul|SaL €0°0 zL'O v0'0 v0'0 c0'0 400 400 £L'O LL'O 090 cc 0 AA) £L'O Geo cv0 890 Ov 68 vG Lae Ov Gee OOL LG LY OTL 9 Gv ov GUL OLL 8'8c eeC Ÿ ezcL'6 ee8'G Lv eeC Ÿ 9z8 €L ze6 OL 9z8 9C uoibes aye7 euenl} syeasog snjejnajuew SN2SAWO194 MOJ-Y}00} JIeus ewajseip jjaysjejejed yipeaiq yjpeaiq sjeseu jo IINYS Ae]|Ixeuu jeyejedjsod jo u1Busa7 jo uifua7 jeliqioisjui oneuoBAZ y}6ue7q jo y} Hue} $0 uiBual] jo y]6ua7 yseo] 1S2]2919) 18[09A|\ (6 LL‘© 8L) GE aBereny x2s pue ‘paBeisne suetuioads JO 18QUNN 81 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 178: Lake Laberge, 14 (NMNH); Fifty Mile River [ = Yukon River], near Lake Laberge, 1 (NMNH); Haeckel Hill, 6; McIntyre Creek, 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, 6 (KU); 2 mi. NNW Whitehorse, 2 (KU); Fifty Mile River [ = Yukon River], 3 (NMNH); Lewes River [ = Yukon River], 1 (NMNH); Whitehorse Rapids, 5 (NMNHI); W side Lewes River [=W side Yukon River], 2 mi. S Whitehorse, 16 (KU); Alaska Highway, Mi. 1035, 6; Pine Creek, Alaska Highway, Mi. 1079, 1 (MCZ); Experimental Farm, Alaska Highway, Mi. 1019, 1; Kath- leen River, 10; 3 mi. S Champagne, Deza- deash River, 1; Dezadeash Lake, 2; SW end Dezadeash Lake, 25 (KU); Lake Marsh, 9 (NMNH); J7agish, 1; 2 mi. E Tagish, 1; Tagish River, 13 mi. SW Alaska Highway, Mi. 866, 1; Chooutla Lake, 4 mi. ENE Car- cross, 2; 7 mi. N Carcross, 10; Carcross, 11; Caribou Crossing [ = Carcross], 2 (NMNH); Tagish Lake, 4 (NMNH); 1 mi. S Carcross, 16; 7% mi. S Carcross, 6; 1% mi. S and 3 mi. E Dalton Post, 15 (KU). Peromyscus maniculatus borealis Mearns Hesperomys leucopus arcticus Mearns, 1890:285; holotype from Fort Simpson, District of Mackenzie, N.W.T. Not Hesperomys arcticus Coues, 1877 [=Hesperomys maniculatus Wagner]. Type locality, Labrador. Peromyscus maniculatus borealis, Mearns 1911:102, a renaming of arcticus Mearns; Rand 1945a:40, 1945b:54 (part); R. M. Anderson 1947:138 (part); Baker 1951:101 (part); Hall and Kelson 1959:619 (part); Youngman 1964:2, 1968:76. Peromyscus oreas, Osgood 1900:32 (part). Peromyscus maniculatus arcticus, Osgood 1900:33 (part), 1909a:49 (part), 1909b:77. Peromyscus maniculus algidus, Osgood 1909a:56 (part). Distribution Dawson and Mayo south in all but the south-central portion of the Yukon (Map 23): Measurements Average (and extreme) measurements of 11 males and 10 females from Little Atlin Lake are 164 (150-182); 72 (63-85); 21 (17— 24). Eleven males averaged 22.7 (20.2- 25.5) g. For cranial measurements see Table 16. Remarks For comparison with Peromyscus manicu- latus algidus see account of that subspecies. Despite the comparatively large number of specimens of Peromyscus maniculatus in collections from the Northwest Territories, the Yukon, and British Columbia, only a small fraction of these have adequate tail measurements; thus the distribution of sub- species presented here is tentative and needs further clarification. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 345: Dawson, 3 (1 UBC); 74 mi. E Dawson, 7; 16 mi. E Daw- son, 2; junction Klondike and North Klon- 82 dike rivers, 1; 4% mi. N Mayo, 3; 2 mi. NNE Mayo, 3; Pelly River, mouth Macmillan River, 1 (NMNH); Yukon Crossing, 2; Rink Rapid, 2 (NMNH); Nordenskiold River, 1 mi. NW Carmacks, 5; % mi. NW Carmacks, 1; % mi. NW Carmacks, 5; Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 132, 17; Donjek River, Kluane Park, 1 (ROM); 5 mi. N Burwash Landing, 2; Kluane Lake, Gladstone Creek, 1 (CU); Kluane Lake, 58 (54 CU); Frances Lake, 8 (1 NMNH); Cultus Bay, Kluane Lake, 13 (CU); Sheep Mountain, Alcan Highway [ = Alaska Highway], Mi. 1067, 1; W Sheep Mountain, E Sheep Creek, near Old Alaska Highway, Mi. 1061, 7; Christmas Bay, Kluane Lake, 1 (CU); Kluane Lake, Alaska Highway, Mi. 1064, 4 (MCZ); head Kluane Lake, 2; Silver City [ = Kluane], Kluane Lake, 13 (CU); S end Kluane Lake, Alaska Highway, Mi. 1054, 47 (CU); delta Silver Creek, 1 (CU); Kluane Lake, Alaska Highway, Mi. 1053, 3 (CU); 6 mi. SW Kluane, 10 (KU); Christmas Creek, Alaska Highway, 1 (CU); Kluane Lake, island near mouth Slims River, 12 (CU); Nisutlin River, Canol Road, Mi. 40, 13; 38 mi. NNW Wat- son Lake, 4; 2 mi. W Teslin River, 16 mi. S and 56 mi. E Whitehorse, 8 (KU); W side Teslin River, 16 mi. S and 58 mi. E White- Rodentia horse, 24 (KU); E side Teslin River, 16 mi. S and 59 mi. E Whitehorse, 7 (KU); North Toobally Lake, 1; 12 mi. E Tagish, 1; NE shore Little Atlin Lake, 2 (KU); Little Atlin Lake, 6 mi. SSE Jakes Corner, 1; Little Atlin Lake, 8 mi. SSE Jakes Corner, 21; near Teslin Lake, 9; /ndian village, near Teslin Lake, 5; Teslin Post, near Teslin Lake, 11; Alaska Highway, 313 mi. N Nelson, B.C. [near lrons Creek], 1. Neotoma cinerea — Bushy-tailed wood rat Neotoma cinerea occidentalis (Baird) Neotoma occidentalis Baird, 1855:331—33; holotype from Shoalwater [=Willapa] Bay, Pacific County, Wash. Neotoma cinerea occidentalis, Osgood 1900:33. Neotoma cinerea saxamans, Rand 1945a:40, 19456:54; R. M. Anderson 1947:143; Hall and Kelson 1959:705. Distribution The southern half of the Yukon (Map 24). Measurements A male from Lapie River, Canol Road, mea- sured 407; 170; 46. Cranial measurements of the Lapie River specimen and a male from Wolf Lake, near Teslin Lake, are re- spectively: basilar length, 46.7, 47.9; zygo- matic breadth, 27.4, 28.6; interorbital breadth, 5.6, 4.9; nasal length, 20.6, 22.1; length of incisive foramen, 13.1, 13.1; length of pala- tal bridge, 9.1, 9.9; alveolar length of maxil- lary tooth-row, 10.8, 10.8. Remarks The wood-rat habitat described by Rand (1945a:40) as “Rocky outcrops in the rather barren hillside” characterizes all of the areas occupied by wood rats that | have seen. The nests are made of twigs. | agree with Cowan and Guiguet (1965: 195) that Neotoma cinerea saxamans is an invalid subspecies. Veotoma c. occidentalis is a dusky subspecies, especially in coastal British Columbia. It intergrades with /V. c. drummondi in northern British Columbia and perhaps in the eastern Yukon. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 9: Keele Peak, Sel- wyn Range, 275 mi. NNE Whitehorse, 1 (MZ); Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 132, 2; N Cultus Bay, Kluane Lake, 1 (CU); Wolf Lake, near Teslin Lake, 60°38’/131°40’, 1; Liard Divide, near Teslin Lake, 1; near Teslin Lake, 1; 7es/in Post, near Teslin Lake, 1; Morley River, near Teslin Lake, 1. Additional records Little Atlin Lake, 6 mi. SSE Jakes Corner, 25 May 1963 (sign, P. M. Youngman, MS). Map 24 Distribution of Neotoma cinerea occidentalis 83 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Clethrionomys rutilus — Red-backed vole Clethrionomys rutilus dawsoni (Merriam) Evotomys dawsoni Merriam, 1888:650; holotype from Finlayson River, 3,000 ft, (61°30’/129°30’), Yukon Territory; Osgood 1900:34; Preble 1908:181; Osgood 19096:55. Clethrionomys rutilus dawsoni, Rausch 1950:134; Baker 1951:103; Manning 1957:1; Banfield 1961a:131; Youngman 1968:77. Evotomys rutilus, Coues and Allen 1877:136. Clethrionomys dawsoni dawsoni, Orr 1945:70; R. M. Anderson 1947:154; Cameron 1952:182. Table 17 Cranial measurements of C/ethrionomys rutilus dawsoni = FE Ba 5 £ g o oO n < Ss = _© © a D = = & = © Number of Se FS BE SE 2p EE Ee specimens averaged, co > & e358 a9 5% 2 De QES and sex Oo NS SR, PS A © a is tse Lapierre House Region Average 14 (907, 5 9) 24.1 182 3.9 14.5 8.9 7.4 7.5 5.1 Max. 25.9 13.6 4.0 11.9 9.1 WT 7.9 5.6 Min 23.3 12.6 37] let 8.7 6.9 7.0 4.8 SD 0.66 0.33 0.10 0.27 0.14 0.23 0.28 0.21 SE 0.17 0.09 0.03 0.07 0.04 0.06 0.07 0.06 Old Crow Region Average 26 (165,109) 24.3 13 426 > 32925 11.6 8.923 75 Wei ES Max. 25.0 1422) 4.1 12.2 9.2 8.0 8.3 55 Min. 23.2 1125 3.6 122 8.5 7.0 7.0 4.7 SD 0.43 0.51 0.13 0.25 0.22 0.21 0.34 0.21 SE 0.08 0.10 0.02 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.07 0.04 Rampart House Average 13 (8,2 9,3?) 23.7 13.3 4.0 11.3 8.6 72 725 brs Max. 24.7 13.9 4.1 11.6 9.0 Well 9.3 57 Min. 22.9 1237 3.9 10.9 8.4 6.7 7.1 5.0 SD 0.48 0.32 0.06 0.20 0.24 0.30 0.35 0.23 SE 0.13 0.09 0.02 0.05 0.07 0.08 0.10 0.06 Hungry Lake Average 7 (4,39) 25.1 13.9 4.0 12.0 9.1 Voll 7.8 5.2 Max. 255 14.4 4.1 1223 9.3 8.0 8.3 545) Min. 25.0 13.6 3.9 er 8.7 725 Uo? 5.0 SD 0.19 0.31 0.07 0.23 0.21 0.16 0.36 0.18 SE 0.17 0.12 0.03 0.86 0.08 0.06 0.14 0.07 84 Rodentia Distribution The entire Yukon (Map 25) Measurements Average (and extreme) measurements and some weights of adults from various locali- ties are listed below. Lapierre House (14 specimens), 135 (128-144); 33 (29-39); 19 (16-21). Old Crow region (22 speci- mens), 138 (127-149); 35 (29-39); 19 (16-21); 28.8 (22.1-35.0) g (13 males). Rampart House (13 specimens), 126 (118- 135); 29 (27-30); 20 (18-20). Hungry Lake (6 specimens), 144 (136-149); 32 (25-36); 20 (19-21). Dawson—Chapman Lake region (20 specimens), 147 (131-— 166); 36 (31-44); 19 (17-21). Stewart River (8 specimens), 137 (131-140); 32 (30-34); 18 (17-20). Carmacks region (6 specimens), 145 (136-159); 35 (28-40); 19 (18-20). Southeastern Yukon (50 speci- mens), 136 (125-151); 33 (27-43); 19 (17-22); 25.3 (23.5-27.4) g (10 males). For cranial measurements see Table 17. Remarks | consider this Holarctic species to be con- specific with C/ethrionomys gapperi. James Bee (Bee and Hall 1956:117) also suggested that the two are conspecific. The red-backed vole is, for the most part, constant in size and colour throughout the Yukon, but the specimens from Rampart House are small in external and cranial measurements, and in the latter measure- ments, resemble C/ethrionomys rutilus platy- cephalus Manning (8 mi. S Tuktoyaktuk, N.W.T.). However, the restricted geograph- = = oO [e)] F2 ze c> 2 É RUE © ses £& = = Ach fe = o ais = Number of = ES PE: os £ 3 2g = 3 a oe specimens averaged, cD o © 85% 89 0 © 8 crc SES and sex GS NS SE cine as a SS aoe Bonnet Plume Lake Average 5 (2 5,39) 24.3 13:37 4.0 11.8 9.0 UV 7.6 5.3 Max. 25:2 13:9 4.2 12.2 9.3 15 7.8 bid Min. 2357 12.8 3.9 als} 8.7 6.9 VP 5.2 SD 0.58 0.53 0.13 0.33 0.22 0.23 0.25 0.13 SE 0.26 0.26 0.06 0.15 0.10 0.10 0.11 0.06 Dawson—Chapman Lake region Average 24 (9 9,159) 24.8 13.9 3.9 11.8 8.9 7.6 8.1 52 Max. 25.8 14.4 4.2 12.4 9.6 8.4 8.6 5.5 Min. 24.1 Ses 37 le Tell U2 7122 4.6 SD 0.53 0.35 0.12 0.34 0.48 0.26 0.36 0.22 SE 0.11 0.07 0.02 0.07 0.10 0.05 0.07 0.05 Mayo region (Keno Hill; Mayo) Average 9 (3 &,6 ©) 24.4 13.6 3.9 11.6 8.9 nS Yall 52 Max. 24.7 14.0 4.1 1222 9.4 79 8.1 5.6 Min. 24.0 13.3 87 ‘el 8.6 723 7.5 4.5 SD 0.26 0.28 0.13 0.34 0.22 0.18 0.23 0.35 SE 0.09 0.09 0.04 0.11 0.07 0.06 0.08 0.12 Southeastern Yukon (N Watson Lake, Canol Road; N Toobally Lake) Average 57 (33 o%,24°) 24.054 13 6081956 11.685 9.154 7.456 7.755 bil Max. 25.1 14.3 4.1 12A 9.5 7.8 8.3 5.6 Min. 232 12.8 3.6 11140) 8.7 6.9 7/40) 4.8 SD 0.42 0.31 0.11 0.23 0.19 0.22 0.30 G}117/ SE 0.06 0.04 0.01 0.03 0.25 0.03 0.04 0.02 85 Accounts of Species and Subspecies ical origin of this one series, and the fact that all specimens were collected in the spring of 1951, point to the probability that this sample owes its small size either to having been born in late fall or winter (Bee and Hall 1956:115), or to phase polymor- phism in the microtine cycle (p. 111). Manning's (1957) revision of C/ethrio- nomys rutilus in Canada raised some inter- esting questions. He described a subspecies, C. r. platycephalus, from near Tuktoyaktuk, N.W.T., that he thought resembled speci- mens of C. rutilus jochelsoni from eastern Siberia more closely than it resembled nearby Canadian subspecies. To explain the origin of this subspecies he postulated accidental introduction from Siberia by whaling vessels, but he thought it was more probable that C. r. platycephalus was a remnant of a pre- glacial or interglacial population that sur- vived glaciation in a nearby refugium. Isola- tion by glacial tongues and by the changing shoreline of the unglaciated shelf portion of the Beringian refugium could account for this variation. An alternative to Manning's theories is that this population sample may represent a morphological stage in the mi- crotine cycle since most of the hypodigm Map 25 Distribution of Clethrionomys rutilus dawsoni 86 for the subspecies is composed of speci- mens collected only during 1951 and 1952. Manning (1957) made little comment on the possible orgin of C/ethrionomys rutilus washburni (type locality, Perry River, N.W.T.). Its unique distribution, surrounded by C. r. dawsoni, suggests that it may have been isolated by encroaching boreal forest during the Hypsithermal period. Bolshakov and Schwartz (1962), who were not aware of Manning’s revision (1957), attempted a minor revision of Cle- thrionomys rutilus in North America. They were impressed by the resemblance of speci- mens of C. r. washburni to specimens of Clethrionomys rutilus from Yamal, Siberia, and they attributed this resemblance to con- vergent evolution. The series of 7 specimens from Hungry Lake are large cranially, approaching Cle- thrionomys rutilus washburni in many mea- surements. However, | think that this small collection also reflects the stage of the cycle of the population. Red-backed voles have been collected up to 6,000 ft in all habitats, from dry arctic tundra to a floating bog, and thus have the widest range of any species in the Yukon. They reach their greatest density in dwarf willow, alder, and dwarf birch, or in over- grown talus. The greatest number of pregnant females were taken in July and August. Forty-seven pregnant females averaged 5.4 embryos. A red-backed vole collected at Porcupine River, 16 mi. W Old Crow had its mouth full of seeds of northern flax (Linum Lewisii Pursh). Flax-seeds are especially rich in oil. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 1,079: 4 mi. WSW mouth Blow River, 3; Firth River, 13 mi. S mouth Joe Creek, 7; Firth River, 15 mi. S mouth Joe Creek, 11; British Mountains, 20 mi. SE mouth Joe Creek, 1; Old Crow River, at Timber Creek, 4 (NMNH); O/d Crow River, at Black Fox Creek, 1 (NMNH); 19 mi. N Old Crow, 1 mi. N mouth Johnson Creek, 14; Old Crow River, 19 mi. N Old Crow, 7 mi. N mouth Johnson Creek, 1; Old Crow River, Johnson Creek, 67°50’ / 739°46",2 (NMNH); O/d Crow River, 50 mi. below Black Fox Creek, 1 (NMNH); Old Crow River, 18 mi. above mouth, 1 (NMNH); 3 mi. NW Old Crow, 8; Old Crow, 67 (7 AHRC); Summit Lake, 67°43’ /136°29’, 19; 77 mi. NE Lapierre House, 3; Richardson Rodentia Mountains, 13 mi. NE Lapierre House, 1; Bell River, 10 mi. NE Lapierre House, 3; Driftwood Creek [ = Driftwood River], 60 mi. NE Old Crow, 1 (AHRC); Porcupine River, mouth Berry Creek, 17; Porcupine River 16 mi. SW Old Crow, 13; 4 mi. S mouth Berry Creek, 5; Rampart House, 19 (1 NMNH); Lapierre House, 7 (1 MCZ); 4 mi. W Lapierre House, 6; Bell River, 7 mi. SW Lapierre House, 7; 1 mi. SW Lapierre House, 32; Bell River, 2 mi. SW Lapierre House, 5; 2% mi. SW Lapierre House, 15; Hungry Lake, 65°39'45"/135°59", 24; head Coal Creek, 64°47'/139°54’, 2 (NMNH); 13 mi. S Chapman Lake, 9; 78 mi. S Chap- man Lake, 1; 20 mi. S Chapman Lake, 34; North Fork Crossing, Mi. 42, Aklavik Road [= North Fork Crossing, Dempster High- way, Mi. 42], Ogilvie Mountains, 7; Forty Mile, Yukon River, 3 (MVZ); Swede Dome, 34 mi. W Dawson, 1; % mi. NE Bonnet Plume Lake, 1; Bonnet Plume Lake, 66; 32 mi. ENE Dawson, 1 mi. S Pea Soup Creek, 2; Benson Creek, 28 mi. ENE Dawson, 36; 14 mi. E Dawson City, 5; junction Klondike and North Klondike rivers, 1; Yukon River, Chandindu River, 3 (NMNH); Chandindu River, 5 (NMNH); Dempster Highway, Mi. 70, 1 (AHRC); Dawson, 24 (7 NMNH, 1 UBC); 3 mi. NNE Dawson, 11; Dempster Highway, Mi. 48 1 (AHRC); Klondike River, 5 mi. E Dawson, 1; 16 mi. E Dawson, 1; Keno Hill Summit, 6; K/ondike Keno [=7 mi. S Wernecke], 79: 6 mi. N Mayo, 1; 4% mi. N Mayo, 12; Gravel Lake, 58 mi. E Dawson City, 1; 2 mi. NNE Mayo, 2; mouth Sixty Mile Creek [ = mouth Sixty Mile River], 2 (NMNH); Keele Lake, 73; Stewart River settlement, 38; Russell Moun- tains [ = Russell Range], near forks Mac- millan River, 5 (NMNH); Macmillan Pass, Canol Road, Mi. 282, 1; Macmillan River, Canol Road, Mi. 249, 3; Sheldon Lake, Canol Road, Mi. 222, 19; Macmillan River, 2 (NMNH); Selwyn River, 3 (NMNH); Fort Selkirk, 4 (NMNH); Ross Lake [ = Lewis Lake], Ross River, 3 (NMNH); Donjek River, 1 (ROM); Snag Creek, 20 mi. NE Alaska Highway, Mi. 1188, 1; Yukon Cross- ing, 10; Rink Rapid, 14 (NMNH); 7 mi. NNW Carmacks, 3; 5% mi. NW Carmacks, 4; 3% mi. NW Carmacks, 5; Nordenskiold River, 1 mi. NW Carmacks, 19; % mi. NW Carmacks, 6; % mi. NW Carmacks, 2; 11 mi. WSW Carmacks, 18; 138 mi. N Watson Lake, 5 mi. E Little Hyland River, 3; Little Hyland River, 128 mi. N Watson Lake, 19; Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 132, 20; junction Grafe and Edith creeks, 2 (KU); 7epee Lake, 1 (ROM); Lapie Lake, Canol Road, Mi. 105, 3; Rose River, Canol Road, Mi. 95, 4; Fin- layson River, 1; Frances Lake, 1; Burwash Landing, Mi. 1093, 3 (MCZ); Burwash Landing, 1; Gladstone Bay, Kluane Lake, 4 (CU); Kluane Lake, 9 (CU); Cultus Bay, Kluane Lake, 16 (CU); Lake Laberge, 2 (NMNH); W side Sheep Mountain, near Kluane Lake, 1 (CU); Kluane Lake, Mi. 1064, 2 (MCZ); Kluane, 1; head Kluane Lake, 1; Alaska Highway, Mi. 1054, S end Kluane Lake, 5 (4 CU); 6 mi. SW Kluane, 4 (KU); £ side Kluane Lake, 9 (CU); Kluane Lake, Alaska Highway, Mi. 1055.5, 1 (CU); Christmas Creek, Alaska Highway, Mi. 1048, 2 (CU); Quiet Lake, camp 62, 1 (MVZ); Nisutlin River, Canol Road, Mi. 40, 7; 38 mi. NNW Watson Lake, 6; Alaska Highway, Mi. 1035, 2; Pine Creek, Alaska Highway, Mi. 1019 2 (MCZ); Kathleen River, 4; Haines Road Junction, 1; Haeckel Hill, 8 mi. NW Whitehorse, 1; Haecke/ Hill, 4; Fifty Mile River [ = Yukon River], 2 (NMNH); 2 mr. NNW Whitehorse, 1 (KU); W side Lewes River [= W side Yukon River], 2 mi. S Whitehorse, 6 (KU); Whitehorse Rapids, 1 (NMNH); Lewes River [ = Yukon River, between Marsh Lake and Lake Laberge], 2 (NMNH); Canol Road, Mi. 11, 1; Johnson Crossing, Alcan Highway [ = Johnson Cross- ing, Alaska Highway], 1 (MZ); 37 mi. ENE Tagish, 1; Camp 9-W [ = Canol Road, Mi. 9], 2 (MVZ); SW end Dezadeash Lake, 34 (KU); North Toobally Lake, 13; Little Atlin Lake, 8 mi. SSE Jakes Corner, 1; Little Atlin Lake, 17 mi. E Tagish, 13 mi. S Jakes Corner, 2; Teslin Lake, 1; Tes/in Post, near Teslin Lake, 3; 1 mi. N Carcross, 4; Carcross, 2; 1 mi. S Carcross, 6; 5 mi. SE Dalton Post, 1; 6 mi. SE Dalton Post, 1; Liard Valley, Alaska Highway, Mi. 313, N Nelson, B.C. [near lrons Creek], 1. 87 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Phenacomys intermedius — Heather vole Phenacomys intermedius mackenzii Preble Phenacomys mackenzii Preble, 1902:182; holotype from Fort Smith, Slave River, District of Mackenzie, N.W.T. Phenacomys intermedius mackenzii, Crowe 1943:403; Rand 1945a:41; Baker 1951:104; Hall and Cockrum 1953:398; Hall and Kelson 1959:720. Phenacomys ungava mackenzii, R. M. Anderson 1947:151. Distribution Known only from the southern part of the Yukon (Map 26). Measurements Two males from Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 132, measured respectively 135, 137; 28, 30; 18, 19. A female from Haeckel Hill, 8 mi. NW Whitehorse, measured 129; 30; 19; and weighed 26.9 g. Cranial measure- ments of 2 males from Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 132, and a female from Haeckel Hill, 8 mi. NW Whitehorse, are respectively: condylobasal length, 25.2, 25.0, 24.6; length of nasals, 7.8, 7.7, 7.5; zygomatic breath, 13.2, 13.9, 13.9; least interorbital breadth, 3.0, 3.0, 3.2; lambdoidal breadth, 11.0, 11.6, 11.3; incisive foramen, 4.4, 4.5, 4.3; alveolar length of maxillary tooth-row, 6.1, 6.0, 5.9. Map 26 Distribution of Phenacomys intermedius mackenzii 88 Remarks Adult specimens from the Yukon closely re- semble specimens from Fort Smith, District of Mackenzie, on which the name mackenzii was based. Rand (1945a) reported two specimens from Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 132, and one from Lapie Lakes, but there are no speci- mens or records of specimens from the latter locality in the National Museums of Canada. There are, however, two specimens collected by Rand's party but not reported by him, from Sheldon Lake, Canol Road, Mi. 222. This boreal, Nearctic species apparently reaches the northwestern extremes of its distribution in the southwestern Yukon, al- though it should be looked for in south- eastern Alaska. Heather voles have been collected in mixed spruce-fir forest and at the edge of spruce forest and grassland (Rand 1945a:41). Near Whitehorse, on 6 June 1963, a female in winter pelage with 7 embryos was collected at 4,800 ft in stunted fir, lodgepole pine, and juniper. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 8: Sheldon Lake, Ca- nol Road, Mi. 222, 2; Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 132, 2; Christmas Bay, Kluane Lake, 1 (CU); Haeckel Hill, 8 mi. NW White- horse, 1; SW end Dezadeash Lake, 1 (KU); 5 mi. SE Dalton Post, 1. ’ Rodentia Microtus pennsylvanicus — Meadow vole Microtus pennsylvanicus drummondii (Audubon and Bachman) Arvicola drummondii, Audubon and Bachman 1846:166; holotype from “Valleys of the Rocky Mountains” probably in the vicinity of Jasper House, Alta. Microtus pennsylvanicus drummondii, Hollister 1912:23; Osgood 1909b:55, 79; Rand 1944a:119, 1945a:42; R. M. Anderson 1947:155; Baker 1951:108, (part); Cameron 1952:182; Hall and Cockrum 1953:408 (part); Hall and Kelson 1959:724 (part); Youngman 1964:3, 1968:78. Microtus drummondi, Bailey 1900:23. Microtus pennsylvanicus alcorni, Baker 1951:105. Distribution Occurs throughout most of the Yukon (Map 27). Measurements Average (and extreme) measurements of 24 males and 6 females from the south- eastern Yukon (Little Hyland River) are 152 (140-168); 38 (31-44); 20 (18-22). Twenty-four males from the same locality averaged 34.4 (26.8-39.5) g. For cranial measurements see Table 18. Remarks Ellerman (1941:593) considered Microtus pennsylvanicus to “represent” the Palearctic M. agrestis in North America, and others (Ellerman and Morrison-Scott 1951:702; Klimkiewicz 1970:662) suggested that the two species are conspecific. However, the karyotypes of the two species differ mark- edly. Microtus pennsylvanicus has 46 normal chromosomes while MV. agrestis has 50 chromosomes, including giant sex chro- mosomes (Matthey 1952:114). Johnson (1968:26) has also shown serological differ- ences. Frank (1959:92) made several un- successful attempts to cross the two species and also noted ethological differences. Most authors admit to the possibility of common origin. A revision of the meadow vole is long overdue. My examination of a large number of specimens from Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta, British Columbia, the Northwest Territories, Alaska, and the Yukon leads me to agree with Rand (1944a:120) that Micro- tus pennsylvanicus drummondii is variable in colour and, to a lesser degree, in cranial characters, throughout its range. However, little can be gained from nominal recogni- tion of these demes. The name Microtus pennsylvanicus al- corni was given by Baker (1951:105) to specimens from the southwestern Yukon and Alaska as far south as Haines because, compared with M. p. drummondii, they averaged larger in all measurements except lengths of tail and hind foot. The upper parts were slightly paler and greyer; the underparts were paler, and the zygomatic arches heavier, shorter, and rounder. The skull of 1. p. alcorni was more massive, and the maxillary teeth were heavier and lower crowned. | agree that some specimens from the Kluane Lake region are slightly paler ARS RS Ste == aie AG Map 27 Distribution of Wicrotus pennsylvanicus drummondii 89 Accounts of Species and Subspecies MO1-U]00]} Ae]|ixeu yO u)Bue] 12[08A|Y 60 0 L0'0 c0'0 S00 60°0 L0'0 ÿL'O ds 6£ 0 O£'O OLO 020 9£ 0 LEO 890 as 78 VILL GE 8c 99 OL 0'GZ “UII G6 SIGE gE 9'€ 6L CGL AL ‘XEW 06 “igble Sie ae ep Gye Grvl iL 97 (6 OL ‘© 8) 8L eBesaay uolBei Sy2euuie7 900 OL'O £0'0 vo'0 L0'0 £L'O £L'O 4s Lc0 £t 0 ÿL'O 6L'O LEO LG'0 6G'0 as 9'8 LLL Oe LAG v9 9'EL £'ac ‘UIW L6 GCL OE VE (EYE LG eG “xe ec 6 “i6 LL sie € Ve GE sil vl 6tb 97 (6 OL‘ OL) oz BBe1any uoibes uosmeq 80°0 LL'O 90'0 SO0'0 60 0 £L'O GL'O ES £cO ££O 020 9L'0 870 8£ 0 £g'0 as 9°8 CAL Ove 6C 9'9 OL ACTA ‘UIW €6 CCL gE VE VL OGL 692 ‘XEW 668 6L'LL 6£ € 6c € 60 Z 9VL €97 (6 7'£ 8) OL abessny uOIB91 MOD PIO OL'O OLO 900 £0 0 LO'O TL'O 9L'O 4s 0£ 0 TE O 8L'0 OL'O ZA 0 LEO 0G'0 as £ 8 CAL 8c O'£ g'9 TvL CGC ‘UIW £'6 Gal Ve ES sdb L'GL 8°97 XEW 68 Le as Ve L9 LVL ACTA (6 £ © L) OL ebesaay uoibad asnoY aueide7 yjpeaig yjpeaiq UO!}D14JSUOD UJPIM jeseN UJBUES] [ESPN ylpeaiq u]Bual xas pue Jeplopquiejaig jeplopquiey [211q1019juI onewoBAZ jeseqojApuoy ‘paBeiene suowioeds jseo7 jo 1aqUNN Npuowuwnip snaiueajAsuuad snjosaipy 0 SjuaWaINSeawW |elueID 8L siqel 90 Rodentia MO1-U]00]} AMe]|Ixeuu jo u1Bue] 12|08A|\ yypeaiq leplopquiejaig 90°0 £0°0 veo SLO 6 OL Ve VTL (ETS ezO Lb 8zG'€ £L'O G0'O 9£'0 9L'O LLL lee GL Ge eG ll o1£'€ elo 90'°0 Gt 0 LC 0 ENLIE 6C (Era! (EAS z16 LL is yjpeaiq uola11]SU09 jeplopquey 18:1q1018ju1 \sea7] £0'0 G0'0 GLO 6c 0 97 GS) ce GL Oe 89 JOAIY PURIAH 212017 90°0 90°0 020 LZO [EG G9 Ste CGE o16 € 018 9 uoiBai 2427 USIP|N—-SSO19187 G0'0 £L'O 9L'0 8t 0 8c 8) cic 08 Le EL uolBa1 227 auen|y UIPIM IESEN u1Bue] jesen L0'0 LL'O LEO 60 SEL 87~ CSL a A ez€ vl rz8' GC £L'O Lz'O 6£ 0 (ASO) 9'EL VVC 6 VL 8 ac ec UL CTAËTA LL'O 9L'O 6£ 0 vSO SL CCTA 8'GL GLC 110°SL z1G'9C yipeaiq u}Buel onewobAZ jeseqojApuoT qs as ‘UIW ‘XEN (6 9‘ vZ) 0€ e6e1eny (6 £‘2 9) EL eBessay xaos pue ‘pabesane suawioeds jo I8QUNN 91 Accounts of Species and Subspecies dorsally (but not ventrally) than many speci- mens of M. p. drummondii from various parts of its range, but other specimens are indistinguishable from specimens from Jasper, Alta. Specimens from the Kluane Lake region average slightly, but not signifi- cantly, larger than series of M. p. drum- mondii from the type locality and other areas in the Yukon, in total length, zygomatic breadth, nasal length, and length of maxil- lary tooth-row. The measurement showing the greatest difference from topotypes and near topotypes of VW. p. drummondii is zygomatic breadth, and in ti s measurement there is considerably less thn 75 per cent joint non-overlap. Specimens from Haines, Alaska, assigned by Baker (1951) to M. p. alcorni, are darker than M. p. drummondii and may represent a valid subspecies. The specimens from the southwestern Yukon represent a slightly distinguishable deme, but considering the overall variability of the species it seems unwise to afford it nominal recognition. In general, athough the specimens from the Yukon here assigned to Wicrotus pennsylva- nicus drummondii have a slightly more grizzled appearance than a series of speci- mens from the type locality, the similarities are strong. Some specimens of /Microtus pennsylvanicus drummondii from the vicin- ity of Dawson are slightly darker than specimens from elsewhere in the Yukon, perhaps indicating intergradation with the dark MV. p. tananaensis to the west in Alaska. Some specimens from Carcross and Marsh Lake are slightly reddish, possibly indicating intergradation with MV. p. rubidus to the south in British Columbia. Both the meadow vole and the northern vole (Microtus oeconomus) occur in wet areas. Often they are taken in the same run- ways, especially in wet grassy meadows, and in dwarf willow, dwarf birch, and alder, near the edges of lakes and streams. Pregnant females were found between mid-May and mid-August. The frequency of pregnant females was greatest between July 15 and August 15. Seventy-six re- corded pregnancies had a mean of 5.3 (2-10) embryos. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 742: Old Crow River, at Timber Creek, 5 (NMNH); Old Crow River, 19 mi. N Old Crow, 1 mi. N mouth Johnson Creek, 11; Old Crow, 24; % mi. E 92 Old Crow, 1; Porcupine River, 16 mi. SW Old Crow, 7; 11 mi. NE Lapierre House, 5; Bell River, 70 mi. NE Lapierre House, 8; Lapierre House, 13; 1 mi. SW Lapierre House, 9; Bell River, 1 mi. SW Lapierre House, 3; Porcupine River, mouth Berry Creek, 4; 4 mi. S mouth Berry Creek, 1; 12 mi. S Johnson Creek, Porcupine River, 66°41'/137°59’, 1; Yukon—Alaska bound- ary, Yukon River, 4 (NMNH); Forty Mile, mouth Coal Creek, 1 (NMNH); 18 mi. S Chapman Lake, 6; 20 mi. S Chapman Lake, 1; Bonnet Plume Lake, 22; Yukon River, Chandindu River, 1 (NMNH); Dawson, 48 (1 NMNH); Dempster Highway, Mi. 4.8, 1 (AHRC); Benson Creek, 28 mi. ENE Daw- son, 5; 74 mi. E Dawson, 26; 16 mi. E Dawson, 2; Klondike Keno [=1 mi. S Wernecke], 3; 10.8 mi. N Mayo, 2; 6 mi. N Mayo, 4; 4% mi. N Mayo, 7; 1 mi. SE Mayo, 12; Dominion Creek, head Indian River, 1 (NMNH); Sixty Mile Creek [ = Sixty Mile River], 1 (NMNH); Keele Lake, 56; Stewart River settlement, 17; Russell Mountains [ = Russell Range], near forks Macmillan River, 3 (NMNH); south fork Macmillan River, Canol Road, Mi. 249, 6; Sheldon Lake, Canol Road, Mi. 222, 12; Macmillan River, 3 (NMNH); Fort Selkirk, 3 (NMNH); Yukon River, 50 mi. below Fort Selkirk, 1 (NMNH); Snag, 1; Yukon Crossing, 3; Rink Rapid, 6 (NMNH); 7 mi. NNE Carmacks, 1; 5% mi. NW Carmacks, 9; 4% mi. NW Carmacks, 2; 3% mi. NW Carmacks, 7; 2% mi. NW Carmacks, 1; Nordenskiold River,1 mi. NW Carmacks, 41; % mi. NW Carmacks, 11; % mi. NW Carmacks, 1; 11 mi. WSW Carmacks, 6; 6 mi. WSW Carmacks, 1; 138 mi. N Watson Lake, 5 mi. E Little Hyland River, 5; Little Hyland River, 128 mi. N Watson Lake, 29; Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 132, 16; Ida Lake [ = McPherson Lake], 60 mi. W Glacier Lake, N.W.T., 16 (AMNH); Donjek River [at Alaska Highway], 3 (1 CU); Yukon River, Thirty Mile River, 3 (NMNH); Rose River, Canol Road, Mi. 95, 13; Burwash Landing, 1; 2 mi. S Burwash Landing, 1; Kluane Lake, 23 (20 CU); Cultus Bay, Kluane Lake, 6 (CU); % mi. N Frances Lake, 1; Lake Laberge, 5 (NMNH); Christmas Bay, Kluane Lake, 3 (CU); Silver Creek, 617°02'/138°24', 1 (CU); Alaska Highway, Mi. 1054, 17 (CU); 6 mi. SW Kluane, 15 (KU); E side Kluane Lake, 9 (CU); Nisutlin River, Canol Road, Mi. 40, 10; Haines Road Junction, 2; Fifty Mile River [ = Yukon River], 6 (NMNH); 6% mi. Rodentia SW Whitehorse, 3; mountains, 40 mi. NE Teslin Lake, 1; Dezadeash Lake, 2; SW end Deazdeash Lake, 3 (KU); SW end Deza- deash Lake, Haines Road, Mi. 124, 1; Marsh Lake, 22 (NMNH); 72 mi. E Tagish, 3; Tagish River, 13 mi. SW Jakes Corner, 1; North Toobally Lake, 47; Teslin Lake, 1; near Teslin Lake, 3; Teslin Post, near Teslin Lake, 7; Caribou Crossing [ = Carcross], 16 (NMNH); 7 mi. S Carcross, 5; 5 mi. SE Dalton Post, 8; 7% mi. S and 3 mi. E Dalton Post, 3 (KU); 88 E Teslin [ = Alaska High- way, 88 mi. E Teslin], Upper Rancheria, 1. Microtus oeconomus — Northern vole Microtus oeconomus macfarlani Merriam Microtus macfarlani Merriam, 1900a:24; holotype from Fort Anderson, Anderson River, District of Mackenzie. M{icrotus]. oec[onomus]. macfarlani, K. Zimmermann 1942:187. Microtus operarius endoecus, Osgood 1909b:55. Microtus operarius macfarlani, Rand 1945a:42; R. M. Anderson 1947:157; Cameron 1952:183. Microtus oeconomus macfarlani, Baker 1951:110; Hall and Cockrum 1953:425; Hall and Kelson 1959:735; Paradiso and Manville 1961:81; Youngman 1968:78. Distribution Probably occurs throughout all but the ex- treme southeastern part of the Yukon (Map 28). Measurements Average (and extreme) measurements of 32 males and 17 females from the Old Crow region are respectively 150 (130-171), 158 (137-173); 36 (29-43), 39 (33-47); 19 (16-20), 19 (16-21). Sixteen males aver- aged 39.4 (345-51.7) g. Nine females averaged 40.5 (29.7-59.4) g. For cranial measurements see Table 19. Remarks Specimens of Microtus oeconomus from the Yukon are quite uniform in external and cra- nial measurements, and in colour (fresh summer pelage averaging Dark Reddish Brown, 5YR 3/2). Specimens from the Yukon are smaller than specimens from Bettles, Alaska (Paradiso and Manville 1961:81), and Umiat, Alaska (Bee and Hall 1956:126). Northern voles occur mostly in wet sedge meadows, but were also collected in mossy muskeg, in a floating bog; and in Sphagnum in moist soil polygons. Often Wicrotus oeco- nomus and VW. pennsylvanicus occurred together utilizing the same runways. Sixteen pregnant females taken in July averaged 6.1 embryos, and 24 females taken in August averaged 5.2 embryos. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 481: Herschel Island, Pauline Cove, 26; Firth River, 6; mouth Firth River, 9 (MCZ); 4 mi. WSW mouth Blow River, 17; Firth River, 15 mi. S mouth Joe Creek, 49; Old Crow River, 15 mi. above Timber Creek, 3 (NMNH); O/d Crow River, 65 mi. above Timber Creek, 3 (NMNH) Old Map 28 Distribution of MVicrotus oeconomus macfarlani 93 90°0 80°0 80°0 v0'0 90°0 TL'O veo 4s Sc0 LEO 0£ 0 LL'O vc0 €v'0 S80 as 09 Ls SEL (Sts 69 Lvl 8'Sz ‘UIW 69 T6 GCL GE (LL LGL £'8c “xe v9 v8 et8 Lb ts VL e16 UL z18°97 3 yl abesany v0'0 S00 400 AA L0'0 £L'O TL'O AS LA) Lt'O 8€ 0 vc0 6£ 0 G9'0 89°0 as 09 (EYE CLL Gis 9 GEL L'9c ‘UIW 89 68 O'EL vv T8 6SL g'8c ‘XEW v9 ec 8 ezG LL ze9'€ CIE 976 VL eO'LC © €€ abeiany uoiB9i MO19 PIO 80 0 clo 800 S0'0 GLO SLO LZ°0 ds LZ0 ££ 0 LZ0 clo 6£ 0 6£ 0 0G'0 as Ge) GE VILL ve 89 OvL (TA ‘UIW L'9 £'8 G'LL [ERS 6L CSL GEG ‘XEW v9 SL oL LL CNS EYE Srl C1 ACTA 6 L eBe1eAY (A0) 60 0 90'0 COO 90°0 ÿL'O 820 4s 3 0c 0 6c 0 8L'0 OL'O 0c 0 AA L8°0 as a c9 SL oO LL ve Giz Lvl 9G ‘UIW a 89 9'8 GCL IL 19; L'8 AI 6 8c ‘XEW 2 G9 78 s€ CL Che (LAL VSL eG Le 2 6 abesany n 2 JOAlY YUly oO ~ a $ MOJ-4}00} BWd}SeIp JO yipeaiq ylpeaiq yi Hug] jesen u}peaiq u}Busl] x2s pue a Ale}|ixeu y}bue7 jeployse|| Jeyiquosequl onewoBAZ jeseqojApuog ‘1aqunu enbojejeo 10 an 0 u1Bual] 1297 pabesane suowidads jo saquiny ‘© 18|08A|\Y 2 : IUe/18/2EU SNUIOUNIIO SNJ0191J JO SJUeW9INnseaUWu |PIUPIT 8 6L Agel + < [op] Rodentia MO1-UJ00] Aeljixeu jo u1Bue] 12[08A] 6L VILL ILE 89 vvL tac 08 OCL 8€ Giz GGL 8'Gc SLO OLO OL'O LLO €c0 0£'0 8€ 0 L120 TA) Lÿ 0 8g'0 £L'O L'8 SLL (ONE (Syl vvL g'9c L'8 ECL 6E £8 LOL G87 £'8 rOCL re Sie VSL GLC peoy joues ‘JaAIy 2504 S00 OL'O £0' 0 Lo'0 OL'O LL'O AA) £c0 OL'O 0€ 0 evo Lv'O 08 ELL Ge OL evl 9'Gc L'8 CCL GE 6L 6SL CHES v8 a8 Ll ot Le 1G OSL 9°92 L400 60°0 c0'0 OLO 910 ZA) 620 veo fo 0) 8£ 0 6G 0 £6 0 08 SLL ve OL 9'VL £'9c 06 LCL se £'8 GOL 0'6c g'8 rid CL vi QE rt LL ri VSL VLC uoibai uosmeq eWa}SPIP JO u}pea1q u}pea1q u)Bua] jeSEN yjpeaiq y}6ua| u}Bua7 [PpI01SEW Jeyiquosejul aiewobAZ jeseqojApuog sea] 6 L88LL 6 988ZL1 as as ‘UIW “xe © 9 26181 © GL 262191 xas pue ‘equnu anB6o/e}e9 10 paBeione suawioeds jo 18UnN 95 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Crow River, Timber Creek, 4 (NMNH); O/d Crow River, Black Fox Creek, 2 (NMNH); Old Crow River, 19 mi. N Old Crow, 1 mi. N mouth Johnson Creek, 12; O/d Crow River, Johnson Creek, 67°50'/139°46', 6 (NMNH); O/d Crow River, 50 mi. below Black Fox Creek, 1 (NMNH); 78 mi. above mouth Old Crow River, 1(NMNH); O/d Crow 43 (6 AHRC); Summit Lake, 67°43’ /136°29’, 4; Driftwood Creek [ = Driftwood River], 60 mi. NE Old Crow, 1 (AHRC); Porcupine River, 20 mi. NE Old Crow, 1 (AHRC); Porcupine River, 16 mi. SW Old Crow, 6; Porcupine River, mouth Berry Creek, 8; 4 mi. S Berry Creek, 1; Rampart House, 26; Lapierre House, 5; 7 mi. SW Lapierre House, 2; head Cold Creek [ = head Coal Creek, 67°47'/139°54'], 13 (NMNH); Yukon Riv- er, Alaska—Yukon boundary, 1 (NMNH); 13 mi. S Chapman Lake, 1; Ogi/vie Mountains, 52 mi. NE Dawson, 14 mi. S Lomond Lake, 1; 78 mi. S Chapman Lake, 2; 20 mi. S Chapman Lake, 54; North Fork Pass, Ogilvie Mountains, 2; North Fork Crossing, Mi. 43 Aklavik Road [= North Fork Crossing, Dempster Highway, Mi. 43], Ogilvie Moun- tains, 23; Bonnet Plume Lake, 3; 1 mi. from Canadian Customs, Taylor Highway, 1; Dawson City, 2 (AHRC); Keno Hill Summit, 20; Keele Lake, 27; Stewart River settle- ment, 2; Macmillan Pass, Canol Road, Mi. 282, 8; 138 mi. N Watson Lake, 5 mi. E Little Hyland River, 13; Little Hyland River, 128 mi. N Watson Lake, 3; Ida Lake [ = McPherson Lake], 60 mi. W Glacier Lake, N.W.T., 20 (AMNH); junction Grafe and Edith creeks, 1 (KU); Donjek bridge [on Alaska Highway], 2; Lapie Lake, Canol Road, Mi. 105, 1; Rose River, Canol Road, Mi. 95, 16; Burwash Landing, 1; 2 mi. S Burwash Landing, 1; Kluane Lake, 6 (1 NMNH); Cultus Creek, head Cultus Bay, Kluane Lake, 1 (CU); W end Sheep Moun- tain, E Sheep Creek, Alaska Highway, Mi. 1061, 1; Christmas Bay, Kluane Lake, 1 (CU); head Kluane Lake, 2; Alaska High- Table 20 Cranial measurements of Microtus longicaudus vellerosus Number of Least Alveolar specimens averaged Condylo- inter- length of or catalogue number, basal Zygomatic Nasal orbital Mastoidal maxillary and sex length breadth length breadth breadth tooth-row Richardson Mountains, 13 mi. NE Lapierre House 33950 © 26.8 14.5 8.0 3.9 1n57 6.7 Benson Creek, 28 mi. ENE Dawson 29640 9 26.9 15.6 7.7 97 123 6.6 Sheldon Lake, Mi. 222, Canol Road 18019 Dipl 15.0 8.3 3.8 12.6 6.6 18039 © 27.8 15.8 8.4 3.8 12.6 6.5 Little Hyland River, 128 mi. N Watson Lake Average 8 © 26.7 15.1 TUE 3.7 12.4 6.4 Max. 28.2 15.6 8.3 3.9 13.0 6.7 Min. 257 14.8 U2 3.6 12.1 6.2 SD 0.80 0.31 0.48 0.11 0.36 0.16 SE 0.28 0.11 0.24 0.04 0.14 0.06 Average 79 27.0 1151 7.5 3.8 1222 6.5 Max. 27.5 15.4 8.0 3.9 12.6 6.7 Min. 26.5 14.8 eS 3.6 a ez/ 6.4 SD 0.31 0.21 0.23 0.11 0.32 0.97 SE 0.12 0.08 0.09 0.04 0.13 0.04 96 | | Rodentia way, Mi. 1055, S end Kluane Lake, 1; Alaska Highway, Mi. 1054 3 (CU); 6 mi. SW Kluane, 2 (KU); Kluane Range 25 mi. SSE Destruction Bay, 3; Haeckel Hill, 8 mi. NW Whitehorse, 1; Canol Road, Mi. 11, 1; Camp 9-W [=Canol Road, Mi. 9], 1 (MVZ); SW end Dezadeash Lake, 1 (KU); 5 mi. SE Dalton Post, 3. Microtus longicaudus — Long-tailed vole Microtus longicaudus vellerosus J. A. Allen Microtus vellerosus J. A. Allen, 1899a:7; holotype from upper Liard River, British Columbia. Microtus longicaudus vellerosus, Anderson and Rand 1944:20; Rand 1945a:44, 1945b:66; R. M. Anderson 1947:159; Baker 1951:109; Youngman 1964:3, 1968:77. Microtus mordax, Osgood 1900:35. Distribution Known from all but the Coastal Plain (Map 29). Measurements Average (and extreme) measurements of 22 females and 14 males from Dalton Post and SW end Dezadeash Lake are respectively 180 (160-198), 63 (49-77), 21 (18-23); 171 (160-190), 60 (51-73), 20 (19-21). Average (and extreme) measurements of 8 females and 8 males from 138 mi. N Watson Lake and 5 mi. E Little Hyland River are 176 (167-185), 59 (54-64), 22 (20-23); 176 (168-189), 57 (51-63), 21 (19-22). Average (and extreme) weights for 4 non- parous females and 8 males from the same locality are respectively 37.1 (38.3—41.8) g, 38.0 (30.4-47.6) g. For cranial measure- ments see Table 20. Remarks Microtus longicaudus is remarkably uniform in colour and cranial measurements through- out its range in the Yukon. Matthey (1955:178) and S. Anderson (1960:202) have pointed to the many simi- larities, including chromosome number, be- tween Microtus longicaudus and the Old World species M. nivalis, and M. roberti. | am especially impressed by the similarity between VW. nivalis and M. longicaudus, although the location of the centromeres is different in the two species (Matthey 1955). Long-tailed voles are found in a wide range of habitats, from low, wet, spruce woodland to high mountains, but they are most commonly found in rocky situations on mountainsides. Pregnant females have been collected in June, July, and August. Nine pregnant females had an average of 3.7 (2-5) embryos. One female had 7 recent embryo scars. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 235: Summit Lake, 67°43’ /136°29’, 2; Richardson Mountains, 74 mi. NE Lapierre House, 1; Richardson Mountains, 13 mi. NE Lapierre House, 1; 4 mi. S mouth Berry Creek, 1; Rampart House, 2; 1 mi. SW Lapierre House, 1; North Fork Pass, Ogilvie Mountains, 1; North Fork Crossing, Aklavik Road [ = Dempster High- way] Mi. 42.7, 4; Swede Dome, 34 mi. W Dawson, 4; 2 mi. beyond Canadian Cus- Map 29 Distribution of Microtus longicaudus vellerosus 97 Accounts of Species and Subspecies toms, Taylor Highway, 2; Benson Creek, 28 mi. ENE Dawson, 1; Dawson, 4; Keno Hill Summit, 1; Klondike Keno [ = 7 mi. S Wer- necke], 13; Keele Lake, 25; Macmillan Pass, Canol Road, Mi. 282, 3; Sheldon Lake, Canol Road, Mi. 222, 5; Rink Rapid, 1 (NMNH); Wordenskiold River, 1 mi. NW Carmacks, 3; 138 mi. N Watson Lake, 5 mi. E Little Hyland River, 6; Little Hyland River, 728 mi. N Watson Lake, 13; Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 132, 3; Rose River, Canol Road, Mi. 95, 1; Kluane Lake, 3 (CU); Christmas Bay, Kluane Lake, 2 (CU); Alaska Highway, Mi. 1054, 5 (CU); 6 mi. SW Kluane, 2 (KU); E side Kluane Lake, 1 (CU); Lake Laberge, 2 (NMNH); Nisutlin River, Canol Road, Mi. 40, 1; Haeckel Hill, 1; McIntyre Creek, 3 mi. NW Whitehorse, 11 (KU); Dezadeash Lake, 2; SW end Deza- deash Lake, 59 (KU); Lake Marsh, 1 (NMNH); Little Atlin Lake, 6 mi. SSE Jakes Corner, 2; Teslin Lake, 1; near Teslin Lake, 8; Teslin Post, near Teslin Lake, 2; 1 mi. S Carcross, 5; 7% mi. S Carcross, 2; 5 mi. SE Dalton Post, 3; 6 mi. SE Dalton Post, 5; 1% mi. S and 3 mi. E Dalton Post, 19 (KU). Microtus xanthognathus — Chestnut-cheeked vole Microtus xanthognathus (Leach) Arvicola xanthognathus Leach, 1815:60; holotype from Hudson Bay; Coues and Allen 1877:197. M{icrotus]. xanthognathus, Miller 1896:66. Microtus xanthognathus, Bailey 1900:57; Williams 1925:71; Hail and Cockrum 1953:434; Hall and Kelson 1959:741. Distribution Known at present from the northern half of the Yukon (Map 30). Measurements Average (and extreme) measurements of 30 adults (7 males, 23 females) from Hungry LE 140" 135° 130" 125° 120" Map 30 Distribution of Microtus xanthognathus 98 Lake are 194 (183-209); 43 (38-50); 24 (23-27). Average (and extreme) weights of 6 males and 13 nonparous females are re- spectively 87.0 (83.2-92.4) g; 87.2 (78.5— 96.7) g. One pregnant female weighed 119.5 g. For cranial measurements see Table 21. Remarks Hall and Kelson (1959:741) commented on the possibility that Wicrotus xanthognathus and MV. chrotorrhinus might be conspecific, but the two species differ considerably cyto- genetically (Youngman MS), morphologi- cally, ecologically, and ethologically. The only fossils of Microtus xanthogna- thus from the Beringian region are an un- dated mummy from Chicken Creek, Mayers Fork, Forty Mile region, Alaska (AMNH 180252), a single tooth dated at about 6,800 years from central Alaska (Repen- ning, Hopkins, and Rubin 1964:195), and a single tooth from a postglacial deposit also in central Alaska (Guthrie 19686:233). Speci- mens of Microtus xanthognathus from the Pleistocene age have been found in Virginia and Pennsylvania (Guilday and Bender 1960). The present distribution pattern of Mi- crotus xanthognathus suggested a Beringian origin to Guthrie (19686:239) but without an Asian counterpart (also noted by Guthrie), and without definite Wisconsin fossils except in southern regions. It appears Rodentia Table 21 Cranial measurements of Wicrotus xanthognathus = = © Lx i D 8 2 mp 2 SEs £ Src MM 2 Gs © Number of eas ES = £ ae 25% 85 Bes ce specimens averaged S > as 9 © 9 D 2 5 9 ES $9 SEs and sex. O © Ÿ Zo Zs Sea EE à 5 © i= TS ip ow. ES VUE CU oN ov oa © Q xas pue = ë o 8 BS 3 2 S 3 ay 3 aa sa a 2 a a 83 ‘aqunu an6ojeze9 10 ge D. si 20 LC Sm ay LAY a = > © FT < paBeisne suatuloads D — =o T ©. DEA A Sy >. a 5 S35 20 = = a wie ao 2. = jo Jaquny) 2 D 2 © OF $8¢6 fio o es D 2 i fee me omnes 305$ 2 2 © o a es SION ONE aren o 5 o 295 = 2 5 a suese] SIue7 pue sndnj siuez JO sjuawasnseaw |eiuesD 8c SIGeL 127 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Canis lupus — Wolf Canis lupus ssp. Canis lupus Linnaeus, 1758:39; holotype from Sweden; Youngman 1968:79. Canis lupus pambisileus, R. M. Anderson 1943a:391 (part); Goldman 1944:422 (part); R. M. Anderson 1947:57 (part); Hall and Kelson 1959:851 (part). Canis lupus occidentalis, Goldman 1944:427 (part); Hall and Kelson 1959:851 (part). Canis lupus columbianus, Rand 1945a:34 (part); Hall and Kelson 1959:847 (part). Distribution Occurs throughout the Yukon (Map 40). Measurements A female from 11 mi. S Chapman Lake measured 1,610; 463; 275. For cranial measurements see Table 28. Remarks Jolicoeur (1959) studied geographical variation in wolves in northwestern Canada, and concluded that variation in Nearctic wolves suggests an incompletely panmictic population rather than subspecies. Rosso- limo and Dolgov (1965) came to much the same conclusion for wolves in the U.S.S.R. Since a more comprehensive study of geo- graphical variation is needed for all of North America, it makes little sense to attempt to apply the many available names. Most of the wolves | have seen in the Yukon were grey-black or near black, even in the north. Many persons in the Yukon hunt wolves with some fervour, either as a method of predator control or to obtain the handsome large hides for trophies. Since there is a $25.00 bounty on wolves in the Yukon, many animals are shot from cars or actively sought after by professional trappers. For some time, the Yukon Game Commission has conducted a wintertime control campaign against wolves, largely in the name of con- serving the dwindling caribou herds, by drop- ping strychnine baits from airplanes onto the frozen surfaces of lakes. As a result, many non-target species are killed, including Bald Eagles, Ravens, foxes, lynx, ermine, coyotes, marten, and wolverine. It is questionable whether these measures save as many cari- bou as are illegally killed by hunters. Most residents of the Yukon do not fear confrontation with wolves except in the winter, when prey may be scarce. 128 Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 57: 40 mi. SE Crow | [Crow Base = 68°13'/141°00'], 3 | Base (NMNH); 6 mi. N Rampart House, 1 (NMNH); mouth Bluefish River, 11 mi. WSW Old Crow, 1; mouth Bell River, 1; 11 mi. S Chapman Lake, 1; Yukon River, mouth Rosebute Creek, 4 mi. S mouth Sixty Mile River, 1; Henderson Creek, 4; Stewart \ River settlement region, 3; mouth Stewart \ River, 2; mouth White River, 2; 8 mi. S | mouth White River, 1; Stewart River, mouth Barker Creek, 2; north fork Macmillan River, 2 (NMNH); Riddell River, Pelly-Macmillan country, 1 (NMNH); Pelly River, mouth Tummel River, 1 (NMNH); Pelly Lakes, 6 (NMNH); vicinity Big Salmon, 4; Hoole Canyon, 1 (NMNH); Hoole River, 1 (NMNH); Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 105,* 1; Kluane Lake, 1 (MCZ); K/uane, 2 (MCZ); 17 mi. N Canon [=17 mi. N Canyon], E side Aishihik River, 1 (KU); Marshall Creek, 3 mi. N Dezadeash River, 1 (KU) Hungry Lake, near Kluane, 1 (MCZ); near White- horse, 1; SW end Dezadeash Lake, 1 (KU); W side Atlin Lake, 2. Localities not plotted White River, 8 (6 ROM, 2 MVZ). Additional records Bell River, 10 mi. NE Lapierre House, 27 July 1964 (sign seen, P.M. Youngman, MS); Richardson Lapierre House, 27 July 1964 (scats seen, |. Stirling, MS); Bonnet Plume Lake, 12 July 1966 (sign seen, W. H. Butler, MS); Keele Lake, 14 August 1966 (sighting reported, W. H. Butler, MS); 138 mi. N Watson Lake, 5 mi. E Little Hyland River (sighting reported, P. M. Youngman, MS, 14 June 1963). Mountains, 13 mi. NE | | | Carnivora Vulpes lagopus — Arctic fox Vulpes lagopus lagopus (Linnaeus) Canis lagopus Linnaeus, 1758:40; type locality, Lapland. Vulpes lagopus, Bogdanov 1873:247. Alopex lagopus innuitus, R. M. Anderson 1947:51. Distribution. Mainly coastal. Travels occasionally as far south as the Porcupine River (Map 41). Measurements No specimens with external measurements are available from the Yukon. For cranial measurements see Table 29. Remarks The taxonomy of arctic foxes is in obvious need of revision. Five nominal sub- species have been recognized for the Nearctic. Tsalkin (1944) recognized only the nominate subspecies of arctic fox in the continental Palearctic. My examination of several hundred skulls of North American and Eurasian specimens leads me to con- clude that the continental Holarctic region is occupied by a panmictic population. The several insular subspecies are not con- sidered here. The characters used by Merriam (1902: 170), to distinguish V. /. innuitus from V. I. lagopus—'‘braincase broader and more pyriform, and tapering much more abruptly behind broadest part; nasals much broader” —are variable in both Nearctic and Pale- arctic specimens, and direct comparison does not substantiate V. / innuitus as a valid subspecies. The arctic fox has been placed in the genus A/opex by most North American mammalogists, but Bobrinskii, Kuznetsov, and Kuziakin (1965:127) considered A/opex a subgenus of Vu/pes. Hildebrand (1954: 452) emphasized the similarities between Alopex and Vu/pes and implied that they were identical, saying, ‘These foxes are so strikingly different in distribution, habits, and external appearance that it is conve- nient to assign them to different genera, but their skulls are similar, and the postcranial skeleton of A/opex is more like that of Vulpes fulva than is the skeleton of Vu/pes macrotis; the arctic fox skeleton also re- sembles that of the red fox more closely than the skeletons of the two species of gray fox resemble each other.” Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 7: Herschel Island, Pauline Cove, 3; Old Crow River, at Timber Creek, 1 (NMNH); O/d Crow Flats, 1; Porcupine River, mouth Berry Creek, 2. Additional records Warren Point [ = King Point] (Russell 1898: 244); 4 mi. WSW mouth Blow River, 5 August 1964 (scats seen, G. D. Tessier, MS). Map 41 Distribution of Vu/pes lagopus lagopus 129 Accounts of Species and Subspecies ÿL'O [AA ) LEO Geo LEO £20 Lv'0 G8°0 0S'0 LS'O £60 qs 0} a0) ÿ9'0 660 860 L8'0 GLO vel GEC ££'L O9'L CITC as £'6 Chan [ELEC GEG L'6£ L'GL V OV 9'EL 0°79 £ 69 L6EL ‘UIN VOL evel g'Gc 8°67 Oo Lv GLL Cvv 9°08 G79 O'EZ T'LVL ‘XEN L6 GEL (MLAEG L87 zL0V £9L 6 LV GOL z0'E9 9'0L ECVL 6 g 26e1eay OL'O SLO ££O 9£'0 Gc 0 Sc 0 ce0 0G 0 cv0 12740) 9L0 34s Sv0 cLO LG'L LoL SLL GILL LoL 877 ÿ6 L LOT sce as £6 G'cL GL? L'9c 9'6€ OTL OLY GILL 8'c9 O'EL O'9ÿL UIW Lan GGL L'ac OVE Vv G'8L Ar L'G8 VOL 608 8091 ‘XEN L'OL OL eV EC 9°67 £ Lt GOL TEV 1:G'08 1z8 G9 O9L OLSL © 77 abeiany uOIB91 JOAIY HPM9]S €20 0£ 0 L8 0 6t'O LEO LEO 6L0 C8 L vLO c9°0 £8 0 4s c9'0 080 GLC O£'L 660 L6 0 80°C LOY 96 L ÿ9'L OCT as t6 LCL VAUG 8'ac G'8£ 8vL 8'8€ 9'CL LLG 0°99 O9EL “ULI SOL CvL ÿ'9c G'6c LLY SLL CSU L'L8 8'c9 SOL 9CVL XEW 8°6 VE Ge? LEG 007 COL SLY sG QOL 0°09 769 SSEL 6 L 2Bereny OL'O 8L'0 [A0 8v 0 Lv'O veo 0€'0 Ua LOL 89'0 L60 ds [£76 0) 8tv 0 PERL JC GCL L6 0 6L0 ÿ6c LOC 6LL (SEG as 8°6 VEL 6°02 0'8c 8°6€ LGL 8c G'8L & L9 Sick O'8ÿL UII LOL OGL 91 6 LE Lev O'sL 877 9°98 GLl9 GlLle O'ESL ‘XEW COL Lvl 8°C~ LOE vV LV VLL Gev G'L8 2G 79 CGL o9cOGL © L 26e18ny uolB91 MO19 PIO sISU99Seje sadjna sadynA 29 9 o> or Sem sone Spa0) a Oe0 oN © U ov © Q xes pue = as & ce 8 & ae eo AE 3 as Se a 2 a D a = ‘jaquinu anBoye1es 10 DE 9 D D 2 eo 236 ae gone +3 +B +o T< poBeisne suawioads Con 28 Ce ee ene 2 à & Jo 1equinN a ae BB > 38 NS 288 a » > > a °5 2 QG. ES = fs) Si Sr = sndobe] sadjnA pue sadjna sadjnf jo sjuswainseaw [PIUP17 6c SIGeL 130 Carnivora LW J0 uy]fue] UMOI9 jelsseuseo seddn jo u)fue] 1ejO9AV aseouleiq JO yipeaig 15227 yipeaiq Jeqquosayu| euIu1O} piouaBisod u29M]9q uIpe21g ZWd 2PISUI uipeeq |eie|ed suejow 19ddn 1511} 2pISINO uipee1q [E1e|Ed y}pesiq oiewoBbAZ u1fuel] jeyejedisod yi bua} Je1e|ed y}bue| jeseqo|Apuog or catalogue number, specimens averaged and sex Number of Vulpes lagopus lagopus Old Crow Flats 8.4 57.8 5875 66.6 37.4 15.6 34.0 25.3 2150 112 120.1 31196 © Porcupine River; mouth Berry Creek 7.8 725 60.2 56.0 73.4 39.5 16.1 34.2 26.5 23.8 11.4 125.9 117.8 34106 9.4 51.7 67.3 36.5 16.7 34.0 27.9 239 57.8 34107 131 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Vulpes vulpes — Red fox Vulpes vulpes alascensis Merriam Vulpes alascensis Merriam, 19006:668, holotype from Andreafski, about 70 mi. above delta of Yukon River, Alaska. Vulpes vulpes alascensis, Rausch 1953:107. Vulpes fulva alascensis, Rand 1945a:33; Hall and Kelson 1959:856 (part). Vulpes fulva abietorum, Baker 1951:113; Hall and Kelson 1959:855 (part). Distribution Occurs throughout the Yukon (Map 42) Measurements No external measurements are available from the Yukon. For cranial measurements see Table 29. Remarks The differences between Vulpes vulpes abietorum and Vulpes vulpes alascensis emphasized by Merriam in the original description were that the former possessed a longer skull, a longer and narrower rostrum, slightly larger bullae and carnas- sials, and a more slender M1. Map 42 Distribution of Vu/pes vulpes alascensis 132 Since a comparison of the skulls of 14 topotypes of V. v. ab/etorum with 18 topo- types and near topotypes of V. v. a/ascensis — fails to reveal these or any other significant differences, | consider V. v. ab/etorum to be a synonym of V. v. a/ascensis. Churcher (1959:516) compared red foxes from Alaska and Eurasia and found differ- ences in size of the skulls, the basioccipital, the bullae, the postorbital constriction and the dentition. Therefore, | infer that sub- species differences exist in red foxes on either side of the Bering Strait. No recent taxonomic study of the red fox has been made in North America, but Churcher (1959) has shown that Alaskan red foxes differ from eastern North American foxes in that “they are larger, have heavier rostra, some inflation of the frontal region above the orbit, a more developed frontal saggittal sulcus, a more prominent infraorbital fora- men, larger teeth, and larger and more inflated bullae.” Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 103: Herschel Island, Pauline Cove, 2; Firth River, 15 mi. S mouth Joe Creek, 1; Crow Base, 68°13’/141°00’, 3 (NMNH); Old Crow River, at Timber Creek, 1 (NMNH); 40 mi. SE Crow Base, 1 (NMNH); Old Crow Flats, 1; 60 mi. SE Crow Base, 11 (NMNH); Johnson Creek, 5 mi. from mouth, 19 mi. NNE Old Crow, 1; Old Crow, 2; 5 mi. S Old Crow, 1; Salmon Cache, 75 mi. up Porcupine River from Old Crow, 4; Rampart House, 3 (2 NMNH); Lapierre House, 4 (NMNH); Ruby Creek, 63°46’ /139°16’, 3 (MCZ); 14 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; 6 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; 5 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; 4 mi. up Henderson Creek, 1; Henderson Creek, 6; Stewart River settlement region, 7; vicinity Stewart River, 5; mouth Stewar. River, 1; Stewart River settlement, 4; 5 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 1; 4 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 1; 2 mi. W mouth Stewart pee | | | 4 | | | | | | | | ' | | | | | Carnivora River, 1; 70 mi. W on White River, 1; 8 mi. S mouth Stewart River, 2; 1 mi. W mouth White River, 1; mouth White River, 4; 8 mi. S mouth White River, 1; Pelly River, Canol Road, 1; Ross Post, Canol Road, Mi. 141, 2; Hootalinqua, 1 (NMNH); Rose River, Canol Road, Mi. 95, 2; Kluane Lake, 5 (4 MCZ); S end Kluane Lake, Alaska Highway, Mi. 1054, 1; 6 mi. SW Kluane, 1 (KU); Slims River, 1 (MCZ); Hungry Lake [near Kluane], 1 (MCZ); Marshall Creek, 3 mi. N Dezadeash River, 6 (KU); Cham- pagne, N side Dezadeash River, 3 (KU); Family Ursidae — Bears Ursus americanus — Black bear 5 mi. W Tagish, 1; 1% mi. E Tatshenshini River, 1% mi. S and 3 mi. E Dalton Post, 1 (KU). Additional records Kay Point, 18 August 1914 (seen by Chip- man, R. M. Anderson, MS); 10 mi. N Watson Lake, 1 July 1963 (seen, G. D. Tessier, MS); Alaska Highway, Mi. 685, 9 June 1963 (seen, P. M. Youngman, MS); Carcross, 1 and 3 September 1966 (sign and tracks seen, W. H. Butler, MS). Ursus americanus americanus Pallas Ursus americanus Pallas, 1780:5; type locality, eastern North America; Osgood 1900:41, 1909b:81; Rand 19456:16. Euarctos randi Anderson, 1945:19; R. M. Anderson 1947:38 (part). Euarctos americanus randi, Miller and Kellogg 1955:693 (part). Ursus americanus randi, Hall and Kelson 1959:869 (part). Euarctos hunteri Anderson, 1945:22 (part); R. M. Anderson 1947:38; Miller and Kellogg 1955:695 (part). Ursus americanus hunteri, Hall and Kelson 1959:868 (part). Ursus americanus emmonsi, R. M. Anderson 1945:29 (part); Hall and Kelson 1959:868 (part). Distribution Occurs throughout the Yukon (Map 43). Measurements R. M. Anderson (1945:24) gives the mea- surements of a male from Nisutlin River, Canol Road, 24 mi. from Johnsons Crossing as 1,390; 80; 235. For cranial measurements see Table 30. Remarks Euarctos randi was described as being the smallest Canadian black bear with especially small molariform teeth, whereas Fuarctos hunteri was described as being one of the largest American black bears, with large molariform teeth. When 27 skulls of Ursus americanus from the Yukon and Nahanni region of the District of Mackenzie are arranged according to age by Rausch's method (1961:86), the holotype of F. randi falls within Rausch's class VII (seventh or eighth summer), the holotype of F. Aunteri falls within class IX (twelfth to twentieth summer), and four specimens assigned to hunteri by Anderson fall within either class IX or X (twentieth to thirtieth summer). The Cranial measurements also reflect these age Map 43 Distribution of Ursus americanus americanus 133 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Table 30 Cranial measurements of Ursus americanus americanus Catalogue number Rausch's Condylobasal Zygomatic and sex age class length breadth Old Crow River 34109 © VIII 241 152 Klondike Region 15004 IX 247 Stewart River settlement 31765 VII 258 Base Mount Selous, 1 mi. N of South Macmillan River 30874 © VII 148 30875 © V 139 30877 © VI 252 142 Mount Sheldon, Canol Road, Mi. 222 17958 © VII 258 149 17959 © VIII 252 157 17970 © VII 262 154 Pelly River, Canol Road, Mi. 139 17790 IX 247 152 Upper end Hootalinqua 1842 © VII 256 148 Haines Road, 12 mi. N Dalton Post 19598 © IX 260 166 Nisutlin River, Canol Road, 24 mi. from Johnsons Crossing 117858 ci IX 271 178 Northeast side Teslin Lake 1826 © VI 252 154 1834 © VIII 235 147 1836 © VIII 260 160 1841 © IX 249 152 1844 © X 281 185 Mountains off Bennett Lake, 10 mi. from B.C. 1905 X 173 134 Carnivora classes (Table 30). Thus the name E. randi was applied to young animals, while the name £. hunteri was applied to considerably older animals. The single specimen from mountains back of Bennett Lake, 10 mi. N British Columbia boundary (NMC 1905) referred to Ursus americanus emmonsi by R. M. Anderson (1945:29) is Dark Reddish Brown (5 YR 2.5/2) with some Light Yellowish Brown (2.5 Y 6/4) hairs on the back and rump, giving the animal a silver-tipped appearance. Cranially, this specimen does not differ from other black bears from the Yukon. Hall (1928:234) pointed out the vast individual variation in colour in black bears, including blue, white, and brown. He concluded that U. a. emmonsi was not dis- tinguishable by colour alone, but that the name emmonsi also applied to subspecies of bears occupying the mainland of south- ern Alaska. These subspecies are character- ized by a long anteriorly inflated rostrum, small upper molars, and wide mastoidal and zygomatic breadths. Since the specimen in question does not show any of these char- acters, | conclude that it should be referred to U. a. americanus. This brown “'silver-tip” coloration of the black bear is fairly com- mon in parts of the Yukon and is responsible for the myth that black and grizzly bears interbreed. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 126: Old Crow River at 140°00’, 1 (NMNH); Old Crow River, 15 mi. below Black Fox Creek, 1 (NMNH); Old Crow River, 19 mi. N Old Crow, 3 mi. N mouth Johnson Creek, 1; 55 mi. E Rampart House, 1 (NMNH); Rampart House, 1 (NMNH); Ogilvie Range, 1 (NMNH); Fortymile River, Forty Mile region, 1 (MVZ); Fortymile Creek [ = Fortymile River], upper Yukon, 4 (NMNH); Fort Reliance, 2 (NMNH); Klondike region, 1; Stewart River settlement, 2; forks Macmillan River, 1 (NMNH); 1 mi. N South Macmillan River, base Mount Selous, 4; lower Pelly River, 2 (NMNH); 150-175 mi. up Mac- millan River, 1 (NMNH); She/don Lake, Cano/ Road, Mi. 222, 1; upper Ross River, 1 (NMNH); Mount Sheldon, Canol Road, Mi. 222, 3; Selkirk, 2 (NMNH); Jay River [= Tay River], Pelly River, 1 (NMNH); Glenlyon Range, 12 (NMNH); Pelly River, 50 mi. below Ross River, 1 (NMNH); Five Fingers [ = Five Finger Rapid], 1 (NMNH); Nordenskiold River, 1 (NMNH); Little Salmon Lake, 1 (NMNH); Little Salmon River, 4 (NMNH); Lapp River [ = Lapie River], 4 (NMNH); Ross River, 2 (NMNH); Pelly River, Canol Road, Mi. 139, 1; mouth Ross River, 3 (NMNH); Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 136, 1; Rose Mountains, upper Pelly River, 5 (NMNH); Big Salmon River, 1 (NMNH); near Big Salmon 1 (NMNH); Kluane River, 1 (NMNH); Army Road [ = Canol Road], vicinity Mi. post 112W, 1 (MVZ); 5 mi. SW Camp 108 W [=5 mi. SW Canol Road, Mi. 108], 1 (MVZ); Little Arm [= Brooks Arm], Kluane Lake, 3 (NMNH); Gladstone Creek, 1 (NMNH) Kluane Lake, 2 (NMNH); Lake Laberge, upper Yukon, 1 (NMNH); Hooche [ = Hutshi], 1 (NMNH); head Nisutlin River, 1 (NMNH); Wisutlin River, Canol Road, Mi. 40, 1; Duke River, Duke Glacier, 1 (NMNH); Takhini River, 2 (NMNH); Whitehorse, 13 (NMNH); near Whitehorse, 1 (NMNH); € Whitehorse, 2 (NMNH); Champagne, 2 (NMNH); Champagne Land- ing, 1 (NMNH); 50 mi. W Whitehorse, near Champagne Landing, 1 (NMNH); Jarvis River, 1 (MCZ); Nisutlin River, Canol Road, Mi. 24, 24 mi. from Johnsons Crossing, 1; 25 mi. up WNisutlin River, 3; upper end Hootalinqua River [= upper end Teslin River], 1; mountains back Teslin Lake, 1; mountains back Teslin Post, 3; 75 mi. NE Teslin Lake, 1; Teslin Lake region, 1; Haines Road, 12 mi. N Dalton Post, 1; 5 mi. NE Tagish Lake, 1 (ANSP); mountains off Lake Bennett, 10 mi. from British Columbia boundary, 1. Localities not plotted Pelly River, 1 (NMNH); White River, 1 (NMNH); upper Yukon River, 1 (NMNH); Yukon Territory, 2 (NMNH). Additional records Shingle Point (Harrison 1908:151); Trout Lake, 68°49’/138°44’, 1963 (sightings re- ported, P. M. Youngman, MS, 9 August 1964); Richardson Mountains, 13 mi. NE Lapierre House, 27 July 1964 (seen, i. Stirling, MS); 138 mi. N Watson Lake, 5 mi. E Little Hyland River (seen by drivers, P. M. Youngman, MS, 14 June 1963); 118 mi. N Watson Lake, 15 June 1963 (seen, P. M. Youngman, MS); Black River (Williams 1925:72). 135 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Ursus arctos — Brown or grizzly bear Ursus arctos horribilis Ord Ursus horribilis Ord, 1894:291; type locality, Missouri River, a little above mouth of Poplar River, northeastern Montana. U[rsus]. arctos horribilis Rausch, 1953:105. Ursus internationalis Merriam, 1914:177. Ursus kluane Merriam, 1916:141. Ursus pallasi Merriam, 1916:149. Ursus rungiusi sagittalis Merriam, 1918:50. Ursus pulchellus Merriam, 1918:55. Ursus oribasus Merriam, 1918:56. Ursus pellyensis Merriam, 1918:82. Ursus crassus Merriam, 1918:90. Ursus horribilis, Rand 1945a:27, 19456:18 (part). Ursus arctos, Youngman 1968:80. Distribution All of the Yukon (Map 44). Measurements A male and female from the Ogilvie Moun- tains measured respectively 1,675, 1,422; 75, 110; 203, —. A female from Little Hy- land River measured 1,530; 150; 260. For cranial measurements see Table 31. Map 44 Distribution of Ursus arctos 1 U.a. horribilis 2 U.a. middendorffi 136 Remarks The above synonymy includes only citations of original descriptions and a few pertinent recent usages. The author of most of the names that have been applied to North American brown bears obviously had a dif- ferent concept of the species than that now held by most biologists. | tentatively follow Rausch (1963a:33) in applying the name Ursus arctos horribilis to all brown bears from the Yukon, except for a few very large individuals that wander into the southwestern part of the Territory from the coast (see account of U. a. midden- dorffi). Since there are no pre-Wisconsin fossil grizzlies from North America (Erdbrink 1953; E. Anderson 1968), the present distribution is thought to be a result of postglacial ex- pansion of range from Beringia (Kurtén 1968). In my opinion, grizzly bears should re- ceive more protection in the Yukon than they do at present. À number of factors, not least their popularity as a trophy, point to early extinction for this species unless strong conservation measures are taken. Female grizzlies probably do not mature sexually until they are at least 6 or 7 years old. In the Yukon, their litters rarely exceed 2 cubs, and there is apparently a 3-year pause between litters. Thus a female may produce 6 young, or less, during her lifetime of 15 to 20 years. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 213: Alaska—Yukon boundary at 69°30’, 1; Old Crow River, 15 mi. below Black Fox Creek, 1 (NMNH); Old Crow, 1; Salmon Cache, 75 mi. up Porcu- Carnivora Table 31 Cranial measurements of Ursus arctos Number of specimens averaged or catalogue number, Condylobasal Zygomatic Interorbital and sex length breadth width Length M2 Ursus arctos horribilis Northern Yukon 1763 © 293 203 78 36.2 36172 333 227 81 34.5 36170 © SiS 173 70 38.3 36171 ©’ 325 205 78 37.6 Central Yukon 30237 © 311 189 69 38.2 29830 © 288 175 63 36.2 35868 66 34.7 Southern Yukon Average 40, (20 ©, 10 9,107?) 29137 117/7/ 7439 35.938 Max. 354 233 88 44.7 Min. 238 134 61 29.1 SD 22.9 20.6 7.4 237 SE 3.8 3.3 tle 0.4 Ursus arctos middendorffi Donjek River region; Kluane Lake 19205 ANSP (382) pine River from Old Crow, 2; head Coal Creek, 64°47'/139°54’, 2 (NMNH); Ogilvie Range, 1 (NMNH); 25% mi. S Chapman Lake, 1; 44 mi. NE Dawson, 1; Bonnet Plume Lake, 2; Ogilvie Range, headwaters Klondike River, 1 (NMNH); 50 mi. E Daw- son, south fork Hydroelectric Power Canal, 1; Stewart River, 1 (NMNH); head North Macmillan River, 5 (NMNH); Macmillan River, between north and south forks, about 75 mi. E forks, 1 (NMNH); 150-175 mi. up Macmillan River, 4 (NMNH); Donjek River, 4 (NMNH); Divide, White Glacier and Tan- ana River, 1 (NMNH); Glenlyon Range, Pelly River, 1 (NMNH); G/en/yon Range, 1 (NMNH); Pelly River, near head, 1 (NMNH); upper Pelly River, near head, 1 (NMNH); upper Pelly River, 3 (NMNH); Nisling River, 1 (NMNH); Dawson Range, approximately 50 mi. NW Carmacks, 1; Tay Lake area, 1; upper Pelly River, head Orchay River, 2 (NMNH); Ross River, Canol Road, Mi. 177, 240 2; upper Little Salmon River, 1 (NMNH); Little Salmon River, 4 (NMNH); Norden- skiold River, 3 (NMNH); Carmacks, 3 (NMNH); Yukon River, 10 mi. below mouth Little Salmon River, 1 (NMNH); upper Pelly River, near Ross Lakes [Pelly Lakes ?], 1 (NMNH); Lapie River, 1 (NMNH); upper Pelly River, Ross River, 2 (NMNH); Ross River, 4 (NMNH); Lapie River, Canol Road Mi. 132, 1; upper Pelly River, Ketza River, 1 (NMNH); Ross Mountains, 1 (NMNH); headwaters Nisling River, 2 (NMNH); be- tween Ross River and Little Salmon River, 1 (NMNH); Ida Lake [ = McPherson Lake], 60 mi. W Glacier Lake, N.W.T., 2 (1 AMNH); Kluane River, Donjek River, 12 (NMNH); Sz. Claire Creek, 3 (NMNH); Little Hyland River, 128 mi. N Watson Lake, 1; White River, 30 mi. E Mount Natazhat, 2 (NMNH); head White River, 1 (NMNH); Jenerk River ( = Generc River), 1 (NMNH); Pelly River, near Hoole Canyon, 4 (NMNH); Pe//y River above 137 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Hoole Canyon, 2 (NMNH); Ketza Divide, Pelly Mountains, 1 (NMNH); Pelly Banks ( = Pelly River, 31 mi. above Hoole Canyon), 1 (NMNH); Mi. Post 112W ( = Canol Road, Mi. 112), 1 (MVZ); Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 105, 1; Pelly Mountains, 4 (NMNH); Pelly Mountains, between Pelly River and Nisutlin River, 1 (NMNH); Hootalinqua, 1 (NMNH); Lower Laberge, 1 (NMNH); Big Salmon River, near Pelly divide, 4 (NMNH); Little Arm [ = Brooks Arm], Kluane Lake, 3 (NMNH); Long Arm [= Talbot Arm], Kluane Lake, 4 (NMNH); Kluane River, Duke River, 4 (NMNH); Donjek River region, Kluane Lake, 4 (ANSP); K/uane Lake, 4 (NMNH); Aishiak [ = Aishihik] Lake, 2 (NMNH); Big Salmon Lake, 1 (FMNH); Quiet Lake, 1 (NMNH); McCon- nell River, 3 (NMNH); Bighorn Creek, 1 (NMNH); Hoochi [ = Hutshi], 1 (NMNH); E side Aishihik River, 17 mi. N Canyon, 1 (KU); Fourth of July Creek, 2 (MCZ); head Kluane Lake, 1; Kluane, 5 (NMNH); Hoota- linqua River [ = Teslin River], 1 (NMNH); Tahkeena ( = Takhini), 1 (NMNH); WahA/te- horse, 1 (NMNH); near Whitehorse, 1 (NMNH); £ Whitehorse, 6 (NMNH); Deza- deash River, 1 (NMNH); Haines Junction, 1 (UBC); Champagne, 6 (NMNH); Cham- pagne Landing, 5 (NMNH); Whitehorse, near Champagne Landing, 1 (NMNH); Wolf River, 50 mi. NE Teslin Lake, 1 (FMNH); Wolf Lake, Teslin Lake region, 60°38’ /131° 40',1; Wolf Lake, 50 mi. NE Teslin, 60°38’ / 731°40', 1; Alsek River, 6 (1 MCZ, 5 NMNH); W Haines Road, Dezadeash Lake, 1; Dezadeash Lake, 1 (NMNH); K/luk Shoo [ = Klukshu], 1 (NMNH); Marsh Lake, 1 (NMNH); Watson River, 1 (NMNH); 8 mi. W Robinson, 1 (NMNH); Lake Arkell [ = Kusawa Lake], 2 (NMNH); Nisutlin River, 3 (NMNH); Zes/lin Lake, British Columbia boundary, 4 (NMNH); between Klukwan [ = Klukshu] and Dalton Post, 1 (NMNH); Unahini [ = Klukshu] River, 5 mi. N and 1 mi. E Dalton Post, 1 (KU); Unahini [ = Kluk- shu] River, 5 mi. N and 7 mi. E Dalton Post, 1 (KU); Unahini [ = K/ukshu] River, 3 mi. N and 7 mi. E Dalton Post, 2 (KU); Dalton House [ = Dalton Post], 5 (NMNH); K/uk- shu River, 1 (NMNH); Canyon River [ = Canyon Creek], 1 (NMNH); upper Liard River, near British Columbia boundary, 1 (NMNH). Localities not plotted Pelly River, 1 (NMNH); White River, 2 (NMNH). Additional records North shore Herschel Island, 69°37'/138° 58’, 16 July 1969 (seen, D. Campbell, MS); Summit Lake, 67°43'/136°29’, 16 August 1968 (seen, D. A. Gill, MS). Ursus arctos middendorffi Merriam Ursus middendorffi Merriam, 1896a:67; holotype from Kodiak Island, Alaska; Rand 1945b:21. Distribution Occasional wanderers, from the coast, in the southwestern Yukon (Map 44). Measurements A specimen from junction of Kaskawulsh and Dezadeash rivers, skin length 3,048 mm (10 ft); length of skull 457 mm (18 in)” (Rand 19455). Remarks | tentatively follow Rand (19456:21) in assigning the name Ursus arctos midden- 138 dorffi to the brown bears from coastal Alaska. The great size of some specimens collected in the southwestern Yukon leads me to agree with Rand that these are wan- derers from Alaska. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 1: Donjek River re- gion, Kluane Lake, 1 (ANSP). Additional records Junction Kaskawulsh and Dezadeash rivers (Rand 1945b:21). « Carnivora Ursus maritimus — Polar bear Ursus maritimus Phipps Ursus maritimus Phipps, 1774:185; type locality, Spitzbergen, Norway. Distribution Coastal; wandering south occasionally in winter (Map 45). Measurements No specimens with external or cranial mea- surements are available from the Yukon. Remarks There are several records of polar bears having been seen south of the Coastal Plain, but none are as interesting as the account given by Charlie Peter Charlie of Old Crow. While returning from the Old Crow Flats with his family by dog team, in early spring, Mr. Charlie saw two ‘white bears” rapidly ap- proaching. Up until this time he had no first- hand knowledge of polar bears and thought that these might be white (albino) grizzlies, and as such he had no great fear of them. In the next few moments it became obvious that the bears would attack, so Mr. Charlie sent his family ahead with the team and he waited for the bears. Mr. Charlie’s rifle was not in good condition and he only had a few shells in his pocket, so he waited until the lead bear was within 100 feet before he shot it. The second bear continued towards him and although shot at fifty feet, it did not collapse until it was almost on top of him. Mr. Charlie, an excellent hunter, was still not especially bothered by the incident. It was only a month later, while talking to an Eskimo, that he learned how much the Eski- mos fear polar bears. Only then did he feel shaken by the ordeal. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 2; Herschel Island, 1; Herschel Island, Pauline Cove, 1. Additional records Old Crow Flats, 67°55’/140°15’ (seen by C. P. Charlie, P. M. Youngman, MS, 2 July 1964); O/d Crow Hills [ = Old Crow Range] (Leechman 1954:10); headwaters Porcu- pine River (Leechman 1954:10); Johnson Village, near confluence Little Porcupine River and Porcupine River, about 1946 (killed by C. P. Charlie’s father, C. R. Haring- ton, MS, 7 November 1968). Map 45 Distribution of Ursus maritimus maritimus 139 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Family Mustelidae — Mustelids Martes americana — Marten Martes americana actuosa (Osgood) Mustela americana actuosa Osgood, 1900:43; holotype from Fort Yukon, Alaska; Osgood 1909b:83. Martes americana actuosa, Miller 1912:93; Youngman 1968:80. Distribution North, almost to tree-line (Map 46). Measurements No specimens are available from the Yukon with external measurements. For cranial measurements see Table 32. Remarks Hagmeier (1961:133) asserted there was little reason to apply the subspecies con- cept to marten because of discordant and clinal variation. However, he also stated (1958:7), “If a single character, size (and possibly a second, colour) is used as a cri- Map 46 Distribution of Martes americana actuosa 140 terion however, a fair fit to variation as de- scribed by subspecies results”. Dillon (1961), using five characters from Hagmeier's (1958) data, studied the present distribution of each character with relation to Wisconsin and post-Wisconsin events and concluded that four, and perhaps five, of the seven named members of the americana group of subspecies, including M. a. actuosa, are valid subspecies. | follow Dillon in this decision. Brandt (1855), Coues (1877), Baird (1857), and J. A. Allen (1876) could find no external differences between Asian and North American martens or sables. Rhoads (1902) considered Gray's (1865) separation of the Old and New World martens, based on differences in the shape of M1, to be warranted. Rhoads also indicated that Mar- tes martes and M. zibellina resemble M. am- ericana more closely than they resemble M. foina. He found that specimens from Kam- chatka, U.S.S.R., were slightly larger than specimens from Alaska and the District of Mackenzie, but he noted, “In both size and proportions . . . these crania of zibellina are remarkably like actuosa of Alaska and bru- malis of Labrador. But when the dental characters are examined there is a distinct separation between them, based .. . on the great size and peculiar asymmetric saddle shape of the upper posterior grinder of zibel- lina as contrasted with the rectangular, trans- versely elongate shape of that tooth in americana. The... relative size and the inner tuberculation of the lower sectorial . . . is also a decided feature." On the other hand, Hagmeier (1958, 1961) suggested that M. americana may be conspecific with Martes zibellina, which may be conspecific with Martes martes since intergradation between the two forms occurs in the Ural Mountains (Pavlinin 1963). Rausch (19636:39) excluded M. zibellina from this relationship, ‘since it differs significantly from the other two in the form of the penile bone (Novikov 1956). However, my comparison of several bacula of Martes americana from Alaska Carnivora Table 32 Cranial measurements of Wartes americana actuosa Number of specimens averaged or catalogue number, and sex 34112 a 36097 & 36098 © 31199 #7 36099 © Average 27 © Lingual Condylobasal Canine Rostral length Bulla length width width of M1 length Northern Yukon 82.9 16.0 16.5 3} 72 19.2 85.2 16.6 ite 4.8 17-5 83.8 16.1 16.5 4.8 18.8 83.8 15:6 16.9 5.1 17.5 77.0 15.2 15.9 4.5 17.3 Central Yukon (vicinity of Stewart River settlement) 83.525 16.0 16.8 4.8 17.1 88.1 16.9 17/7 5.3 18.4 81.2 1573 16.0 4.1 15.8 1.48 0.45 0.47 0.31 0.56 0.29 0.09 0.09 0.06 0.11 757 14.218 14.9 4.1 16.1 Tis 15.0 15:9 4.6 17.1 74.0 13.6 14.1 3.8 1152 1.09 0.41 0.55 0.22 0.42 0.25 0.10 0.13 0.05 0.10 and the Yukon, with bacula of Martes zibel- lina from Kamchatka and the middle Urals shows no fundamental difference. Hagmeier (1961:129) said, ‘there is greater similarity between crania of M. mar- tes, M. zibellina, and M. melampus and the caurina section of M. americana than there is between the crania of the caurina and the americana group.” This is true to some ex- tent, but specimens of M. zibellina from Kamchatka resemble VW. americana from Alaska and the Yukon more closely crani- ally than they resemble the caurina group in all characters except the shape of M1, which is more like the caurina group. Considering the apparent hybridization of Martes zibellina and M. martes (subspecies groups z'bellina and martes?) and the inter- gradation of the North American subspecies groups caurina and americana, as well as the many similarities between M. zibellina and M. americana, there is a possibility that the latter two forms may be conspecific. However, considering that the two popula- tions have presumably been separated for a comparatively long geological time (since the Bering Land Bridge was forested), and in the absence of a more detailed study, | use the conservative nomenclature here. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 169; 1 mi. N Old Crow, 1; Old Crow, 3; Gordie Creek, near Old Crow, 2; 5 mi. S Old Crow, 1; 13% mi. SE Old Crow, 2; Porcupine River, mouth Berry Creek, 1; Sa/mon Cache, 75 mi. up Porcupine River from Old Crow, 2; Forty Mile, 7 (3 CAS, 4 MVZ); 4 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; 4 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 1; Stewart River, 1; Stewart River set- tlement region, 36; mouth Stewart River, 1; vicinity Stewart River, 3; 3 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 4; 10 mi. W mouth White River, 1; 10 mi. S mouth Stewart River, 1; mouth White River, 5; Macmillan River, 48 (NMNH); Pelly River, 30 mi. above Selkirk, 7 (NMNH); mouth Ross River, 10 (NMNH); Little Hyland River, 128 mi. N. Watson Lake, 6. Localities not plotted Porcupine River, 8 (UBC); Pelly River, 3 (NMNH); Ross Lakes, 14 (NMNH). 141 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Martes pennanti — Fisher Martes pennanti pennanti (Erxleben) [Mustela] pennanti Erxleben, 1777:470; type locality, eastern Canada [= Ouebec]. Martes pennanti columbiana, Youngman 1968:80. Distribution Southeastern Yukon (Map 47). Measurements No specimens with external measurements are available from the Yukon. The cranial measurements of a male from Morley Lake are: condylobasal length, 115.9; zygomatic width, 72.3; upper tooth row, 42.2; mastoid- al width, 55.5; palatal length, 62.1; rostral width, 23.1; upper molar width, 11.4. Remarks A number of investigators (Grinnell, Dixon, and Linsdale 1937; Rand 1945a; Hagmeier 1959) have indicated that geographical vari- ation in fishers is slight. Hagmeier (1959) found that the nominal subspecies of fisher differ in some cranial characters from each other, but these differences were slight com- pared to the Coefficient of Variation of each population. Also, most differences varied in Mustela erminea — Ermine an east-west cline, and therefore Hagmeier concluded that there was little value in rec- ognizing subspecies of fisher. | agree that Wartes pennanti columbiana should not be recognized since northwestern fisher differ from eastern fisher mainly in their slightly larger size, and this size differ- ence is clinal. Even if the presence of the cline is ignored, the Coefficient of Differ- ence between eastern and northwestern populations is well below the conventional level of subspecific difference. The present distribution and ecology of the fisher suggests that it is a postglacial immigrant to the Yukon. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 4: 35 mi. NW Liard Crossing, 1; 36 mi. W Watson Lake, 1; N end Morley Lake, 1; Morley Lake, 25 mi. SE Teslin, 1. Mustela erminea arctica (Merriam) Putorius arcticus Merriam, 18966:15; holotype from Point Barrow, Alaska; Osgood 19096:57. Mustela erminea arctica, Ognev 1935:31; Rand 19456:26; Hall 1951:102 (part); Hall and Kelson 1959:906 (part). Mustela erminea, Ross 1862a:138. Distribution Approximately the northern half of the Yukon (Map 48). Measurements An adult male from Benson Creek, 28 mi. ENE Dawson, and an adult female from Kamarkak ( = Komakuk Beach) measured respectively 337, 282; 91, 73; 49, 41. For cranial measurements see Table 33. Remarks This subspecies may be distinguished from Mustela erminea richardsonii by the follow- ing characters (Hall 19516): Interorbital breadth greater than distance between glen- oid fossa and posterior border of external auditory meatus; skull larger in all dimen- 142 sions except tympanic bullae; length of tooth-rows more than length of tympanic bulla; zygomatic breadth greater than dis- tance between last upper molar and jugular foramen; breadth of rostrum more than 30 per cent of basilar length; proximal two- thirds of underside of tail coloured the same as underparts (Summer pelage). Ermine from the southern half of the Yukon are intergrades between Mustela er- minea arctica and M. e. richardsonii. Speci- mens were assigned to M. e. arctica if they showed more than half of the above-men- tioned characters. Macpherson (1965:164) has suggested a Beringian origin for Mustela erminea arctica, and a southern origin for M. e. richardsonii. The distribution and degree of divergence Carnivora between the two subspecies leads me to agree. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 88: Kamarkak [ = Komakuk Beach], 1; Herschel Island, 2 (1 MCZ, 1 AMNH); 69°00’'/141°00’, 1 (NMNH); Old Crow Flats, 4; 1 mi. S Old Crow, 2; 73% mi. SE Old Crow, 1; Salmon Cache, 75 mi. up Porcupine River from Old Crow, 1; Rampart House, 4 (1 NMNH); Lapierre House, 2 (NMNH); Schaeffer Lake, 2; head Coal Creek, 64°47'/139°54’, 1 (NMNH); 13 mi. S Chapman Lake, 2; Forty Mile, 12 (6 MVZ, 6 CAS); Bonnet Plume Lake, 2; 28 mi. ENE Dawson, 1; Fort Reli- ance, 1 (NMNH); 6 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 2; 3 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; Stewart River settlement region, 33; vicinity Map 47 Distribution of Martes pennanti columbiana Stewart River settlement, 1; 5 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 1; 2 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 1; mouth Stewart River, 2; 9 mi. W mouth White River, 1; mouth White River, 2; forks Macmillan River, 1 (NMNH); Yukon River, 20 mi. W Fort Selkirk, 1 (NMNH); Sel- kirk settlement [ = Selkirk], 2 (NMNH). Localities not plotted Alaska—Yukon boundary, 1 (NMNH). Map 48 Distribution of Mustela erminea 1 M.e. arctica 2 M.e.richardsonii 143 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Mustela erminea richardsonii (Bonaparte) Mustela Richardsonii Bonaparte, 1838:38; type locality, possibly Fort Franklin, N.W.T. Mustela erminea richardsonii, Hall 1945:77; Rand 1945a:30, 19456:26; Hall 19516:118 (part); Cameron 1952:179; Hall and Kelson 1959:907; Youngman 1968:80. Putorius Richardsonii, Ross 1862a:138; Ross 18626:273. Putorius arcticus, Osgood 19096:82 (part). Distribution Approximately the southern half of the Yukon (Map 48). Measurements Two males from Lapie River, Canol Road, and Sheldon Lake, Canol Road, measured respectively 331, 321; 91, 81; 47, 48. A female from 1 mi. S Carcross weighed 77.1 g. For cranial measurements see Table 33. Remarks The characters used to separate M. erminea richardsonii from M. e. arctica are given under the account of W. e. arctica. Hall (19516:102) assigned specimens from Slims River near Kluane and from head of Lake Laberge to M. e. arctica. Additional speci- mens from the southwestern Yukon show proportionally more characters of M. e. richardsonii, but Hall was essentially correct Table 33 Cranial measurements of Mustela erminea and Mustela nivalis Number of specimens averaged Inter- or catalogue number, Basilar Lengthof Breadthof orbital Mastoidal Zygomatic and sex length tooth-rows rostrum breadth breadth breadth Mustela erminea arctica Northern Yukon (Rampart House; Old Crow; Old Crow Flats; Herschel Island) Average 9 © 42.5 15.4 14.7 Aided 225i 26.4 Max. 44.2 15.9 155 12.5 24.3 28.0 Min. 40.7 14.7 13.6 10.6 21.8 24.6 SD 1.34 0.42 0.58 0.69 0.78 1.05 SE 0.45 0.14 0.19 0.23 0.26 0.40 Stewart River settlement region Average 29 ©’ 42.0 15.0 14.0 11.4 22.6 25.9 Max. 44.0 16.1 15.6 12.5 24.2 28.4 Min. 38.2 13.0 11.9 9.3 19.5 22.8 SD 1.24 0.66 0.68 0.66 0.93 1.78 SE 0.23 0.12 0.13 (0}1172 0.17 0.33 34603 © 33.4 1127 11.0 8.5 17.8 20.0 30937 © 34.3 21.1 10.5 8.4 17.6 18.9 30939 9 35.0 12.3 10.9 9.1 18.4 20.1 Mustela erminea richardsonii Southeastern Yukon (Little Hyland River; Canol Road) 2173810 41.2 14.7 151 Aller 222) 25.6 18021 © 40.8 14.0 12.4 9.9 20.6 23.5 31734 © 40.7 14.2 12.3 9.8 2172 23.6 144 Carnivora in that this is an area of nearly complete in- tergradation between the two subspecies. The specimen from head of Lake Laberge is too fragmentary for certain subspecific as- signment but | include it in W. e. richardsonii on geographical grounds. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 48; Macmillan Pass, Canol Road, Mi. 282, 1; south fork Macmillan River, Canol Road, Mi. 249, 1; Sheldon Lake, Canol Road, Mi. 222, 1; Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 132, 1; Ida Lake [ = Mc- Pherson Lake], 60 mi. W Glacier Lake, N.W.T., 1 (AMNH); Little Hyland River, 128 mi. N Watson Lake, 1; Pelly River, Hoole Canyon, 1 (NMNH); Frances Lake, 2; Klu- ane Lake, 2; head Kluane Lake, 3; Slims River, near Kluane, 1 (MCZ); head Lake Laberge, 1 (NMNH); Nisutlin River, Canol Road, Mi. 40, 2; 30 mi. NE Teslin Lake, 1; Wolf Lake, near Teslin Lake, 60°38’ /131° 40’, 6; Thirty Mile River [ = Thirty Mile Creek], near Teslin Lake, 1; 30 mi. N Teslin Lake, 1; Nisutlin Flats, near Teslin Lake, 2; Nisutlin Mountains, near Teslin Lake, 3; Wolf River, near Teslin Lake, 1; Teslin Lake, 2; near Teslin Lake, 1; Nisutlin River, near Teslin Lake, 1; Eagle Bay, Teslin Lake, 1; Teslin Post, near Teslin Lake, 2; Morley Bay, Teslin Lake, 2; Haines Road, Mi. 113, 4; 1 mi. S Carcross, 1. Localities not plotted Pelly River, 1 (NMNH). Number of specimens averaged Inter- or catalogue number, Basilar Lengthof Breadthof orbital Mastoidal Zygomatic and sex length tooth-rows rostrum breadth breadth breadth Vicinity Kluane Lake 31074 © 40.2 14.7 12.9 11.1 22.0 26.3 31075 © 35.9 125 10.8 8.8 18.3 20.9 20259 9 353 12.8 10.8 8.6 18.5 34172 MCZ, © SES 12.8 11.6 9.4 22.0 22.1 Carcross 35872 9 32.1 es) 10.1 7.9 16.3 18.0 Vicinity Teslin Lake 2040 © 42.0 14.6 13.0 11.4 22.8 26.0 21231c 40.6 14.3 ed 9.9 21.4 2086 © 40.5 14.1 12:9 10.6 21.3 Mustela nivalis eskimo Firth River, 15 mi. S mouth Joe Creek 30622 © 271 9.1 7.9 6.7 14.0 16.3 Old Crow 34111 © 26.2 8.5 6.6 5.6 1222 Porcupine River; mouth Berry Creek 34110 © 26.8 9:3 7.8 6.2 14.9 14.6 145 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Mustela nivalis — Least weasel Mustela nivalis eskimo (Stone) Putorius rixosus eskimo Stone, 1900:44; holotype from Point Barrow, Alaska. Mustela nivalis eskimo Reichstein, 1958:169; Hall and Kelson 1959:1082 (addenda). Mustela rixosa rixosa, Rand 1945a:30, 19456:25. Mustela rixosa eskimo, Hall 19516:181. Distribution Probably occurs in all but the southeast corner of the Yukon (Map 49). Measurements An adult male from Firth River, 15 mi. S mouth Joe Creek, measured 159; 14; 23; and weighed 51.3 g. For cranial measure- ments see Table 33. Remarks The taxonomy of the small, short-tailed weasels of Europe, Asia, and North America has fluctuated for some time. G. M. Allen Map 49 Distribution of Mustela nivalis eskimo 146 (1933), Hall (19516) Siivonen (1968), and Kurtén (1968) thought that Mustela rixosa occurred allopatrically with M. nivalis in North America as well as in Europe and Asia. However, Ognev (1935); Ellerman and Morrison-Scott (1951); and Bobrinskii, Kuz- netsov, and Kuziakin (1965) regarded M. rixosa as probably conspecific with /. nivalis. After studying geographical varia- tion, primarily in Europe, Reichstein (1958) concluded that M. rixosa was conspecific with M. nivalis. Hall and Kelson (1959) ten- tatively followed this arrangement. Mustela nivalis eskimo has been charac- terized by Hall (19516) as being large in size, light in colour, and as having a broad skull and short tail. Some specimens from the Arctic Slope of Alaska are indeed large (Hall 19516:183), perhaps indicating geo- graphical variation, whereas specimens from the Brooks Range (Rausch 1953:113) and more southern localities in Alaska are not especially large, nor do they have a large, broad skull. There are too few specimens from the Yukon and northern Mackenzie District to adequately establish the average size of specimens from this region, but an adult male from Peel River, 26 mi. S Aklavik, N.W.T. (NMC 15432) approaches the Alas- kan specimens in size. Specimens of Mustela nivalis eskimo ex- amined in this study have 11 caudal verte- brae and a short tail not extending beyond the outstretched hind feet in study skins. Specimens of M. n. rixosa and other sub- species have 14 to 16 caudal vertebrae, re- sulting in a longer tail extending beyond the outstretched hind feet in study skins. A specimen (CAS 7445) from 15 mi. E Atlin, B.C., referred by Hall (19516: 186) to rixosa has a short tail, which | consider to be a strongly diagnostic feature, and therefore | refer it to M. n. eskimo. Only further collecting can show whether the hiatus between the southernmost speci- mens of Mustela nivalis eskimo and the northernmost specimens of M. n. rixosa Carnivora actually exists. It is probable that M. n. eski- mo and its very close (perhaps consubspe- cific) Palearctic relative, W. n. pygmea Allen, occupied Beringia during the Wisconsin, and it is possible that in North America, the Beringian and southern periglacial popula- tions have not yet occupied the intervening previously glaciated area. If the Beringian populations intergrade with M. nivalis in the Palearctic, but not in the Nearactic, then perhaps the short-tailed Beringian forms occupying Alaska, the northwestern North- west Territories, the Yukon, and extreme southwestern British Columbia should be referred to as M. nivalis, while the long- tailed southern periglacial forms occupying much of the remainder of North America Mustela vison — Mink should retain the name Mustela rixosa. Several of the specimens from the Yukon were trapped in “Museum Special” mouse- traps placed in the runways of voles near holes. Several specimens were taken in tun- dra, and two were taken in taiga near cabins. A specimen from Old Crow, captured 19 August 1964, was lactating. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 10: Herschel Island, Pauline Cove, 1; Firth River, 1; Firth River, 15 mi. S mouth Joe Creek, 1; Summit Lake, 67°43’ /136°29’, 1; mouth Berry Creek, 1; Old Crow, 1; Lapierre House, 1 (NMNH); Little Kalzas Lake, 1; Ross River, near Shel- don Lake, 1; Klotassin River, 1 (NMNH). Mustela vison energumenos (Bangs) Putorius vison energumenos Bangs, 1896:5; holotype from Sumas, B.C. Mustela vison energumenos, Miller 1912:101; Rand 1945b:28; Baker 1951:115; Hall and Kelson 1959:618 (part); Youngman 1968:80. Distribution North, approximately to the Porcupine River (Map 50). Measurements A young adult male from Louise Lake, and a female from Sheldon Lake measured re- spectively 515, 485; 196, 155; 68, 59. The male weighed 1,052.3 g. For cranial mea- surements see Table 34. Remarks A comparison of measurements of Mustela vison aniakensis Burns and M. v. melam- peplus (Elliot), both from Alaska, with M. v. energumenos from the Yukon and British Columbia, leads me to tentatively conclude that they are consubspecific. Mustela vison energumenos differs from M. v. ingens in averaging significantly smaller in condylobasal length (83 per cent joint non-overlap), zygomatic breadth (90 per cent n.o.), breadth of rostrum (87 per cent n.o.), and interorbital breadth (87 per cent n.o.). Specimens of M. v. energumenos seldom have as well-developed sagittal crests as do specimens of M. v. ingens. In addition, M. v. energumenos is smaller in external measurements and has paler and shorter fur, as well as less dense underfur. Map 50 Distribution of Mustela vison 1 M.v. energumenos 2 M.v.ingens 147 Accounts of Species and Subspecies There is some indication that M. v. energu- menos may have a smaller baculum. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 51: 5 mi. S Old Crow 1; 70 mi. S Old Crow, 2; 13% mi. SE Old Crow, 1; head Coal Creek, 64°47'/139°54", 5 (NMNH); Forty Mile, 6 (MVZ); 8 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; 7 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; 5 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; 3 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 2; 3 mi. down Yukon River from Stewart River, 1; Stewart River settlement, 6; Stewart River settlement region, 1; Yukon River, vicinity Stewart River, 2; mouth Stewart River, 2; 2 mi. S on Stewart River, 1; 2 mi. S mouth Stewart River, 1; 6 mi. W mouth White River, 1; 3 mi. S mouth White River, 1; Sheldon Lake, Canol Road, Mi. 222, 2; Ross Post, Canol Road, Mi. 141, 1; Little Hyland River, 128 mi. N Watson Lake, 2; Hoole River, 1 (NMNH); Frances Lake, 2 mi. up East Arm, 1; Kluane Lake, 3; Louise. Lake, 7% mi. W Whitehorse, 1; Nisutlin River, near Teslin Lake, 3; Fat Creek, near Teslin Lake, 1. Table 34 Cranial measurements of Mustela vison Number of = specimens Œ is o ex — averaged 8 5 = D iS e 3 2 © È fe fe or catalogue = Es os 8: sé == 55 Ex ries ae number, cD > & 2 9 es 8 à DS 5 $ PS Sa gem and sex 68 NS 25 S28 ae Ss £5 9 Sicl@miomena Mustela vison energumenos 5 mi. S Old Crow 33431 © 65.5 39.8 34.6 231 18.5 liver 14.6 3.8 La) -7/ 7.4 10 mi. S Old Crow 33553 ©! 66.5 38.3 33.8 2377) 18.1 16.8 14.9 3.8 6.1 7.4 Stewart River region Average 19 & 68.3 39.618 34.9 24.2 18.917 17.2 15: 015,42 6.418 7.6 Max. 70.0 40.8 36.3 26.7 20.5 18.6 16.2 5.0 7.5 8.7 Min 66.3 37.5 32.6 22.7 ide 16.2 14.2 3.6 5.8 Thal SD 11€, 0.88 0.98 0.84 0.74 0.73 0.54 0.33 0.41 0:33 SE 0.31 0.21 0.22 0.19 0.17 0.17 0.13 0.08 0.09 0.08 31042 9 59.6 34.9 29.8 21173 16.8 16.6 135 3.5 5.4 6.7 31037 © 59.9 34.5 29.7 21.5 16.3 15.8 1872 £\7/ 5.6 6.6 31038 © 61.1 35.3 3102 21.8 17.1 15.4 13.8 37 5.9 6.9 34671 © 60.2 34.5 30.8 21.6 16.7 15.0 13.1 3.4 5.8 TES Frances Lake 21954 © 69.2 39.9 35.4 25.3 20.5 17.4 16.0 4.5 6.6 745 Carnivora Mustela vison ingens (Osgood) Lutreola vison ingens Osgood, 1900:42; holotype from Fort Yukon, Alaska. Mustela vison ingens, Miller 1912:101. Distribution Extreme northern Yukon (Map 50). Measurements No specimens with external measurements are available from the Yukon. Average (and extreme) measurements of 10 males and 10 females from Fort Yukon and _ Beaver, Alaska, are respectively 620 (570-661), 560 (524-612); 192 (167-203), 180 (163- 201); 69 (64-73), 63 (58-70). For cranial measurements see Table 34. Number of Remarks For comparison with Mustela vison energu- menos, see account of that subspecies. Mustela vison ingens is the largest sub- species of living mink in North America. The difference in size and the lack of clear intergrades between it and M. v. energu- menos make me suspect that there may be reduced fertility between the two forms. M. v. energumenos occurs north at least to Old Crow, while M. v. ingens occurs on Old Crow Flats, only some 30 to 50 miles away. o specimens % ia 0 © — = averaged a = = Bas de os = or catalogue = Es os ot = E £5 55 Es $e S + number, so as 89 os SE 25 88 oS SS Sa and sex Oo Mas “Ss Se mre, So CE. es ae aS Kluane Lake 31076 & 68.9 42.0 617/41 24.1 19.0 18.2 15.5 4.4 6.6 7.9 31078 © 65.6 42.2 34.7 23:3 19.6 17.0 15.0 4.1 6.3 Teil Mustela vison ingens Old Crow Flats Average 5 © 74.0 44.4 38.7 26.0 20.9 18.1 16.5 4.7 7.0 8.2 Max. 76.2 47.0 39.9 26.6 21P7 19.2 17.4 5.2 7.5 8.5 Min. 72.1 42.3 37.0 25.5 20.1 1722 15:7 4.4 6.6 7.9 33433 © 66.2 39.7 33.4 24.0 19.4 lize 14.9 4.0 6.3 7.5 33558 2 67.7 40.0 35.4 23.2 19.7 16.9 16.0 3.3 5.8 7.1 Fort Yukon and Beaver, Alaska Average 11 © 72) 43.64 38.2 25.6 20.8 18.2 16.7 4.3 6.7 7.9 Max. 74.9 45.6 39.9 26.9 22.4 19.3 18.2 4.8 7.0 8.2 Min. 67.1 41.6 35.3 23.6 19.1 16.7 15.4 4.1 6.1 7.4 SD 2.54 1.50 1.48 0.92 0.93 0.80 0.96 0.22 0.30 0.25 SE (0),7/7/ 0.50 0.44 0.28 0.28 0.24 0.29 0.07 0.09 0.08 Average 119 65.9 38.5 34.8 23.319 18.8 16.8 14.8 37 6.0 7/0) Max. 68.2 40.5 39.0 24.0 19.3 17.5 15.7 4.0 6.4 723 Min. 63.9 35.4 332 22.4 18.4 16.1 14.1 3.3 5.7 6.8 SD 1.62 1.41 1.62 0.58 0.52 0.44 O51 O0 21 0218019 SE 0.49 0.43 0.49 0.18 0.16 0.13 0.15 0.06 0.06 0.06 149 Accounts of Species and Subspecies To my knowledge there is no dated fossil record of Mustela vison for Beringia, and as Mustela vison does not now occur in the Palearctic, there is little evidence of a Beringian origin for M. v. ingens. The diver- gence between M. v. ingens and the other North American mink, as well as the lack of intergradation, suggest, however, that M. v. Gulo gulo — Wolverine Gulo gulo luscus (Linnaeus) ingens owes its origin to isolation in Beringia or other nearby refugia. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 9: 40 mi. SE Crow Base 68°13’/141°00’, 1 (NMNH); Old Crow Flats, 8. [Ursus] luscus Linnaeus, 1758:47; type locality, Hudson Bay. Gulo gulo luscus, Degerbol 1935:2. Gulo luscus, Osgood 1900:44, 19096:83; Swarth 1926:147; Banfield 1961a:30. Gulo luscus luscus, Rand 1945a:32, 19456:29; Cameron 1952179}; Distribution Probably occurs throughout the Yukon (Map 51). Measurements A subadult male and subadult female from 20 mi. S Chapman Lake measured respec- tively 940, 840; 210, 173; 170, 160. For cranial measurements see Table 35. Map 51 Distribution of Gu/o gulo luscus 150 On several occasions, | have called wol- verines to within 50 ft of me by “squeaking” on the back of my hand. Two wolverines collected in the Ogilvie Mountains had fur and the entire palmar and plantar pads from hoary marmots in their stomachs. On this occasion, 19 August 1961, three subadult wolverines, probably littermates, were travelling together. At several localities in alpine tundra | found what must have been temporary feeding dens of a wolverine. These dens, usually among rocks, were all in exposed sites that afforded an excellent view of the surrounding countryside. All contained the splintered skeletal remains of such prey as sheep, caribou, and marmots. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 41: Salmon Cache, 75 mi. up Porcupine River from Old Crow, 1; 20 mi. S Chapman Lake, 2; 25 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; 72 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; 5% mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; Henderson Creek, 1; 3 mi N mouth Stewart River, 2; Stewart River settlement, 8; vicinity Stewart River settle- ment, 3; 5 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 1; 3 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 1; mouth Stewart River, 1 (NMNH); 7 mi. S mouth Stewart River, 1; 5 mi. W mouth White River, 1; mouth White River, 1; 2 mi. S mouth White River, 1; 10 mi. up Stewart River from mouth, 1; Stewart River, mouth Maisy May Creek, 1; Snag, 1; Kluane Lake, 1; Sheep Mountain, Alaska Highway, Mi. 7067, 1; Slims River, 1; Hungry Lake 60°59'/738°10' 1 (MCZ); Whitehorse, 1 Carnivora Table 35 Cranial measurements of Gu/o gulo and Lontra canadenis Number of specimens averaged Condylo- Inter- Length of or catalogue number, basal Zygomatic orbital Mastoidal maxillary and sex length breadth breadth breadth tooth-row Gulo gulo luscus Salmon Cache, 75 mi. up Porcupine River from Old Crow 33692 © 147.1 107.3 39.0 90.0 53.7 Stewart River region Average 14 © 146 102 41 90 52 Max. 150 107 44 93 53.8 Min. 140 98 59 84 50.2 SD 2.66 3.04 1.50 2.67 1.10 SE 0.71 0.81 0.40 0.71 0.29 31056 © 134 90 37 47 47.5 317749 138 103 39 84 48.9 STD € 136 92 35 81 47.4 317789 185 91 37 84 48.8 Atlin Lake 35180 © 144 101 40 84 50.4 Slims River 20335 © 145 100 41 50.6 Lontra canadensis pacifica 13% mi. SE Old Crow 33411 © 115 71 24 67 38.0 20 mi. N mouth Stewart River 31060 © 114172 78 27 68 36.8 Thistle Creek, 8 mi. above mouth White River 31814 © 1185 76.7 23.4 68.8 36.9 6% mi. SW Whitehorse 31744 © 107.1 MES 23.4 65.7 36.5 Hungry Lake (60°59°/138°10') 34164 MCZ, 9 122 73.6 36.2 Beaver Creek, Teslin Lake 1969 © HSS 79.5 2775 69.9 SA 151 Accounts of Species and Subspecies (UBC); 60 mi. W Carcross, 1 (MVZ); N end Atlin Lake, 1. Localities not plotted Pelly River, 2 (NMNH); Yukon Territory, 1 (MCZ); Thirty Mile River, Teslin Bay, 1. Lontra canadensis — River otter Additional records Lapierre House, 25 July 1964 (sign, G. D. Tessier, MS); 138 mi. N. Watson Lake, 5 mi. E. Little Hyland River, 13 June 1963 (seen, P. M. Youngman, MS); Cantung [ = Cana- dian—Tungsten] Road, Mi. 61 (seen by D. Christie, P. M. Youngman, MS); Blanchard River (Cameron 1952:179). Lontra canadensis pacifica (Rhoads) Lutra hudsonica pacifica Rhoads, 1898:429, holotype from Lake Keechelus, 3,000 ft, Kittitas County, Wash. Lontra c.[anadensis] pacifica, van Zyll de Jong 1972:81. Lutra canadensis yukonensis, Goldman 1935:180 (part); Rand 19456:31; R. M. Anderson 1947:71; Hall and Kelson 1959:946 (part). Distribution Occurs throughout most of the Yukon (Map 52). Measurements No external measurements are available from specimens from the Yukon. For cranial measurements see Table 35. Map 52 Distribution of Lontra canadensis pacifica 152 Remarks | concur with van Zyll de Jong that neither Lontra canadensis preblei, Goldman (type locality, near McTavish Bay, Great Bear Lake, District of Mackenzie) nor Lontra canadensis yukonensis Goldman (type lo- cality, Unalakleet, Norton Sound, Alaska) are valid subspecies. Specimens from the Yukon have been difficult to obtain. The dried carcasses left by trappers are valuable. They should be shipped, with as much data as possible to: Curator of Mammals, National Museum of Natural Sciences, Ottawa. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 11: 13% mi. SE Old Crow, 1; 20 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; 2 mi. up White River from mouth, 1; Thistle Creek, 8 mi. above mouth White River, 1; Pelly River, mouth Macmillan River, 1 (NMNH); Hungry Lake, 60°59’ / 138°10’, 3 (MCZ); 6% mi. SW Whitehorse; 2; Beaver Creek, Teslin Lake, Yukon— British Columbia boundary, 1. | | | Carnivora Family Felidae — Cats Felis concolor — Cougar Felis concolor ssp. Felis concolor Linnaeus, 1771:552; type locality, Cayenne region, French Guiana; Youngman 1968:81. Distribution Irregular occurrence in the southern half of the Yukon (Map 53). Measurements No specimens are available from the Yukon. Remarks Youngman (1968:81) recorded a sight record of a cougar from the Alaska High- way, 36% mi. W Watson Lake. There are also numerous other, poorly documented, sight records for the Yukon. Most of these records included the phrases “big cat” and “long tail”. Many, if not most, of these records are probably legitimate. On one occasion, two sightings along the Dawson Road came within a day or two of each other, indicating that the same animal was making northerly progress. Map 53 Distribution of Felis concolor The few cougar in the southern Yukon probably prey on mule deer and an occa- sional caribou. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, none. Additional records 70 mi. W Alaska Highway, Mi. 1054, early June, 1964 (seen, P. Upton, MS, 9 May 1968); near highest point Kaskawulsh— Donjek divide (Wood 1967: 36); Kathleen Lake, 18 July 1955 (seen by F. Mikusch, T. Kjar, MS, 30 April 1956); Tobally [ = Toobally] Lake (Rand 19446:40); 3 mi. N Carcross, 27 July 1955 (seen by G. Rose, T. Kjar, MS, 30 April 1956); 36% mi. W Watson Lake (Youngman 1968:81). Map 54 Distribution of Fe/is canadensis canadensis 153 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Felis canadensis — Lynx Felis canadensis canadensis (Kerr) Lynx canadensis Kerr, 1792:157; type locality, eastern Canada [= Quebec]; Rand 1945a:35; R. M. Anderson 1947:75; Baker 1951:116. Felis canadensis, Youngman 1968:81. Distribution The entire Yukon (Map 54). Measurements A female from 37 mi. NE Selkirk, and a fe- male from Takhanne River, 5 mi. ESE Dalton Post, measured respectively 880, 850; 115 —; 267, 240. For cranial measurements see Table 36. Remarks Various authors (Bobrinskii, Kuznetsov, and Kuziakin 1965; Ellerman and Morrison- Scott 1951; Rausch 1953; Kurtén and Rausch 1959) considered Felis canadensis to be conspecific with Fe/is /ynx. However, the last-named authors compared Fennos- candian lynx with Alaskan l;nx, and despite their tentative conclusion that the two forms are conspecific they admitted that specific differentiation could not be finally settled on the basis of the material available to them. Also Kurtén (1968:83) reversed his earlier conclusions and considered them related species. A 12-pound adult female lynx collected 37 mi. NE Selkirk, 11 July 1965, had in its stomach 2 masked shrews, 6 meadow voles, one long-tailed vole, and a Savannah Spar- row. Felis canadensis is known from the Pleis- tocene fossil assemblage from Alaska (Re- penning 1967:306), but so far as | know is not definitely known as a fossil from the southern periglacial region. Its present dis- tribution may have resulted from postglacial immigration from Beringia. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 329: Old Crow, 4; Salmon Cache, 75 mi. up Porcupine River from Old Crow, 1; Ruby Creek, 63°46’/ 139°16’, 2 (MCZ); 30 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; 25 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; 15 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; 70% mi. up Henderson Creek, 1; 77 mi. up Henderson Creek, 1; 72 mi. up Henderson Creek, 2; 74 mi. up Henderson Creek, 1; 70 mi. up Henderson Creek, 1; 70 mi. N mouth Stew- 154 art River, 2; 9% mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; 9% mi. up Henderson Creek, 2; 9 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 3; 8 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 8; 8 mi. N Stewart River, 1; 7% mi. N mouth Stewart River, 2; 7 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 2; 7 mi. N Stewart River, 1; 7% mi. up Henderson Creek, 1; 7 mi. up Henderson Creek, 1; 6% mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; 6 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 5; 8 mi. NW mouth Stewart River, 1; 6 mi. up Henderson Creek, 2; 5 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 7; Yukon River, 5 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 1; 5 mi. N Stewart River, 2; 5 mi. up Henderson Creek, 1; 4 mi. up Henderson Creek, 1; Henderson Creek, 32; 4 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; 2 mi, N mouth Stewart River, 6; 7 mi. N mouth Stewart River, 1; Stewart River set- tlement, 2; Stewart River settlement region, 7; vicinity Stewart River, 16; vicinity Stew- art River settlement, 1; Karison Creek, vicin- ity Stewart River, 1; 9 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 1; 7 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 1; 6 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 1; 5 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 1; 4 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 3; 3 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 2; 2 mi. W mouth Stewart River, 2; Stewart River, 5; mouth Stewart River, 3; 2 mi. E mouth Stewart River, 1; 2% mi. E Stewart River, 1; 3 mi. E Stewart River, 2; 4 mi. E mouth Stewart River, 1; 5 mi. E mouth Stewart River, 1; 2% mi. S mouth Stewart River, 1; 3 mi. S mouth Stewart River, 2; 4 mi. N mouth White River, 1; 5 mi. S mouth Stewart River, 2; 6 mi. S mouth Stewart River, 1; 7 mi. S mouth Stewart River, 2; 7 mi. below mouth Stewart River, 1; 9 mi. S mouth Stewart River, 1; 12 mi. E mouth Stewart River, 1; 18 mi. up Henderson Creek, 2; 76 mi. up Henderson Creek, 2; 17 mi. up Henderson Creek, 1; 5 mi. W mouth White River, 1; mouth White River, 11; 3 mi. S mouth White River, 1; 5 mi. S mouth White River, 1; 8 mi. SE mouth White River, 1; 8 mi. SW mouth White River, 1; 6 mi. S mouth White River, 1; 70 mi. SW mouth White River, 1; 7 mi. S mouth White River, 4; 9 mi. S mouth White River, 1; Macmillan River at 62°55’/135°, 2 Fu Carnivora Table 36 Cranial measurements of Fe/is canadensis canadensis 7 © = Oo © S = T 6 = Number of s = = 2 me i 5 specimens averaged Ss © = £ = 5 = 5 5 2 5 = 2 or catalogue number, oD os & & os 9 8 9 oe 6 and sex oo S45 NS £5 ieee EM A ne = Stewart River settlement region Average 75 © 131 56 91 29 5873 4074 41 Max. 1937 59 98 32 65 44 44 Min. 121 51 87 26 52 36 39 SD 3.18 151 2.24 1.18 2.65 11574) 1.08 SE 0.37 O7 0.26 0.14 0.31 0.21 0.13 Average 33 © 125 54 89 Zea SOE 39 3x8) Max. 130 57 93 30 59 42 41 Min. 121 52 85 26 54 S7 38 SD 237), etl 7/ 1.87 1.15 1.45 1.43 0.92 SE 0.41 0.20 0.33 0.20 0.27 0.25 0.16 (NMNH); Pelly River, Kalzas Creek [ = Kal- zas River], 48 (NMNH); 37 mi. NE Fort Selkirk, 1; Snag, 1; Pelly River, 230 mi. from mouth, 8 (NMNH); 50 mi. up Ross River, 1 (NMNH); Pelly River, Lapie River, 7 (NMNH); Pe/ly River, Canol Road, 1; Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 132, 1; Pelly River Ketza River, 1 (NMNH); Pe//y River, Hoole Canyon, 7 (NMNH); Pelly River, Starr Creek, 1 (NMNH); Pelly River, Hoole River, 2 (NMNH); Hootalinqua, 6 (NMNH); Klu- ane Lake, 4; K/uane Lake, Cultus Creek, 1 (CU); Kluane, 1 (MCZ); Marshall Creek, 3, mi. N Dezadeash River, 1 (KU); 1 mi. S Car-, cross, 1; Takhanne River, 5 mi. ESE Dalton Post, 1. Localities not plotted Pelly River, 30 (NMNH); Pelly River, below Rives”? River, 3 (NMNH); Pelly River, Steamboat Island, 1 (NMNH); Pelly River, mouth Indian Creek, 6 (NMNH). Additional records 138 mi. N Watson Lake, 5 mi. E Little Hy- land River (seen by drivers, P. M. Young- man, MS, 14 June 1963); Watson Lake area, 1 July 1963 (seen, G. D. Tessier, MS). 155 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Order PINNIPEDIA — Seals and walrus Key to Yukon Pinnipeds Hind limbs capable of rotating forward; alisphenoid canals present. ......... 2 Ai" Hind limbs incapable of rotating forward; alisphenoid canals absent......... 3 2 Pinnae absent; upper canines enlarged forming tusks; postorbital processes absent 5 SRE Re NO TE Rosmarus rosmarus, p. 156 2’ Pinnae present, small; upper canines not enlarged; postorbital processes DICSENC sad aw adle bee eee a mele RO DORE CRE TE Callorhinus ursinus, p. 156 3 First and second digits of manus longer than third; jugal bone long, narrow (depth of jugal less th n half its length); mammae 2..................... 4 3) Third digit of manus loiiger than first two; jugal bone short, deep (depth of jugal not less than half its length); mammae4............. Erignathus barbatus, p. 158 4 Cheek-teeth large, length of P2 6.8 mm or more; colour usually of dark spots on paleribackground |... «cc. a8 °s.42 + 0.08 Re ER re eee Phoca vitulina, p. 157 4’ Cheek-teeth small, length of P2 less than 6.8 mm; colour usually of whitish spots with dark centres............ Family Otariidae — Eared seals Re il Phoca hispida, p. 157 Callorhinus ursinus — Northern fur seal Callorhinus ursinus (Linnaeus) Siren cynocephala Walbaum, in Artedi 1792:560; type locality, North Pacific Ocean, south of Alaska Peninsula, at approximately 53° N, 155° W (Stejneger 1936:278) (Based on the sea ape of Steller; see Stejneger 1936:285). Callorhinus ursina cynocephala, Hall 1940:76. Callorhinus ursinus, McEwen 1954:44; Scheffer 1958:83, Radvanyi 1960:277. Distribution Rare, along the coast. Measurements A male from Tent Lake measured: total length, 46% in; tail, 2 in; ear, 1% in; weight, 54 Ib. No cranial measurements are available from the Yukon. Remarks Specimens of the northern fur seal have Family Rosmaridae — Walrus Rosmarus rosmarus — Walrus Rosmarus rosmarus ssp. been reported from Point Barrow, Alaska; Barter Island, Alaska; Letty Harbour, N.W.T. (69°50’/124°24") (Radvanyi1960:277);and from Tent Lake, Yukon Territory (McEwen 1954:444). These wandering individuals may be more common than is generally sup- posed. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 1; Tent Lake, 68°48’ / {| 4. Rosmarus rosmarus Linnaeus, 1758:38; type locality, Arctic regions. Distribution Coastal waters. 156 Measurements 14 ft., 2,200 Ibs., tusk 14 in.” (Harington 1966:508). No cranial measurements are available. Pinnipedia Remarks Sightings of walrus from coastal Yukon Territory have been summarized by Haring- ton (1966). These and records from Alaska and the Northwest Territories indicate that walrus probably occur in Yukon waters fairly regularly, but not in large numbers. Since no specimens have been collected from the coastal Yukon, subspecific deter- mination cannot be made. Family Phocidae — Earless seals Phoca vitulina — Harbour seal Phoca vitulina ssp. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 1: Herschel Island, off Avadlek Spit, 1. Additional records West shore Herschel Island (Harington 1966:508); Herschel Island (R. M. Ander- son 1937:102, Porsild 1945:14); off Stokes Point (Harington 1966:509); between Stokes Point and Kay Point (Harington 1966:509); King Point (R. M. Anderson 1937:102). [Pkoca] vitulina Linnaeus, 1758:38; type locality, European seas. Phoca vitulina richardii, Porsild 1945:13; R. M. Anderson 1947:78; Dunbar 1949:9; Scheffer 1958:92. Distribution Coastal waters. Measurements None available from the Yukon. Remarks The occurrence of this seal in the Yukon waters rests on the undoubtedly correct Phoca hispida — Ringed seal identification of A. E. Porsild, who saw several that had been taken at Herschel Island in the fall of 1927. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, none. Additional records Herschel Island (Porsild 1945:13). Phoca hispida hispida Schreber Phoca hispida Schreber, 1775; type locality, coasts of Greenland and Labrador. Phoca hispida beaufortiana, R. M. Anderson 19436:25. Distribution Coastal waters. Measurements A male and female from Herschel Island measured respectively 1,308, 1,187; 107, 114; 241, 279. Average (and extreme) cranial measurements (followed by the Standard Error of the mean) of 21 specimens (12 7, 9 ¢) are: condylobasal length, 159, 274 (139.1—177.3); mastoidal breadth, 98 + 1.03 (88.8-106.5); least in- terorbital breadth, 5.6 +0.20 (3.8-7.7); palatal length, 65.4 +1.36 (53.6-76.4); nasal length, 35.2 + 0.95 (28.5-449); nasal width, 10.9 + 0.18 (9.5-12.2); occip- ital condyles, 52.8 + 0.62 (49.5-56.9); post-canine series, 33.9 + 0.45 (29.7- 37.5); zygomatic breadth, 93.6 + 1.61 (80.0-105.4). Remarks R. M. Anderson (1943b:25, 26), on the basis of 15 specimens, described Phoca hispida beaufortiana (type locality, Cock- burn Point, Dolphin and Union Strait, N.W.T.) as differing from P. h. hispida by the following cranial characters: braincase not so rectangular, dorsal surface of brain- case more flattened, heavier interorbital bridge, nasals less spreading anteriorly, distance between lateral edges of occipital condyles greater, palate slightly longer, palate more deeply and acutely notched, bullae larger, more pointed anteriorly and less rounded ventrally, mastoid portion of bullae longer and more massive, parietal ridges more distinct, size averaging larger. My comparison of 39 specimens from Alaska, the Yukon Territory, and the ex- treme western Northwest Territories, with 157 Accounts of Species and Subspecies 22 specimens from the eastern Arctic, re- veals a difference in only one of these characters. The braincase of P. h. beaufor- tiana does appear to be less rectangular than that of P. h. hispida. Also, in P. h. beaufortiana, the angle between the inter- orbital septem and posterior margin of the temporal foramin is more rounded than in P. h. hispida. À number of measurements were compared by scatter diagrams and other conventional statistical methods, but no significant differences could be found. | conclude that there is considerable individual variation in Phoca hispida and that there are no trenchant characters that separate the eastern and western Arctic population at the subspecific level. Erignathus barbatus — Bearded seal Harington (1966:511) pointed out that the eastern Arctic and western Arctic are separated throughout the year by solid ice in M'Clure Strait, Viscount Melville Sound, M'Clintock Channel, Victoria Strait and Queen Maud Gulf. The slight differences between the eastern and western demes of Phoca hispida are of the magnitude that might be expected in a panmictic popula- tion, with a slight restriction of gene flow caused by the pack ice. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 90: Herschel Island, 29 (6 UBC); Herschel Island, Pauline Cove, 61. Erignathus barbatus barbatus (Erxleben) [Phoca] barbata Erxleben, 1777:590; type locality, coasts of Scotland, or southern Greenland or Iceland. Erignathus barbatus, Gill 1866:12. Distribution Coastal waters. Measurements A male from Herschel Island measured 78 in; 4% in; 15 in. The cranial measurements (in mm), of the same specimen are: con- dylobasal length, 216; mastoidal breadth, 143; least interorbital breadth, 25.5; palatal length, 100; nasal length, 58.2; nasal width, 22.8; maxillary tooth-row, 57.7. Remarks R. M. Anderson (1930:99) considered the western subspecies Erignathus barbatus 158 nauticus (Pallas) to be synonymous with E. b. barbatus, but Manning and Mac- pherson (1958:64) indicated that western specimens are more brachycephalic than eastern specimens. | have compared a series of eastern and western skulls and agree that some differences exist, but pending a revision of the species | consider these differences to be below the sub- specific level. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 2: Herschel Island, 1; Herschel Island, Pauline Cove, 1. Artiodactyla Order ARTIODACTYLA — Artiodactyls Key to Yukon Artiodactyls 1 Frontal appendages (horns) not deciduous, present in both sexes; lacrimal Sasa ATMO WN. M nn. lou ailes. On oe Rees 2 114 Frontal appendages (antlers) deciduous, absent in females of some species; ÉSchnealnotaltiCDlating WItMMASAN es soc ccs ue ee doe wre a Beek met ene en + « 5 2 Total length more than 2,000 mm; length of skull more than 350 mm; length of ma xillalhy tOOeM-fOW MOLE THAN UZOMUMIM fe sconce ats eins muting arte wk 3 2’ Total length less than 2,000 mm; length of skull less than 350 mm; length of iaxiiiany tOOth-Trow less thant d 2OUMIM Sts ihe. oh us en ee ee 4 o Horns smooth, conical; accessory column on inner side of molars not reduced: paroccipital processes widely separated from condyles........ Bison bison, p. 167 a Horns rugose, flattened at base; accessory column on inner side of molars reduced; paroccipital processes not widely separated from condyles ......... ee ee Pi ee a re ET Ovibos moschatus, p. 169 4 Tail longer than 150 mm; lacrimal pits absent; horns less than 150 mm in cir- CUmierenceatibases nt sackets à @ aasly. layesive vue Oreamnos americanus, p. 168 4’ Tail shorter than 150; lacrimal pits present; horns more than 150 mm in cir- cumierence ca DOSS. 45 sr ste agri soe eee ee MOINE Ovis nivicola, p. 170 5 Antlersimore OFICSS palmater rin Scie. AA men OMR Con. aoe ey à 6 if Etiersthonpalmate. Rss ee OP NT nn TT DES. ae ; ré 6 Antlers strongly palmate; length of skull more than 500 mm. .... Alces alces, p. 161 6’ Antlers slightly palmate; length of skull less than 500 mm. . Rangifer tarandus, p. 163 7 Posterior narial cavity divided by vomer............ Odocoileus hemionus, p. 160 a Posterior narial cavity not completely divided by vomer..... Cervus elaphus, p. 159 Family Cervidae — Cervids Cervus elaphus — Red deer or wapiti Cervus elaphus canadensis Erxleben [Cervus elaphus] canadensis Erxleben, 1777;305; type locality, Quebec. Distribution Records of occurrence Takhini River valley and vicinity of Hutshi Specimens examined, none. Lakes in the southwestern Yukon. Additional records Measurements Nordenskiold Valley, Hutshi Lakes area, No measurements of the introduced herd are available. Remarks In 1951, 19 red deer were introduced (from Elk Island Park, Alberta) in the vicinity of Braeburn Lake, and in 1954, 30 more were released. The herds spread and reproduced in the subsequent years, but overall produc- tion has been poor. In 1967, there were only an estimated 43 animals in the Takhini River valley and in the vicinity of Hutshi Lake (A. M. Pearson 1967). 17 December 1963 (35 animals seen, A. M. Pearson, MS, 20 April 1965), 4 March 1965 (34 animals seen, A. M. Pearson, MS, 20 April 1965), 27 January 1966 (34 animals seen, A. M. Pearson, MS, 22 April 1966), 2 March 1966 (16 animals seen, A. M. Pearson, MS, 22 April 1966), 18 April 1966 (41 animals seen, A. M. Pearson, MS, 22 April 1966), 14 April 1967 (27 animals seen, A. M. Pearson, MS, 1967); Takhini River, Ibex River area, 26 January 1963 (5 ani- mals seen, A. M. Pearson, MS, 20 April 1965), 4 March 1965 (12 animals seen, 159 Accounts of Species and Subspecies A. M. Pearson, MS, 20 April 1965), 11 September 1965 (8 animals seen by hunter, A. M. Pearson, MS, 22 April 1966), 27 January 1966 (16 animals seen, A. M. Odocoileus hemionus — Mule deer Pearson, MS, 22 April 1966), 30 November 1966 (9 animals seen, A. M. Pearson, MS, 1967). Odocoileus hemionus hemionus (Rafinesque) Cervus hemionus Rafinesque, 181 7:436; type locality, mouth of Big Sioux River, S. Dak. Odocoileus hemionus hemionus, Youngman 1964:5, 1968:81. Odocoileus hemionus sitkensis, Rand 19456:76; R. M. Anderson 1947:176; Miller and Kellogg 1955:799. Dama hemionus sitkensis, Hall and Kelson 1959:1007. Distribution Southern half of the Yukon (Map 55) Measurements There are no specimens with external mea- surements available fromthe Yukon. Cranial mastoidal breadth, 86; maxillary tooth-row, hofen Island, Lake Laberge (Youngman 1964:5) are: basilar length, 262; length of nasals, 36; greatest width of nasals, 36; zygomatic breadth, 114; orbital width, 80; mastoidal breadth, 86; maxillary tooth-row, 88; palatal breadth, 50; greatest and least Map 55 Distribution of Odocoi/leus hemionus hemionus 160 widths of anterior process of jugal below lacrimal, 20 and 10. Remarks Adney (1900:445) recorded having seen deer tracks at Miles Canyon near Lake Laberge, and near Big Salmon in the fall of 1897. He reported that 10 years prior to that time deer were thought not to occur east of the coastal mountains. Clarke (1944) recorded secondhand re- ports of sightings “in the Teslin and Little Atlin regions of southern Yukon Territory, as far north as Nisutlin River”. He also stated, “| consider it certain that Mule Deer have occurred in the Yukon territory, in the Beaver, Smith, and perhaps Coal River Valleys, and that they will continue their present spread and increase.” Youngman (1964, 1968) reported the first known specimen from the Yukon and listed additional sight records. There are reliable sightings of mule deer as far north as Dawson, but most of the records are from the southern Yukon,where they occur in the greatest numbers. According to Youngman (1968), mule deer build up in numbers during favourable years, but wolves seriously deplete the herds during severe winters. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 1: Richthofen Island, Lake Laberge, 1. Additional records Hunker Creek, 1950 (seen by C. Henderson, P. M. Youngman, MS, 30 June 1964); be- tween Jackfish Lake and Ketza River, 1961 (reported sighting, T. O. Connolly, MS, 20 March 1962); Carmacks, 1964 (sighting reported, P. M. Youngman, MS, 18 June | | Artiodactyla 1964); 15 mi. downstream from Ross River (Youngman 1964:5); Pelly Plateau (Young- man 1968:81); McPherson Lake (Young- man 1968:81); headwaters Frances River (Youngman 1968:81); 120 mi. up Liard River from Liard Crossing (Youngman 1968:81); Takhini River area, near White- horse (sighting reported, J. B. Fitzgerald, MS, 12 April 1962); about 2 mi. N Johnsons Crossing (Youngman 1964:5); Alaska High- Alces alces — Moose Alces alces gigas Miller way, S Atlin cutoff (sighting reported, J. B. Fitzgerald, MS, 12 April 1962); 45 mi. W Watson Lake (Youngman 1968:81); Tarfu Lake area, just E Atlin Road (Youngman 1964:5); Atlin Lake, 33 mi. SE Tagish, 1963 (tracks seen by Indians, P. M. Youngman, MS, 27 May 1963); Atlin Road, immediately N British Columbia border (sighting re- ported, J. B. Fitzgerald, MS, 12 April 1962). Alces gigas Miller, 1899:57; holotype from N side Tustumena Lake, Kenai Peninsula, Alaska. Alces alces gigas, Lydekker 1913—16:237; Peterson 1952:21 (part). Alces americanus gigas, Osgood 19096:72; Rand 1945a:49; R. M. Anderson 1947:177. Alces americana andersoni, Peterson 1950:1 (part). Alces alces, Youngman 1968:81. Distribution Found throughout the Yukon (Map 56). Measurements A male from British Mountains, 20 mi. SE Joe Creek, and a female from 13 mi. S Chapman Lake, measured respectively 2,680, 2,805; 100, 150; 830, 820; 260, 270. For cranial measurements see Table 37. Remarks Prior to 1950, three subspecies of moose were generally recognized in North America, Alces americana americana (Clinton) in the eastern range of the species as far west as northeastern British Columbia and District of Mackenzie, the larger A/ces a. gigas in Alaska and Yukon Territory, and Alces a. shirasi Nelson in the Rocky Mountains of Wyoming, Idaho, Montana, and south- eastern British Columbia. Peterson (1950:1) gave the name Afces a. andersoni to the population occupying the area from northern Minnesota, Michigan, and western Ontario, westward to north- western British Columbia and eastern Yukon Territory. Peterson (1955:14) theorized that these four nominal subspecies represented populations that had been restricted to four different refugia during the Wisconsin gla- ciation. | agree that A/ces alces gigas was isolated in Beringia while the remaining populations were pushed south, but it is my opinion that A. a. andersoni is an intergrade population. The majority of features given by Peterson to separate A. a. andersoni from the adjacent subspecies are ratios of various cranial measurements, many of which vary in an east-west clinal pattern. Map 56 Distribution of A/ces alces gigas 161 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Table 37 Cranial measurements of A/ces alces gigas 55 1 ° oO ee ss : SN a els Catalogue number, Bc — Je Ex os 5 5 = o> SE and sex of 2 © 3 © Ss as aS gas 8 specimens © © mo 5 =5 sj © S\2.9) Wiora Northern Yukon (British Mountains; Porcupine River) 34113 © 605 538 247 177 144 69 246 30623 © 623 553 222 169 147 65 239 Central Yukon (Chapman Lake region) 29839 © 665 602 225 187 147 69 240 29837 © 625 556 200 155 147 61 218 Southern Yukon (Teslin Lake area) 2240 © 596 530 214 170 152 63 231 1829 & 632 555 215 171 145 63 227 1871 © 607 542 218 164 142 65 240 2244 ©. 582 524 202 144 158 51 206 2242 9 588 538 201 151 148 63 214 2251 591 532 213 160 145 61 220 Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 53: British Mountains, 20 mi. SE mouth Joe Creek, 1; Porcupine River, 8 mi. N mouth Bell River, 1; mouth Bell River, 2; 6 mi. S Chapman Lake, 1; 13 mi. S Chapman Lake, 2; 15 mi. S Chap- man Lake, 1; Fortymile Creek [ = Fortymile River], 10 mi. above station, 8 (MVZ); Macmillan River, 3 (NMNH); Ross River, Canol Road, 1; Lapie River, Cano! Road, Mi. 120, 1; Harris Creek, head White River, 1 (NMNH); Rose River, Canol Road, Mi. 95, 1; 30 mi. down Hootalinqua River [ = 30 mi. down Teslin River], 1; 20 mi. N Teslin Lake, 1; 6 mi. down Hootalinqua River [ = 6 mi. down Teslin River], 1; Teslin Lake, 2; Tes/in district, 19; Teslin Lake, 20 mi. from N end, 3. Localities not plotted Sheep Mountains, E Atlin Lake, 1 (FMNH); Yukon Territory, 2. 162 Additional records Richardson Mountains, 13 mi. NE Lapierre House, 28 July 1964 (sign seen, |. Stirling, MS); Bern Creek (Williams 1925:71); Bonnet Plume Lake, 14 July 1966 (seen, W. H. Butler, MS); Keele Lake, 8 August 1966 (seen by hunters, W. H. Butler, MS); Macmillan Pass, [Canol Road,] Mi. 282 (Rand 1945a:50); valleys Pelly River and its tributaries, Mackenzie Mountains (Keele 1910:24); Yukon—Northwest Territories boundary, Canadian—Tungsten Road, 11 June 1963 (seen, P.M. Youngman, MS); North Toobally Lake, 11 July 1961 (trails seen, P.M. Youngman, MS); Smith River inlet to South Toobally Lake (Youngman 1968:82); 5 mi. SE Dalton Post, 17 May 1963 (tracks seen, P. M. Youngman, MS); Swift River, summer 1944 (seen, C.H.D. Clarke, MS). Artiodactyla Rangifer tarandus — Caribou Rangifer tarandus caribou (Gmelin) [Cervus tarandus] caribou Gmelin, in Linnaeus 1788:177; type locality, eastern Canada [ =Quebec City]. Rangifer tarandus caribou, True 1885:592; Banfield 1961b:88 (part). Rangifer montanus osborni, Osgood 1909b:74,. Rangifer ogilvyensis Millais, 1915:263. Rangifer mcquire/ Figgins, 1919:1. Rangifer arcticus osborni, Murie 1935:81; Rand 1945a:50; R. M. Anderson 1947:179 (part); Hall and Kelson 1959:1020 (part). Rangifer arcticus stone/, Murie 1935:76; R. M. Anderson 1947:179 (part). Rangifer montanus selousi Barclay, 1935:306. Distribution Southern part of the Yukon intergrading, at times, with À. t. groen/andicus in the central Yukon (Map 57). Measurements A female from Rose River, Canol Road, Mi. 95, measured 1,870; —; 575. Figgins (1919) gives measurements of a male from Kletsan Creek as 2,472; 224; 659. For cranial mea- surements see Table 38. Remarks Rangifer tarandus caribou differs from A. t. groenlandicus in having longer nasals; longer tooth-rows; longer, more gently tapering rostrum; less protruding orbits, with resulting shallower preorbital pits; longer lachrymal vacuities; antlers shorter and heavy, rather than long and rangy; beams flattened and usually brown rather than cylindrical and ivory coloured; large body; rump mirror, socks, and white on belly reduced (Figures 7 and 8, and Banfield 19616: 43, 70). Not all specimens of Rangifer tarandus caribou can be differentiated by any single character from A. t. groenlandicus, but most can be separated by an aggregate of external or cranial characters. Some of the characters used by Banfield (19616) to separate A. t. caribou from A. t. granti (= R. t. groenlan- dicus), notably the measurements of the posterior nares and the arched or flattened condition of the nasal bones, did not prove diacritical in the present study. Living woodland caribou are large “horsey’’-looking animals with a long face, relatively subdued coloration, and short, heavy antlers with flattened beams. The woodland caribou of Kamchatka, the Okhotsk coast, and Transbaikalia, U.S.S.R., resembles the woodland caribou from north- western North America (Banfield, 19615: 99), but is apparently a smaller subspecies. Insufficient specimens have been available, however, for adequate comparison. Banfield (19616) estimated 1,000 wood- land caribou in the Yukon. With ever-in- Map 57 Distribution of Rang/fer tarandus 1 A.t. caribou 2 R.t. groenlandicus 3 A.t. pearyi 163 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Figure 7 Skull of Rangifer tarandus caribou, Teslin District, 1912. No. 2264, 9 NMC. Reduced to 6.5 per cent of natural size. creasing accessibliity to those herds, their numbers are seriously endangered. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 42; Stewart River, 1 (NMNH); near mouth White River, 3 (NMNH); Pelly River, Little Kalzas Lake, 2 (NMNH); Macmillan River, 1 (NMNH); fork Riddell Rivers, 2 (NMNH); Little Hy- land River, 128 mi. N Watson Lake, 2; McEvoy Lake, 1; St. Clair [ = St. Clare] Creek, head White River, 1 (NMNH); K/et- san Creek, tributary White River, 4 mi. E Alaska—Yukon boundary, 1 (DMNH); Rose River, Canol Road, Mi. 95, 1; Rose River, 164 Figure 8 Skull of Rangifer tarandus groenlandicus, Old Crow, 1963. No. 35135, co’ NMC. Reduced to 6.5 per cent of natural size Canol Road, Mi. 78 1; Hootalinqua [ = Teslin] River, 1 (NMNH); Stoneaxe Lake, 1; Wolff Lake, NE Teslin Lake, 1; Wolf Lake, 100 [?] mi. E Teslin Lake, 2; (FMNH); upper Hootalinqua [= upper Teslin] River, 1; English Creek, Wolf River, N Teslin, 1; Teslin district, 18; Pike Lake, 75 mi. SE Whitehorse, 1. Additional records Mountains between forks Macmillan River (Barclay 1935:306); Mountains S south fork Macmillan River (Barclay 1935:306); Wat- son Lake (signs seen, Clarke 1944); Swift River (signs seen, Clarke 1944). Artiodactyla Table 38 Cranial measurements of Rangifer tarandus Number of specimens averaged or catalogue number, and sex Average 5 © Max. Min. SD SE 36090 © 36091 © 36092 9 22778 © Average 5 © Max. Min. SD SE 33435 © Average 5 © Max. Min. SD SE 17816 9 146360 NMNH, © Greatest Basal orbital Nasal length breadth length Rangifer tarandus groenlandicus Old Crow region 346° 167 1S 348 174 135 344 159 102 222 6.3 1277 0.6 2.8 5.2 297 148 105 306 157 106 306 155 99 Dawson region 362 170 104 331 1159 106 339 167 11117 325 155 97 5.2 5.9 9.6 23 2.7 4.3 Rangifer tarandus pearyi Old Crow 272 140 93 Rangifer tarandus caribou Southern Yukon 382 117 131 417 188 160 358 163 103 22.5 1.0 217. 11.4 4.5 9.7 332 110 347 174 105 Length of maxillary tooth-row 92 96 107 91 6.5 2.9 95 93 Diastema 130 131 129 140) 0.4 113 112 113 141 125 131 118 5.9 2.6 94 146 166 132 16.6 7.4 128 135 165 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Rangifer tarandus groenlandicus (Borowski) Cervus groenlandicus Borowski, 1784:72; type locality, Greenland. Rangifer tarandus groenlandicus, Lydekker 18986:47. Rangjifer arcticus, Osgood 19096:49. Rangifer arcticus stonei, Murie 1935:79 (part). Rangifer tarandus granti, Banfield 19616:59. Distribution West-central and northern part of the Yukon (Map 57). Measurements A male from Porcupine River, 11 mi. N mouth Bell River, measured 1,930; 164; 558; 138; 250 Ib. A female from 20 mi. S Chapman Lake, 64°35'/138°13’, measured 1,760; 165; 550. Osgood (19096) gave measurements for a male from Coal Creek: 1,830; 140; 565. For cranial measurements see Table 38. Remarks For comparisons with Rang/fer tarandus caribou and A. t. pearyi see Figures 7 and 8, and accounts of those subspecies. | agree with Banfield (19616:59) that the definition of the taxonomic status of the caribou from the Alaska Peninsula north- ward in Alaska and the northern Yukon is a difficult problem. There are relatively few specimens extant. The amount of intergra- dation with domestic Siberian reindeer in southern Alaska is problematical (Banfield 19616) as is the amount of intergradation with woodland caribou. Banfield (19615) assigned Alaskan and Yukon barren-ground caribou to A. ft. granti, stating that “tundra caribou of the Alaska Peninsula and the Brooks Range of northern Alaska resemble each other closely. Although granti is gen- erally slightly larger the differences are not statistically significant.” However, he also said, “Subsequent statistical analysis indi- cated that the Brooks Range population could not be separated adequately from groenlandicus, and the southern groups could not be separated from granti. . . . caribou populations in Alaska and Yukon Territory indicate a broad belt of intergrada- tion between the woodland caribou, cari- bou, and the tundra reindeer, groen/andicus. Since the only statistically valid Alaskan race is grant/ of the Alaskan peninsula, one is faced with the possible choice of referring to all central and northern Alaskan popula- tions as granti intergrades.” 166 My interpretation of these statements is that, although Alaskan and Yukon barren- ground caribou show some evidence of intergradation with woodland caribou, they are statistically inseparable from A. t. groen- landicus. However, Banfield chose to regard these populations as intergrades between R. t. caribou and RA. t. groenlandicus, to which he applied the name A. t. granti (al- though he referred to the specimens that he examined as “‘Intergrades between granti, groenlandicus, and caribou”). | compared cranial measurements of specimens from the northern Yukon with Banfield’s measurements (19616:128—129) of Rangifer tarandus groenlandicus and found the difference well below the con- ventional level of subspecific difference (C.D. less than 75 per cent n.o. in two measurements; less than 58 per cent n.o. in three measurements). Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 52: Firth River, 15 mi. S mouth Joe Creek, 1; Old Crow River, 40 mi. above Timber Creek, 1 (NMNH); Old Crow, 10; Porcupine River, Rampart House, 2 (NMNH); Porcupine River, 11 mi. N mouth Bell River, 1; head Coal Creek, 64°47’ /139°54’, 2 (NMNH); 20 mies Chapman Lake, 1; Forty Mile, 3 (2 MVZ, 1 KSU); Fortymile River, 16 (15 MVZ, 1 KSU); Dawson, Clinton Road, Mi. 5, 1; Fortymile Creek [ = Fortymile River], 10 mi. above station, 5 (MVZ); Dawson, Forty Mile Road, Mi. 42, 3; Dawson, Forty Mile Road, Mi. 40, 2; Dawson, Forty Mile Road, Mi. 35, 1; McQuesten Lake, 1; Dawson, Forty Mile Road, Mi. 15, 1. Localities not plotted Yukon—Alaska boundary, 1 (NMNH). Additional records 30 mi. W Herschel Island, 14 August 1909 (seen, R. M. Anderson, MS); shoal water, S Herschel Island (Russell 1898:226); SE Fitton Mountain, 3 August 1964 (herd seen, P. M. Youngman, MS); Summit Lake, Artiodactyla 67°43'/136°29’, 16 August 1968 (drop- pings, tracks, shed antlers seen, D.A. Gill, MS); Richardson Mountains, 13 mi. NE Lapierre House, 27 July, 1964 (tracks seen, I. Stirling, MS). Rangifer tarandus pearyi J. A. Allen Rangifer tarandus pearyi J. A. Allen, 1902:409; holotype from Ellesmere Island, 79° N, N.W.T. Distribution Occasionally migrates at least as far south as Old Crow (Map 57). Measurements None available for specimens from the Yu- kon. For cranial measurements see Table 38. Remarks Rangifer tarandus pearyi can be distin- guished from A. t. groenlandicus by its small size, near-white winter pelage, and slate- coloured summer pelage. Banfield (19616:63) commented on a specimen collected at Cape Dalhousie, N.W.T., from a herd that crossed Amundsen Gulf during the winter of 1951-52. Peary's caribou were also sighted during that same winter at Baillie Island, N.W.T., and on the mainland near Herschel Island, Yukon Terri- tory (Manning and Macpherson 1958:67). An adult female from Old Crow (NMC 33435) collected by Richard Nukon during the winter of 1963-64 is referred to A. t. Family Bovidae — Bovids Bison bison — Bison Bison bison bison (Linnaeus) peary/ on the basis of its small cranial mea- surements. When the measurements of this specimen are compared to measurements of R. t. groenlandicus and R. t. pearyi by the “t’ test method of comparing a single specimen with a sample (Simpson, Roe, and Lewontin 1960:182), the Old Crow specimen shows a closer similarity to A. t. pearyi in four out of five measurements, and a closer similarity to the Dolphin and Union herd of intergrade pearyi and arcticus [ = groenlandicus] (Manning 1960) in the remaining measurement (length of nasals). Hunters from Old Crow have often com- mented on the occasional occurrence of small caribou, mixed with herds of larger animals (personal communications). Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 1: Old Crow, 1. Additional records Mainland near Herschel Island (Manning and Macpherson 1958:67). [Bos] bison Linnaeus, 1758:72; type locality, ancient “Quivera’’, central Kansas. B[ison]. bison, Jordan 1888:337. Distribution Last seen in the Nisling River Valley. Prob- ably extirpated. Measurements No measurements from the introduced herd are available. Remarks A number of Pleistocene species of bison formerly occupied the Yukon (Skinner and Kaisen 1947) perhaps including the wood- land bison (Bison bison athabascae Rhoads). In 1951 the Canadian Wildlife Service released five bison (Bison bison bison)— three cows and two bulls—in the Braeburn Lake area of the Yukon (gift of the United States Government, introduced from Alaska, originally from Montana). One of the bulls was shot illegally in 1958. Since their release, the bison have wandered widely, remaining for some time in the Nisling River Valley. So far as | can determine, no bison have been seen since 1963. There is incon- clusive evidence that the herd may have bred. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, none. 167 Accounts of Species and Subspecies Additional records Nisling River valley area, autumn 1953— 7 animals seen; July 1955—5 animals seen; winter 1961—4 animals seen; 31 May 1963 —4 animals seen (A. M. Pearson, MS, 20 April 1965). Oreamnos americanus — Mountain goat Oreamnos americanus (Blainville) Oreamnos americanus americanus (Blainville), 1816:80; type locality, Cascade Range near Columbia River, Oregon or Washington. Oreamnos americanus columbiae, Rand 1945b:86: R. M. Anderson 1947:186; Hall and Kelson 1959:1027. Aploceras montanus, Ross 1861:442. Oreamnos americanus, Youngman 1968:82. Distribution Southern Yukon (some unconfirmed sight- ings from the Ogilvie Mountains) (Map 58). Measurements No external measurements are available from Yukon specimens. Cranial measure- ments of a male from the southern Yukon are: greatest length, 301; zygomatic breadth, 106; greatest orbital breadth, 125; nasal length, 107; alveolar length of maxillary tooth-row, 74; length of diastema, 86; palatal breadth at M3, 49. Map 58 Distribution of Oreamnos americanus columbiae 168 Remarks Cowan and McCrory (1970) have shown that the northern population of mountain goats differs from the two southern popu- lations more than the latter differ from each other. These authors postulate a Beringian refugial origin for the northern population to explain the divergence. There is little evidence to support this thesis (see Hoffman and Taber 1967), but Oreamnos may have been an early migrant to Beringia. The distribution of mountain goats in some of the rugged mountains of the south- ern Yukon is well documented, but only sight records exist for more northern areas in the Yukon. Sight records for Carmacks are probably correct. Records for the Ogilvie Mountains, NE of Dawson, are open to suspicion, since the area has been hunted for some time without producing a speci- men. Nevertheless one of the observers was an experienced game guide. MacNeish (1959) found bones of Oream- nos in a postglacial archaeological site (est. 4000 B.P.) in the extreme northern Yukon. Whether Oreamnos has occurred in the northern Yukon within historical times is open to question. Various authors have uncritically accepted Ross’s record (1861:442) of three speci- mens from Lapierre House. These specimens are not known to be still in existence, but admitting that they once existed is not suf- ficient to document a recent northern Richardson Mountain distribution for Oream- nos, since the specimens could have been obtained by trade from Indians far to the south. Lapierre House is very near mountain sheep range and it is quite possible that the specimens were fragmentary remains of sheep. Artiodactyla Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 6: Ida Lake [ = Mc- Pherson Lake], 60 mi. W Glacier Lake, N.W.T., 1; Teslin Mountains, 1 (NMNH); Bullion Creek, Slims River, 1; mountains off Lake Bennett, 10 mi. from British Columbia border, 3. Additional records Williams Creek, 62°23’ /136°37’, 1939 (killed by J. Brown, P. M. Youngman, MS, 21 July 1961); Yukon valley [near Carmacks], 1928 (killed by H. LePage, P. M. Youngman, MS, 21 July 1961); between Carmacks and Selkirk (two sighted by S. Bates, P. M. Youngman, MS, 21 July 1961); head Na- hanni, Hyland, and Pelly rivers (NMC 1821— 1823, not found); Dezadeash Mountains, 30 July 1943 (seen, Clarke 1944); moun- tains near Lake Kathleen and Dezadeash Lake (Lake 1945:29); Lake Arkell [ = Ku- Ovibos moschatus — Musk-ox sawa Lake] (NMC 1507, not found); around glaciers, Saint Elias Range, draining to- wards Alsek [River] (“patches of abun- dance,” Clarke 1944); Little Windy Arm, Lake Tagish (Rand 19456:86); Swift River area (seen by C. S. Lord, Clarke 1944). Additional records not plotted Hills around the [McDougall] Pass (Ogilvie 1890:66); Lapierre House (Ross 1861:442); near Sheep Mountain (Ogilvie 1890:53); 11 mi. S Chapman Lake (seen by H. Tru- man, P. M. Youngman, MS, 23 July 1961); near Tombstone Mountain, 13 July 1964 (seen, D. R. Harrison, MS, 14 July 1964); near Tombstone Mountain and Wolf Creek (seen by T. Worbets, P. M. Youngman, MS, 18 August 1961); lower Bonanza [Creek], 1949 (seen by C. Henderson, P. M. Young- man, MS, 30 June 1964); near Wolf Lake (Rand 19456:86). Ovibos moschatus moschatus (Zimmermann) Bos moschatus Zimmermann, 1778:86; type locality, between Seal and Churchill rivers, Man. Ovibos moschatus, Desmarest 1822:492; Hone 1934:7; Rand 1945b:83. Distribution Extinct in the Yukon. Possibility of wander- ers from Alaskan herd. Probably formerly occurred along the entire coast (Map 59). Measurements None available for specimens from the Yukon. Remarks The recent occurrences of musk-oxen in the Yukon has been based on reports of a skull found on Herschel Island in 1908 (Stefann- son 1912; R. M. Anderson 1913a). Richard- son (1829:276) learned from Indians that musk-oxen inhabited the barren grounds west of the Mackenzie River, and Russell (1898) commented on the former range between the Mackenzie River and Bering Strait as evidenced by skeletal remains. On 22 July 1969, David A. Gill and Peter Goenard flew from Herschel Island to Inu- vik, N.W.T., in a Cessna 185 piloted by Leon Goenard. At 8:30 p.m. all were astonished at sighting two musk-oxen on the Yukon coast, four miles west of King Point. Some time after the sighting, Eskimos were report- Map 59 Former distribution of Ovibos moschatus moschatus 169 Accounts of Species and Subspecies ed to have killed both animals, a sad ending for what might have been the nucleus of a Yukon herd. Both animals evidently came from the Arctic Slope of Alaska opposite Barter Island, some 150 miles away, where 52 animals were introduced from Nunivak Island, Alaska, on 11 April 1969. Ovis nivicola — Mountain sheep Ovis nivicola dalli Nelson Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 1: Herschel Island, Pauline Cove, 1. Additional records Joe Creek, Firth River (MacNeish 1959:51). Ovis montana dalli, Nelson 1884:13; holotype from mountains S of Fort Yukon on west bank of Yukon River, Alaska. Ovis n (ivicola). dalli, Nasonov 1923:124. Ovis dalli, Osgood 19096:51. Ovis dalli dalli, Cowan 1940:525 (part); Rand 19456:84 (part); Hall and Kelson 1959:1034 (part); Youngman 1968:82. Ovis dalli stonei, Cowan 1940:532 (part), Hall and Kelson 1959:1035 (part). Distribution The northern, southwestern and southeast- ern parts of the Yukon (Map 60). Map 60 Distribution of Ovis nivicola 1 On. dalli 2 O.n. stonei 170 Measurements A male from 20 mi. S Chapman Lake, mea- sured 1,375; 97; 410. Two males from the Yukon—N.W.T. boundary, 19 mi. SW Horn Lake, measured respectively 1,370, 1,410; 119, 122; 102, 96. For cranial measurements see Table 39. Remarks This subspecies differs from Ovis nivicola stonei in being almost pure white, (as op- posed to near black) and in averaging smaller in a number of cranial measure- ments (Cowan 1940:526). The range of O. n. dalli as shown in Map 60 has been drawn at a theoretical halfway zone between the broadly intergrading ranges of O. n. dalli and O. n. stone. Thus some dark sheep are found in the region allocated to O. n dalli and some nearly pure-white sheep are found within the indicated range of O. n. stonei (for further discussion of intergrada- tion see Sheldon 1911:299-322; and Cowan 1940:527). Varying opinions have been expressed on the systematic status of North American and Siberian sheep (Chernyavskii 1962). Most North American authors (J. A. Allen 1912; Seton 1927; Cowan 1940; R. M. Anderson 1947; Miller and Kellogg 1955; Hall and Kelson 1959) have considered that there are two species of sheep in North America (Ovis dalli and O. canadensis), neither being conspecific with Asian sheep. However, Rausch (19636:31) considered O. nivicola and O. dalli as probably conspecific. Many Old World authors (Lydekker 1898a; Tsalkin Artiodactyla 1951; Pfeffer 1967; Ellerman and Morrison- Scott 1951; Heptner, Nasimovic, and Banni- kov 1966) considered eastern Siberian and North American sheep to be conspecific, the name Ovis canadensis having priority. Others (Nasonov 1923) considered O. nivicola and O. dalli to be conspecific, with O. canadensis occurring only in North America. A third group (Severtsov 1873a; Chernyavskii 1962) considered ©. nivicola in eastern Siberia, and O. dalli and O. canadensis in North America, to be separate species. Chernyav- skii (1962) concurred with Cowan (1940) that Ovis nivicola, Ovis dalli and Ovis cana- densis are separate species. However, Chern- yavskii thought that Ovis nivicola and Ovis dalli more closely resemble each other than either resembles O. canadensis, although Cowan (1940) thought that O. nivicola and O. dalli differ from each other as greatly as the latter differs from O. canadensis. Cowan (1940:509) considered that the short, wide skull, the small size of the rump patch, and the smoother horns of Ovis nivicola are enough to separate it, at the species level, from O. dalli and O. canadensis. Chernyav- skii (1962) compared his own measure- ments of ©. nivicola with Cowan’s mea- surements (1940) of O. dalli and O. cana- densis. He pointed out that the length of the nasal bones of O. canadensis noticeably ex- ceed those of O. da//i and O. nivicola, but he agreed with Cowan that the orbital width of ©. nivicola is significantly greater than in the two North American forms, the ratio of orbi- tal width to basal length averaging 49.2 per cent in ©. nivicola, and in ©. dalli and O. canadensis only 44.9 and 44.5 per cent. Chernyavskii also showed that the rostrum and occipital regions of the skull in O. nivi- cola are relatively broader than in the North American species, and the white rump patch in O. nivicola does not extend onto the back above the base of the tail. However, Chern- yavskii disagreed with Cowan’s observation that the surface of the horns of O. nivicola is smoother than in ©. dalli My own obser- vations generally agree with those of Chern- yavskii. My measurements of O. nivicola, how- ever, show a wide range in the ratio of orbital width to basilar length. Four males of O. n. kenaensis in the National Museum of Nat- ural History, Washington, average 46.6 per cent, and seven males of O. n. stone/ in the National Museums of Canada average 45.7 per cent. Some individuals of ©. nivicola from Siberia have ratios as low as 45.7 per cent and some individuals from North Am- erica have ratios as high as 48.4 per cent. Thus the ranges of orbital width—basilar length ratios for Siberian and North Ameri- can specimens overlap, with the means sep- arated by four or five mm. Also, the Siberian specimens have a slightly smaller rump patch (NMNH 242245). These characters are of the magnitude that could be expected in mammals the size of sheep separated by a relatively short time-span at the Bering Strait, and in my opinion, are at the sub- specific level. Various explanations have been given for the origin of native sheep in North America. Severtsov (1873a,b), Nasonov (1923), and Sushkin (1925) argued for a double migra- tion between Asia and North America across the Bering Land Bridge, the ancestors of Ovis ammon being early migrants that split into northern (O. nivicola) and southern forms (O. canadensis). The northern form later crossed the Bering Land Bridge to pop- ulate eastern Siberia. Cowan (1940) suggested that Ovis cana- densis and Ovis dalli were more recent and specialized descendants of Ovis nivicola. He proposed a single migration of the ancestors of Ovis nivicola to North America in late Pliocene or early Pleistocene, and a separa- tion of the immigrants into northern and southern segments during glacial times, giv- ing rise to Ovis dalli in the north and Ovis canadensis in the south. Stokes and Condie (1961:608) believed that the fossil Great Basin sheep (Ovis catclawensis) is more closely related to Ovis ammon than to Ovis canadensis. They believed that it evolved into ©. dalli in northwestern North America, and O. cana- densis in western North America, thus sub- stantiating Severtsov’s theory rather than Cowan's. Stock and Stokes (1969), however, re- examined the fossil Great Basin specimens and concluded that they most closely re- semble Ovis canadensis, rather than O. ammon, thus supporting the single migra- tion theory. They mentioned “considerable differences” between Ovis nivicola, and Ovis dalli, and noted that the subspecies of O. canadensis geographically closest to O. dalli (O. c. canadensis) is the least like O. dalli, while the remaining subspecies bear greater resemblance to O. dalli and O. nivi- cola. They also noted the resemblance be- 171 cL 94 ES 09° CL LOL col 09°L GEL 96°C O9'L 6c'a 3S 887 SO’ (AA A’ 66°C SO'V VCE £6E STE SCL 029 6v'L as eZ cL 82 8v v8 GL SLL 80L 8€ G8 GEC Aa “UII c8 T8 9€ 9S 96 06 LoL ALL 9Ÿ cOL 9GC 690 ‘XEW z18L z19L vE 4éG 68 L1€8 acc cobb .vv zL6 91600 sc St © 8L 26e19ny (Ot6L UEMOD WO4 p81981109) S811011119 [| JS8MULION ‘UOYN À ‘2XSE|Y MJP eJ02/AIU SIAQ G9 OV SLL 68 AA G'Lt ‘UII 9L €S 8cL 96 OGC 97S ‘XEW CL 0G CCL c6 Lvc A4 (Z96L 11ASABAUISUT WO1}) © GL 26e18Ay LL GL LE LS G6 08 LLL SLL GE OL O£C ELS © ‘HNWYV LLZ8L TL gg €€ 0S 96 6L SLL LLL cv c8 9ETZ OLY © 'HNNVY ZLZ8L LL OL LE €G vLL v8 6LL LCL CV £6 9ET £'LG © ‘HNWYV 069272 69 £g L8 OCL LLL LE 06 SSL CVC LGv L‘HNWN vOZr6L GL GL cE 9S 68 £8 OZL ELL LV 68 SSL Eve G9v © ‘HNWN SZE6ET £L vL ve €G L6 G8 CCL OZL CV 98 9GL £vc t'6Gt © ‘HNWN LOZZZ vL (Az LG 68 88 vel SLL 6€ © ‘HNWN 6EELT GL 89 LE LG £6 c8 £cL &cL OV L6 LSL Ove 8°0S © ‘HNWN 2O077z 94 cL ve 9S L6 L6 LEL 8ZL 8t 96 LOL 0SZ OLS 2 ‘HNWN vS7r6eL (senje20] snonueA) eUagis ue1sez B/OIIAIU SIAQ DEN RER ee ae Se ne, 2 Gis ee eece xos pue Qo ae 2® =o EN NES he a 2 ? = 2 23. ‘equnu anBojezes 10 = CR ZT = _ — D>. ae AE = Ag DS 8 = 73 a = = 55 2 ST, peBesere suawioads © —_ — 2) 26 g (ea ® 2 =. £ = S ° Da Die jo saquiny a ap So o a = ° = ise a = el et fet 2 a = a Aik LU o = Sy > @Q NES uo} jes Qa = 7 > 5 7 D = = _ ® =r = © @ EJO2/AIU SIAQ J0 S}UaWAaINSeAaW |PIUP19) GE eIqeL Accounts of Species and Subspecies Go mm me ee 172 Artiodactyla €v'L LT'E yi Bua] 18[09A[2914 el L SLC sales 1P[OU seddn jo y}6ua7 SLL GO'E ZWd 1e yipeaig jeie|ed GET 997 79 6v9 Gt SL 79 €6 £q 948 8t 94 6t 08 lv vs €g 68 hae z= zo 88 wo Ze; g > ® a > OS'L 86€ €8 68 8 YIpIM Alexey ves v8'cL 68 GZL oÿLL 8cc vo'9 60L TA 9LL AE 69't 8€ cS 9GŸ uoynA U19]SP94}n0S 19U0}S EJO2IAIU SIAQ vLL OLL LoL AA! 001 LOL SLL LoL LoL 8v (suore90] snoueA) A10}1119 1 UOXNA MJep EJOSIAIU SIAO UpIM o1ewoBAZ UIPIM |811q10 UIPIM jeseN OT + 9c EL 81€ £0' GZ Lvs AA ves 8L'£8L 68 £6 Lyc Ov 60L SLL 09€ £'8t vL6 9CGb 9GGC LSov GL Lec OV €6 cOL VET Lev L6 99L LOL £6 £LL 0Gc v8v © e@ 5 bao > 3 7 SR RO 3 ° o oes" a = & aa 6 © L 262181 3 ‘HNN Z9PÿEL 6 ‘HNWN L67vEL © Lÿ86C © ‘HNWN EG LGOZ © “HNN Erle xas pue Jequinu anBojeed 10 poelene suawioeds Jo JOQqUNN 173 Accounts of Species and Subspecies tween the eastern subspecies of Ovis am- mon and O. canadensis. As | have suggested previously, | do not agree that there are great differences be- tween Ovis nivicola and Ovis dalli. The cranial and colour differences are minor. If we were dealing with rodent-size animals, even a modern ‘splitter” would hesitate to rank them as full species. The present distribution and divergence of Siberian and North American sheep sug- gest to me a single migration with the sub- sequent splitting off of Siberian populations (O. n. nivicola, etc.), Beringian populations (O. n. dalli, O. n. kenaensis), a southern Rocky Mountain isolate (O. n. stone/), and southern populations (O. n. canadensis, etc.). At the end of the Wisconsin, as the ice- free corridor opened between the Cordilleran and Keewatin glaciers, the dark-coloured stonei moved northward, intergrading with O. n. dalli in northern British Columbia and southern Yukon. The region of intergrada- tion is almost entirely within the previously glaciated area immediately to the south of the boundary of unglaciated Beringia. Most of the sheep that occur within the unglaci- ated region are white. | tentatively follow Lydekker, and others, in considering Siberian and Northern Am- erican sheep to be conspecific. Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 48: Firth River, Joe River [ = Firth River, Joe Creek], 2 (NMNH); Yukon—Northwest Territories boundary, 19 mi. SW Horn Lake, 2; Ogilvie Range, 2 Ovis nivicola stoner J. A. Allen (UBC); head Eagle Creek, 40 mi. NE Eagle River, Alaska, 1 (NMNH); head Coal Creek, 64°47’ /139°54’, 8 (NMNH); 20 mi. S Chap- man Lake, 1; Dawson, 2 (1 AMNH, 1 NMNH); Dawson City, Northwest Territor- jes [ = Dawson], 1 (BCPM); Klondike River, 1 (NMNH); Mayo Lake, upper Stewart River, 1 (NMNH); 275 mi. NNE Whitehorse, Selwyn Range, Keele Peak, 1 (MZ); Mac- millan River, opposite Husky Dog Creek, 5 (NMNH); north fork Macmillan River, 1 (NMNH); Yukon—Alaska boundary, White River, 3 (NMNH); Wolverine Creek [head Donjek River], 1 (NMNH); Kluane Lake, 1 (NMNH); Congdon Creek [near Kluane}, 1 (MCZ); W flank Sheep Mountain, near Sheep Creek [near old Alaska Highway], 1; Donjek Valley, 5 (AMNH); head Donjek River, 2 (FMNH); Slims River, 2 (MCZ); Yukon-British Columbia boundary, head Tatshenshini River, Haines Road, 1. Localities not plotted Yukon Mountains, 3. Additional records British Mountains, 15 mi. from Arctic coast (International Boundary Commission 1918: 281); Joe Creek, latitude 68°56’ (Interna- tional Boundary Commission 1918:281); ranges between Porcupine and Black rivers (International Boundary Commission 1918: 281); near Tatonduk River (International Boundary Commission 1918:280); northern slopes Mount Saint Elias (International Boundary Commission 1918:280). Ovis stonei, J. A. Allen, 1897:111; holotype from Che-on-nee Mountains, headwaters Stikine River, B.C. Ovis n[ivicola]. stonei, Nasonov 1923:125. Ovis dalli stonei, Osgood 19096:77; Cowan 1940:525 (part); Rand 1945b:84 (part); Hall and Kelson 1959:1034 (part). Distribution The south-central (Map 60). portion of the Yukon Measurements No external measurements are available for specimens taken in the Yukon Territory. For cranial measurements see Table 39. Remarks For comparison of this subspecies with O. c. dallisee account of that subspecies. 174 Records of occurrence Specimens examined, 45: Pelly River, Lapie River, 8 (NMNH); Lapie River, Canol Road, Mi. 132, 2: 16 mi. W Robinson, 1 (NMNH); Cassiar Mountain region, 6 (NMNH); Twelve Mile River [ = Twelve Mile Creek, 60°15’/ 134°28'], 4 (AMNH); Carcross, 2; Tow-we- oh, vicinity Teslin Lake, 1; 7es/in Lake re- gion, 12; head Watson River, 50 mi. W Robinson, 2 (FMNH); head Morley River, 30 mi. SE Teslin, 7. Hypothetical List These species have not been collected as specimens nor are there satisfactory sight records documenting their occurrence in the Yukon Territory. Myotis volans (H. Allen) Swarth (1936:400) recorded the northern- most specimens of the long-legged bat from the south end of Atlin Lake, B.C., approxi- mately 60 miles south of the Yukon—British Columbia boundary. Eptesicus fuscus (Palisot de Beauvois) Reeder (1965:332) collected an adult fe- male big brown bat from near the crossing of Shaw Creek and the Richardson High- way, 64°15’/145°50" in east-central Alaska, approximately 150 miles west of the Alaska— Yukon boundary. Lepus othus othus Merriam Bee and Hall (1956:34) listed records of Alaska hares from as far east in Alaska as the Kuparuk River, 149°02'00"/70°16'30". Lepus arcticus andersoni Nelson Howell (19366:328) recorded a specimen from as far west as Fort Anderson, District of Mackenzie. Porsild (1945) reported, “Signs probably of this species were seen in the Richardson Mountains west of Aklavik in July, 1933, and, on gravel ridges in the foothills between the delta and Shingle point.” The absence of arctic hares and Alaska hares from the Arctic Slope of the Yukon Territory may reflect different refugial Origins for the two forms. Monodon monoceros Linnaeus Huey (1952:496) records a specimen of a narwhal from the mouth of the Colville River, Alaska, and Bee and Hall (1956:160) list other records from Point Barrow, Alaska. Orcinus orca Linnaeus Bee and Hall (1956:162) listed records from as far east as Point Barrow, Alaska. Hinton and Godsell (1954:116) recorded a killer whale taken off Herschel Island. However, the alleged stomach contents of this speci- men are suspiciously close to those reported by Eschricht (1866:159). Killer whales un- doubtedly occur in Yukon waters. Phocoena phocoena (Linnaeus) Bee and Hall (1956:164) recorded two har- bour porpoises collected at Elson Lagoon, 156°20’00" /71°21'30” and other more west- ern records from the Arctic Slope of Alaska. Eschrichtius gibbosus (Erxleben) Bee and Hall (1956:165) recorded grey whales from Point Barrow, Alaska. Phoca fasciata Zimmermann Ribbon seals have been reported from Point Barrow, Alaska, by various authors (Bee and Hall 1956:226). Phoca groenlandica Erxleben Porsild (1945:13) recorded a harp seal taken at Aklavik, District of Mackenzie, in 1926. Cystophora cristata (Erxleben) Porsild (1945:13) recorded the killing of a hooded seal at Herschel Island in 1931. Although Porsild did not see the animal, he believed that there was conclusive evidence backing the identification. Porsild also re- corded a hooded seal killed at Tuktoyaktuk, District of Mackenzie, in 1941-42. 175 . + “OR soi] iar re 4% LAILE | p > @'% Oy a Oo) Tt Peary Type Localities of Mammals in the Yukon The original name combination is followed by the type locality as cited in the original description. Emendations and coordinates, where added, are enclosed in brackets. Lepus saliens, Caribou Crossing, between Lake Bennett and Lake Tagish, Northwest Territory, Canada [ = Carcross, 60°10’ /134° 42’, Yukon Territory]. Eutamias caniceps, Lake Lebarge, North- west Territory, Canada [ = Lake Laberge, Yukon Territory]. Sciuropterus yukonensis, Camp Davidson, Yukon River, near Alaska—Canada bound- ary [ = 64°40'51"/140°54"31"]. Evotomys dawsoni, Finlayson River, a north- ern source of Liard River, N.W.T. [ = Yukon Territory 61°30’/129°30’; altitude, 3,000 ft] Microtus pennsylvanicus alcorni, 6 mi. SW Kluane, 2,550 ft elevation, Yukon Territory, Canada [ = 61°01’ /138°31’]. Microtus cantator, tundra slide above timber- line on mountaintop near Tepee Lake on north slope of St. Elias Range. Tepee Lake is at head of Harris Creek, which runs west- northwest into Genero [ = Generc] River, which runs north into White River, a tribu- tary of Yukon River; about 21 miles east of Alaska—Yukon International Boundary, about latitude 61°35’, longitude 140°22’; about 18 miles southeast of Canyon City (on White River); about 18 miles northeast of Mount Constantine and Klutlan Glacier; and about 45 miles northwest of northwest arm of Kluane Lake. Fiber spatulatus, Lake Marsh, Northwest Territory, Canada [ = Marsh Lake, Yukon Territory]. Dicrostonyx torquatus nunatakensis, Yukon Territory: 20 mi. S Chapman Lake (64°35’ / 138°13’), 5,500 ft. Euarctos randi, Sheldon Mountain, Canol Road, mile 222, Yukon Territory, Canada; latitude about 62°30’ north, longitude 131° west; altitude, about 4,000 ft. Ursus rungiusi sagittalis, Champagne Land- ing, southwestern Yukon [ = Champagne, 60°47’ /136°29']. River, Ursus crassus, Macmillan Yukon. upper Ursus internationalis, Alaska—Yukon Bound- ary about 50 miles south of Arctic Coast (lat. 69°00’30”). Ursus kluane, McConnell River, Yukon Ter- ritory Ursus oribasus, Upper Liard River, Yukon, near British Columbia boundary. Ursus pallasi, Donjek River, southwestern Yukon Territory. Ursus pellyensis, Ketza Divide, Pelly Moun- tains, Yukon. Ursus pulchellus pulchellus, Ross River, Yukon Territory, Canada. Rangifer montanus selousi, mountains south of South Fork of Macmillan River, Yukon Territory, 5,000 ft. Tarandus rangifer ogilvyensis, Ogilvy Moun- tains, just north of Dawson, Alaska [ = Yu- kon Territory]. Rangifer mcguirei, Kletson [ = Kletsan] creek, a tributary of the White river, four miles east of the Alaska—Yukon boundary. Ovis fannini, Dawson City, N.W.T. [ = Daw- son, 64°04’ /139°25', Yukon Territory]. 177 és ene ry it se viral TT i yee ) {i “AR "1" x Tete : Léo Ame AALS 4 UE bal ; 7 ne References Cited Adams, C. E. (1971). A chromosome study of the pika, Ochotona princeps. Mamm. Chromosome Newsl. 12(3): 77—78. Adney, T. (1900). The Klondike stampede. Harper, New York. Allen, G. M. (1919). The American collared lemmings (Dicros- tonyx). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 62 (13):509-40. (1933). The least weasel: a circumboreal species. J. Mammalogy 14(4): 316-19. Allen, J. A. (1876). Geographical variation among North Amer- ican mammals, especially in respect to size. U.S. Geol. Geogr. Surv. Territories Bull. 2: 309-44. (1897). Further notes on mammals collected in Mex- ico by Dr. Dudley C. Buller, with descriptions of new species. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. Bull. 9: 47-58. (18994). On mammals from the North-west Terri- tory collected by Mr. A. J. Stone. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. Bull. 12: 1-9. (18996), Descriptions of five new American rodents. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. Bull. 12: 11-17. (1902). A new caribou from Ellesmere Land. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. Bull. 16: 409-12. (1903). Mammals collected in Alaska and northern British Columbia by the Andrew F. Stone Expedition of 1902. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. Bull. 19: 521-67. (1912). Historical and nomenclatorial notes on North American sheep. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. Bull. 31: 1-29. Anderson, Elaine (1968). The Carnivora. Univ. Colorado Stud. Ser. Earth Sci. 6: 1-59. Anderson, R. M. (1913a). Notes on muskoxen. Pages 186-87 in J. A. Allen, Ontogenetic and other variations in muskoxen, with a systematic review of the muskox group, recent and extinct. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. Mem., n.s. 1, pt. 4. (19136). Report on the natural history collections of the expedition. Pages 436-527 jn V. Stefansson, My life with the Eskimo. MacMillan, New York. (1930). [Review of] Field book of North American mammals, by H. E. Anthony. Can. Field Natur. 44(4): 97-99. (1934). The distribution, abundance and economic importance of the game and fur-bearing mammals of western North America. Fifth Pac. Sci. Congr. Proc. 1933: 4055-75. (1937). Mammals and birds. Pages 97-122 in W. C. Bethune, ed., Canada’s western northland, its history, resources, population and administration. Can. Dept. Mines Resources, Ottawa. (19432). Summary of the large wolves of Canada, with description of three new arctic races. J. Mam- malogy 24(3): 386-93. (19436). Two new seals from arctic Canada with key to the Canadian forms of hair seals (family Phocidae). Annu. Rep. Provancher Soc. Natur. Hist. Can. 1942: 23-34. (1945). Summary of Canadian black bears with descriptions of two new northwestern species. Annu. Rep. Provancher Soc. Natur. Hist. Can. 1944: 17-33. (1947). Catalogue of Canadian Recent mammals. Nat. Mus. Can. Bull. 102. Anderson, R. M., and A. L. Rand (1943). Variation in the porcupine (Genus Erethizon) in Canada. Can. J. Res. 21: 292-309, (1944). The long-tailed meadow mouse (Microtus longicaudus) in Canada. Can. Field Natur. 58(1): 19-21. (1945a). The varying lemming (genus Dicrostonyx) in Canada. J. Mammalogy 26 (3): 301-06. (19455). A new shrew from arctic North America. Can. Field Natur. 59: 62-64. Anderson, S. (1960). The baculum in microtine rodents. Univ. Kans. Publ. Mus. Natur. Hist. 12(3): 181-216. Armstrong, N.A. D. (1937). After big game in the upper Yukon. John Long, London. Artedi, Peter (1792). Petri Artedi renovati... Ichthyologia Emen- data et aucta a Johanne lulio Walbaum. Pt. 3, Gen- era Piscium. Ant. Ferdin Rose, Grypeswaldia. Audubon, J. J., and J. Bachman (1846-53). The viviparous quadrupeds of North America. V. G. Audubon, New York. 3 vols. Bailey, V. (1900). Revision of American voles of the genus Microtus. U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 107% Baird, S.F. (1855). Characteristics of some new species of Mammalia collected by Major W. H. Emory, Phila. Acad. Natur. Sci. Proc. 1854-55, vol. 7: 331-33. (1857). Mammals. U.S. Senate. Reports of explora- tions and surveys to ascertain the most practicable and economical route for a railroad from the Missis- sippi River to the Pacific Ocean. Vol. 8, pt. 1, Gen- eral report upon the zoology of the several Pacific Railroad routes. Washington. Baker, R. H. (1951). Mammals taken along the Alaskan High- way. Univ. Kans. Publ. Mus. Natur. Hist. 5: 87-117. Ball, G. E. (1963). The distribution of the species of the sub- genus Cryobius (Coleoptera, Carabidae, Pterosti- chus) with special reference to the Bering Land Bridge and Pleistocene refugia. Pages 133-51 /n J. L. Gressitt, ed., Pacific Basin biogeography, a 179 References Cited symposium. 10th Pacific Science Congress, Hono- lulu, 1961. Bishop Museum Press, Honolulu. Banfield, A. W. F. (1960). Some noteworthy accessions to the National Museum mammal collection. Nat. Mus. Can. Natur. Hist. Pap. 6. 2 pp. (1961a). Notes on the mammals of the Kluane Game Sanctuary, Yukon Territory. Nat. Mus. Can. Bull. 172: 128-35. (19616). A revision of the reindeer and caribou, genus Rangifer. Nat. Mus. Can. Bull. 177. Bangs, O. (1896). Notes on the synonymy of the North Ameri- can mink with description of a new subspecies. Boston Soc. Natur. Hist. Proc. 27: 1-6. Barclay, E. N. (1935). The reindeer or caribou of the upper Mac- millan basin. Zool. Soc. London Proc. 1935: 305-07. Bee, J. W., and E. R. Hall (1956). Mammals of northern Alaska on the Arctic Slope. Univ. Kans. Publ. Natur. Hist. 8. Benson, S. B. (1933). A new race of beaver from British Columbia. J. Mammalogy 14(4): 320-265. Blainville, H. D. de (1816). Sur plusieurs espèces d'animaux Mammi- fères de l’ordre des Ruminants. Soc. Philomath. Bull. 1816: 73-82. Bobrinskii, N. A., B.A. Kuznetsov, and A. P. Kuziakin (1965). Key to the mammals of the USSR [in Rus- sian]. 2nd ed. Prosveskchenie, Moscow. Bogdanov, M. N. (1873). Commercial and game animals and birds of European Russia. Zh. Okhoty i konnozavodstva 13— 14: 247. Bolshakov, V. N., and S. S. Schwartz (1962). On the taxonomic characteristics of C/eth- rionomys rutilus in the subarctic regions of North America. (Transl. from Russian.) Trudy, Akad. nauk SSSR, Inst. Biol., Ural Fil., Sverdlovsk 29: 53-56. Bonaparte, C. L. (1838). Remarks on the species of the genera Mus- tela. Charlesworth’s Mag. Natur. Hist. 2: 37-38. Borowski, G. H. (1784). Gemeinuzzige Naturgeschichte des Thier- reichs. Gottlieb August Lange, Berlin. Borowski, S., and A. Dehnel (1952). Materialy do biologii Soricidae. Ann. Univ. Mariae Curie—Sklodowska Sect. C Biol. VII(6): 305-448. 180 Bostock, H. S. (1948). Physiography of the Canadian Cordillera, with special reference to the area north of the fifty- fifth parallel. Geol. Surv. Can. Mem. 247. Brandt, J. F. (1855). Selbständige Mittheilungen über den aüs- sern Bau des Zobels (Mustela Zibellina var. asiatica und americana) im Vergleich mit dem des Baum— und Steinmarders. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Péters- bourg. Ser. 6, Sci. Math. Phys. Natur. Vol. 9, Sec. 2, Sci. natur. 7: 1—42. Broadbooks, H. E. (1965). Ecology and distribution of the pikas of Washington and Alaska. Amer. Midland Natur. 73 (2): 299-335. Cairnes, D. D. (1909). Preliminary report on a portion of the Yukon Territory, west of the Lewes River and between the latitudes of Whitehorse and Tantalus. Geol. Surv. Can. Pap. 26: 26-32. Calder, J. A., and D. B. O. Savile (1960). Studies in Saxifragaceae, III, Saxifraga odon- toloma and /yallii, and North American subspecies of S. punctata. Can. J. Bot. 38(3): 409-35. Calder, J. A., and R. L. Taylor (1968). Flora of the Queen Charlotte Islands. Pt. 1, Systematics of the vascular plants. Can. Dep. Agr. Res. Br. Monogr. 4, Pt. 1. Cameron, A. W. (1952). Notes on mammals of Yukon. Nat. Mus. Can. Bull. 126: 176-87. Canadian Board of Geographical Names (1958). Gazetteer of Canada. Northwest Territories and Yukon, provisional. Queen's Printer, Ottawa. Carruthers, D., P.B. Vander Byl, R. L. Kennon, J. G. Millais, H. Frank Wallace, and Ford G. Barclay (1915). The gun at home and abroad. Vol. 4, The big game of Asia and North America. London and Counties Press Assoc., London. Chernyavskii, F. B. (1962). On the systematic relationships and history of the snow sheep of the Old and New Worlds. (transl. from Russian) Moscow Soc. Natur. Bull., Biol. Sect. 47(6): 17-26. Chitty, Helen, and D. Chitty (1962). Body weight in relation to population phase in Microtus agrestis. Symp. theriol. Brno 1960: 77-86. Churcher, C. S. (1959) The specific status of the New World red fox. J. Mammalogy 40(4): 513-20. References Cited Clarke, C. H. D. (1944). Biological reconnaissance of lands adjacent to the Alaska Highway in Northern British Columbia and the Yukon territory. Mimeographed. Ottawa, National Museums of Canada Library. Coues, E. (1875). Some account, critical, descriptive, and his- torical of Zapus hudsonius. U.S. Geol. and Geogr. Surv. Territories Bull. 1: 253. (1877). Fur-bearing animals: a monograph of North American Mustelidae, U.S. Geol. Surv. Territories (Hayden), Misc. publ. 8. Washington. Coues, E., and J. A. Allen (1877). Monographs of North American Rodentia. U.S. Geol. Surv. Rep. 11. Washington. Cowan, |. McTaggart (1940). Distribution and variation in the native sheep of North America. Amer. Midland Natur. 24 (3): 505-80. Cowan, I. McTaggart, and C. J. Guiguet (1965). The mammals of British Columbia. Brit. Columbia Prov. Mus. Natur. Hist. Anthropol. Handb. 11. 3rd ed. Cowan, I. McTaggart, and W. McCrory (1970). Variation in the mountain goat, Oreamnos americanus (Blainville). J. Mammalogy 51(1): 60— Ts: Crowe, P. E. (1943). Notes on some mammals of the southern Canadian Rocky Mountains. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. Bull. 80: 391-410. Davis, W. B. (1944). Geographic variations in brown lemmings (Genus Lemmus). Murrelet 25(2): 19-25. Degerbol, M. (1935). Systematic notes. Pages 1-67 in M. Deger- bol and P. Freuchen, Mammals (Fifth Thule Expedi- tion, 1921-1924, vol. 2, nos. 4-5). Gyldendal., Co- penhagen. Dehnel, A. (1949). Studies on the genus Sorex L. Ann. Univ. Mariae Curie—Sklodowska Sect. C Biol. IV(2): 17-102. Desmarest, A. G. (1822). Mammalogie, ou Description des espèces de mammifères. Pt. 2. Les ordres des rongeurs, des édentés, des pachydermes, des ruminans et des cé- tacés. Pages 126-27 jn Encyclopédie methodique. Mme. veuve Agasse, Paris. Dice, L. R. (1921). Notes on the mammals of interior Alaska. J. Mammalogy 2(1): 20-28. Dillon, L. S. (1956). Wisconsin climate and life zones in North America. Science (Washington) 123(3188): 167— 76. (1961). Historical subspeciation in the North Amer- ican marten. Syst. Zool. 10(2): 49-64. Dunbar, M. J. (1949). The Pinnipedia of the Arctic and Subarctic. Fish. Res. Board Can. Bull. 85: 1-22. Ellerman, J. R. (1941). The families and genera of living rodents. Vol. 2. British Museum Natural History, London. (1949). On the prior name for the Siberian lemming and the genotype of G/is Erxleben. Ann. Mag. Natur. Hist., Ser. 12. 2(23): 893-94. Ellerman, J. R., and T. C. S. Morrison-Scott (1951). Checklist of Palaearctic and Indian mam- mals 1758 to 1946. British Museum Natural History, London. Elton, C. (1935). Notes on mammals of the upper Liard and Frances Rivers. Can. Field Natur. 49(7): 120-23. Erdbrink, D. P. (1953). A review of fossil and recent bears of the Old World, with remarks on their phylogeny based upon their dentition. Jan De Lange, Deventer. 2 vols. Erxleben, J.C. P. (1777). Systema regni animalis per classes, ordines, genera, species, varietates, cum synonymia et his- toria animalium. Classes |, Mammalia. Impensis Weygandianis, Leipzig. Eschricht, D. F. (1866). On the species of the genus Orca inhabiting the northern seas. Pages 151—88 in W. H. Flower, ed., Recent memoirs on the Cetacea. Robert Hard- wicke, London. Eschscholtz, J. F. (1829-33). Zoologischer atlas. G. Reiner, Berlin. Fedyk, S. (1970). Chromosomes of Microtus (Stenocranius) gregalis major (Ognev, 1923) and phylogenetic con- nections between sub-arctic representatives of the genus Microtus Shrank, 1798. Acta Theriologica 15(9): 143-52. Figgins, J. D. (1919). Description of a new species of caribou from the region of the Alaska—Yukon boundary. Colo. Mus. Natur. Hist. Proc. 3(1). Findley, J. S. (1955). Speciation of the wandering shrew. Univ. Kans. Publ. Mus. Natur. Hist. 9(1): 1-68. 181 References Cited Frank, F. (1959). Zur verwandtschaftlichen Stellung von Microtus pennsylvanicus (Ord.) und VMicrotus agres- tis (L.). Z. Saeugetierk. 24(1—2): 91-93. Freye, H. (1960). Zur systematik de Castoridae (Rodentia, mammalia). Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin 36(1): 105-22. Gelting, P. (1934). Studies on the vascular plants of East Greenland between Franz Joseph Fjord and Dove Bay (lat. 73°15’—76°20'N). Medd. Gronland 101 (2): 1-340. Gill, T. (1866). Prodome of a monograph of the pinnipeds. Essex Inst. Commun. Proc. 5: 3-13. Goldman, E. A. (1935). New American mustelids of the genera Martes, Gulo, and Lutra. Biol. Soc. Wash. Proc. 48: 175-86. (1944). Classification of wolves. Pages 389-507 jn S. P. Young, and E. A. Goldman, The wolves of North America. Pt. 2. American Wildlife Institute, Washington. Good, E. E. (1966). Mammals. Pages 145—55 jn A. Mirsky, ed., Soil development and ecological succession in a deglaciated area of Muir Inlet, Southeast Alaska. Ohio State Univ. Inst. Polar Stud. Rep. 20. Gray, J. E. (1865). Revision of the genera and species of Mus- telidae contained in the British Museum. Zool. Soc. London Proc. 1865: 100—55. Grinnell, J., J. S. Dixon, and J. M. Linsdale (1937). Fur-bearing mammals of California. Uni- versity of California Press, Berkeley. 2 vols. Gromov, |. M., D. I. Bibikov, N. |. Kalabukhov, and M. N. Meier (1965). Fauna of the U.S.S.R. Vol. 3, no. 2, Mam- malia [in Russian]. Akad. nauk SSSR Zool. Inst. ns. 92. Izd-va ‘Nauka. Guilday, J. E. (1962). The Pleistocene local fauna of the Natural Chimneys, Augusta County, Virginia. Ann. Carnegie Mus. 36: 87-122. Guilday, J. E., and M. S. Bender (1960). Late Pleistocene records of the yellow- cheeked vole, Microtus xanthognathus (Leach). Ann. Carnegie Mus. 35: 315-30. Guilday, J.E.,P.S. Martin, and A. D. McCrady (1964). New Paris No. 4: a late Pleistocene cave deposit in Bedford County, Pennsylvania. Nat. Spe- leol. Soc. Bull. 26(4): 121-94. 182 Gureev, A.A. (1964). Fauna of the U.S.S.R. Vol. 3, no. 10, Mam- malia [in Russian]. Akad. nauk SSSR Zool. Inst. n.s. 87. Izd-va Nauka”. Guthrie, R. D. (1967). Fire melanism among animals. Amer. Mid- land Nat. 77(1): 227-30. (1968a). Paleoecology of the large mammal com- munity in interior Alaska during the late Pleistocene. Amer. Midland Nat. 79(2): 346-63. (196856). Paleoecology of the late Pleistocene small mammal community from interior Alaska. Arctic, J. Arctic Inst. N. Amer. 21 (4): 223-44. Hagmeier, E. M. (1958). Inapplicability of the subspecies concept to North American marten. Syst. Zool. 7(1): 1—7. (1959). A re-evaluation of the subspecies of fisher. Can. Field Natur. 73(4): 185-97. (1961). Variation and relationship in North American marten. Can. Field Natur. 75(3): 122-38. Hall, E. R. (1928). A new race of black bear from Vancouver Island, British Columbia, with remarks on other northwest coast forms of Euarctos. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 30(10) 231—42. (1931). Critical comments on mammals from Utah, with descriptions of new forms from Utah, Nevada, and Washington. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 37(1):1—13. (1934). Mammals collected by T. T. and E. B. McCabe in the Bowron Lake region of British Co- lumbia. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 40(9): 363-86. (1940). Pribilof fur seal on California coast. Calif. Fish Game 26(1): 76-77. (1945). Four new ermines from the Pacific north- west. J. Mammalogy 26(1): 75-86. (1951a). A synopsis of the North American Lago- morpha. Univ. Kans. Publ. Mus. Natur. Hist. 5(10): 119-202. (19516). American weasels. Univ. Kans. Publ. Mus. Natur. Hist. 4. Hall, E. R., and E. L. Cockrum (1952). Comments on the taxonomy and geographic distribution of North American Microtines. Univ. Kans. Publ. Mus. Natur. Hist. 5(23): 293-312. (1953). A synopsis of the North American microtine rodents. Univ. Kans. Publ. Mus. Natur. Hist 5(27): 373-498. Hall, E.R., and K.R. Kelson (1959). The mammals of North America. Ronald, New York. 2 vols. Hammer, Marie (1955). Some aspects of the distribution of micro- fauna in the Arctic. Arctic, J. Arctic Inst. N. Amer. 8(3):115-26. References Cited Hardy, C. E., and J. W. Franks (1963). Forest fires in Alaska. U.S. Forest Serv. Res. Pap. INT-5. Harington, C.R. (1966). Extralimital occurrences of walruses in the Canadian Arctic. J. Mammalogy 47(3): 506-13. Harrison, A. H. (1908). In search of a polar continent. Edward Ar- nold, London. Heptner, V. G., A. A. Nasimovic, and A. G. Bannikov (1966). Die Saugetiere der Sowjetunion. Band I, Paarhufer und Unpaarhufer. (Transl. from Russian.) G. Fischer, Jena. Heusser, C. J. (1960). Late-Pleistocene environments of Pacific North America, an elaboration of late-glacial and postglacial climatic, physiographic, and biotic chang- es. Amer. Geog. Soc. Spec. Publ. 35. Hildebrand, M. (1954). Comparative morphology of the body skele- ton in recent Canidae. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 52(5): 399-470. Hinton, A. C., and P. A. Godsell (1954). The Yukon. Ryerson, Toronto. Hinton, M. A. C. (1926). Monograph of the voles and lemmings (Microtinae) living and extinct. Vol. |. British Mu- seum Natural History, London. Hoffman, R.S., and R. S. Peterson (1967). Systematics and zoogeography of Sorex in the Bering Strait area. Syst. Zool. 16(2): 127-36. Hoffman, R.S., and R. D. Taber (1967). Origin and history of Holarctic tundra eco- systems, with special reference to their vertebrate faunas. Pages 143-70 jn H. E. Wright, Jr., and W. H. Osborn, eds., Arctic and alpine environments. Indi- ana University Press, Bloomington (Int. Assoc. Quaternary Res. 7th Congr. Proc. 10. Boulder and Denver, Colo., 1965). Holland, G. P. (1958). Distribution patterns of northern fleas (Sipho- naptera). Tenth Int. Congr. Entomol. Proc. 1956, vol. 1: 645-58. Hollister, N. (1911a). A systematic synopsis of the muskrats. U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 32. (19116). Four new mammals from the Canadian Rockies. Smithson. Misc. Collect. 56(26): 4. (1912). Mammals of the Alpine club expedition to the Mount Robson region. Can. Alpine J. spec. no.: 1-44. Hone, E. (1934). The present status of muskox in Arctic North America and Greenland. Amer. Comm. Int. Wildlife Protection Spec. Publ. 5. Hopkins, D. M. (1967). The Cenozoic history of Beringia—a synthe- sis. Pages 451—84 in D. M. Hopkins, ed., The Bering Land Bridge. Stanford University Press, Stanford, Calif. Howell, A. B. (1927). Revision of the American lemming mice (Genus Synaptomys). U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 50. Howell, A. H. (1915a). Revision of the American marmots. U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 37. (19156). Descriptions of a new genus and seven new races of flying squirrels. Biol. Soc. Wash. Proc. 28: 109-14. (1918). Revision of the American flying squirrels. U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 44. (1922). Remarks on the nomenclature of Utamias. J. Mammalogy 3(3): 182-85. (1924). Revision of the American pikas (Genus Ochotona). U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 47. (1929). Revision of the American chipmunks (Gen- era Tamias and Eutamias). U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 52. (1936a). Descriptions of three new red squirrels (Tamiasciurus) from North America. Biol. Soc. Wash. Proc. 47: 133-36. (19364). A revision of the American arctic hares. J. Mammalogy 17(4): 315-37. (1938). Revision of the North American ground squirrels, with a classification of the North American Scuiridae. U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 56. Huey, L. M. (1952). An Alaskan record of the narwhal. J. Mam- malogy 33(4): 496. Hultén, E. (1937). Outline of the history of arctic and boreal biota during the quarternary period. Bokforlags aktiebolaget, Thule, Stockholm. (1941-50). Flora of Alaska and Yukon. I-X. Lund. Univ. Arssk. Ny foljd, Avd. 2, Bde 37—46(1): 1902 pp. (1967). Comments on the flora of Alaska and Yukon. Ark. Bot., Ser. 2, 7(1): 1-147. (1968). Flora of Alaska and neighbouring territories, a manual of the vascular plants. Stanford University Press, Stanford, Calif. International Boundary Commission (U.S. and Canada) (1918). Joint report upon the survey and demarca- tion of the international boundary between the United States and Canada along the 141st meridian 183 References Cited from the Arctic Ocean to Mount St. Elias. W. F. King, J. J. McArthur, O. H. Tittman, and E. C. Bernard, Commissioners. Jackson, H. H.T. (1925). The Sorex arcticus and Sorex cinereus of Kerr. J. Mammalogy 6(1): 55—56. (1928). A taxonomic review of the American long- tailed shrews (genera Sorex and Microsorex). U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 51. (1951). Classification of the races of the coyote, Part Il. Pages 227-315 jn S. P. Young and H. H. T. Jackson, The clever coyote. Stackpole, Harrisburg, Pa., and Wildlife Management Institute, Washington. James, Edwin, comp. (1823). Account of an expedition from Pittsburgh to the Rocky Mountains, performed in the years 1819, 1820. Compiled from the notes of Major Long, Mr. T. Say, and other gentlemen of the party. Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme and Brown, London. 3 vols. James, J. A. (1942). The first scientific exploration of Russian America and the purchase of Alaska. Pantagraph, Bloomington, Ind. Johnson, M. L. (1968). Application of blood protein electrophoretic studies to problems in mammalian taxonomy. Syst. Zool. 17(1): 23-30. Jolicoeur, P. (1959). Multivariate geographical variation in the wolf Canis lupus L. Evolution 13(3): 283-99. Jordan, D.S. (1888). A manual of the vertebrate animals of the northern United States. 5th ed. McClurg, Chicago. Judd, W. W. (1950). Mammals observed in the Yukon Territory, Canada, in the summer of 1949. J. Mammalogy, 31 (3): 360-61. Kalela, O. (1958). Regulation of reproduction rate in subarctic populations of the vole C/ethrionomys rufocanus (Sund.). Acad. Sci. Fenn. Ser. A. IV Biol., Ann. 34: 1-60. Keele, J. (1910). A reconnaissance across the Mackenzie mountains on the Pelly, Ross and Gravel rivers, Yukon, and Northwest Territories. Can. Dep. Mines Geol. Surv. Branch Rep. 1097. Kendrew, W. G., and D. Kerr (1956). The climate of British Columbia and the Yukon Territory. Queen’s Printer, Ottawa. 184 Kerr, Robert, ed. and transl. (1792). The animal kingdom, or zoological system of the celebrated Sir Charles Linnaeus; Class |, Mam- malia. J. Murray and F. Faulder, London. Klimkiewicz, M. K. (1970). The taxonomic status of the nominal species Microtus pennsylvanicus and Microtus agrestis (Ro- dentia: Cricetidae). Mammalia 34(4): 640-65. Krebs, C. J. (1963). Lemming cycle at Baker Lake, Canada, dur- ing 1959-62. Science (Washington) 140(3567): 674-76. (1964). Cyclic variation in skull-body regressions of lemmings. Can. J. Zool. 42(4): 631-43. Krivosheev, V. G., and O. L. Rossolimo (1966). Intraspecific variability and taxonomy of Siberian lemming (Lemmus sibiricus Kerr, 1792) in Palearctic [in Russian]. Byull. Mosk. Obshchest. Ispyt. Prir. Otd. Biol 71(1): 5-17. Krutzsch, P. H. (1954). North American jumping mice (Genus Zapus). Univ. Kans. Publ. Mus. Natur. Hist. 7(4): 349-472. Kuhl, Heinrich (1820). Beitrage sur zoologie und vurgleichenden anatomie. Hermann, Frankfurt. Kurtén, B. (1968). Pleistocene mammals of Europe. Aldine, Chicago. Kurtén, B., and R. Rausch (1959). Biometric comparisons between North American and European mammals. Acta Arctica. Fasc. 11: 1-44. Lake, R. (1945). Big land, big game. Alaska Sportsman 11 (10): 14-15, 29-33. Lavrov, L. S.,and V. N. Orlov (1973). Karyotypes and taxonomy of modern bea- vers (Castor, Castoridae, Mammalia) [in Russian]. Zool. Zh. 52(5): 734-42. Leach, W. E. (1815). The zoological miscellany; being descrip- tions of new or interesting animals. E. Nodder, London. Leechman, D. (1954). The Vanta Kutchin. Nat. Mus. Can. Bull. 130 Lensink, C. J. (1954). Occurrence of Microtus xanthognathus in Alaska. J. Mammalogy 35(2): 259-60. References Cited Linnaeus, C. (1758-59). Systema naturae. 10th rev. ed. Impensis L. Salvii, Stockholm. 2 vols. (1771). Mantissa plantarum altera Generum. Edi- tionis 6 et Specierum editionis 2. Stockholm. (1788-93). Systema naturae. 13th ed. Aucta, refor- mata Cura. Jo. Frid. Gmelin. Impensis G. E. Beer, Leipzig. 3 vols. Lutz. H. J. (1963). Early forest conditions in the Alaska interior, an historical account with original sources. U.S. Forest Serv. N. Forest Range Exp. Sta. Lydekker, R. (1898a). Wild oxen, sheep, and goats of all lands living and extinct. Rowland Ward, London. (18985). The deer of all lands; a history of the family Cervidae living and extinct. Rowland Ward, London. (1913-16). Catalogue of the ungulate mammals in the British Museum (Natural History). British Mu- seum, London. 5 vols. MacNeish, R.S. (1959). Men out of Asia; as seen from the northwest Yukon. Univ. Alaska Anthropol. Pap. 7(2): 41-70. Macpherson, A. H. (1965). The origin of diversity in mammals of the Canadian Arctic tundra. Syst. Zool. 14(3): 153-73. Manning, T. H. (1956) [ = 1957]. The northern red-backed mouse. Clethrionomys rutilus (Pallas), in Canada. Nat. Mus. Can. Bull. 144. (1960). The relationship of the Peary and barren ground caribou. Arctic Inst. N. Amer. Tech. Pap. 4. Manning, T. H., and A. H. Macpherson (1958). The mammals of Banks Island. Arctic Inst. N. Amer. Tech. Pap. 2. Matthey, R. (1952). Chromosomes de Muridae (Microtinae et Cricetinae). Chromosoma 5: 113-138. (1955). Nouveaux documents sur les chromosomes des Muridae. Problémes de cytologie comparée et de taxonomie chez les Microtinae. Rev. Suisse Zool. 62(5): 163-206. Maurer, F. W., Jr., and J. E. Skaley (1968). Cuterebrid infestation of Microtus in eastern North Dakota, Pennsylvania and New York. J. Mam- malogy 49(4): 773-74. Mayr, E., E. G. Linsley, and R. L. Usinger (1953). Methods and principles of systematic zool- ogy. Maple Press, York, Pa. McEwen, E. H. (1954). A sporadic occurrence of an Alaskan fur seal. J. Mammalogy 35(3). Mearns, E. A. (1890). Description of a supposed new species and subspecies of mammals from Arizona. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. Bull. 2: 277-307. (1911). New names for two subspecies of Peromys- cus maniculatus (Wagner). Biol. Soc. Wash. Proc. 24: 101-02. Merriam, C. H. (1895). Synopses of the American shrews of the genus Sorex. U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 10: 57-98. (1888). Description of a new red-backed mouse (Evotomys dawsoni) from the headwaters of Liard River, Northwest Territory. Amer. Natur. 22: 649—51. (1891). Results of a biological reconnaissance of Idaho, south of latitude 45° and east of the thirty- eighth meridian, made during the summer of 1890, with annotated lists of mammals and birds, and descriptions of new species. U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 5: 1-108. (1896a). Preliminary synopsis of the American bears. Biol. Soc. Wash. Proc. 10: 65-83. (18966). Synopsis of the weasels of North America. U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 11: 1-44. (1900a). Descriptions of twenty-six new mammals from Alaska and British North America. Wash. Acad. Sci. Proc. 2: 13-30. (19005). Preliminary revision of the North American red foxes. Wash. Acad. Sci. Proc. 2: 661—76. (1902). Four new arctic foxes. Biol. Soc. Wash. Proc. 15: 167-72. (1914). Descriptions of thirty apparently new grizzly and brown bears from North America. Biol. Soc. Wash. Proc. 27: 173-96. (1916). Nineteen apparently new grizzly and brown bears from western America. Biol. Soc. Wash. Proc. 29: 133-54. (1918). Review of the grizzly and big brown bears of North America (genus Ursus) with description of a new genus Vetularctos. U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 41: 1-136. Middendorff, A. T. von (1853). Reise in den äussersten Norden und Osten Sibiriens wahrend de Jahre 1843 und 1844. Vol. 2, Pt. 2. Saugethiere, Vogel and Amphibien, St. Peters- burg. Miller, G.S., Jr. (1896). Genera and subgenera of voles and lem- mings. U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 12. (1899). A new moose from Alaska. Biol. Soc. Wash. Proc. 13: 57-59. (1912). List of North American land mammals in the United States National Museum, 1911. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 79. Miller, G. S., Jr., and G. M. Allen (1928). The American bats of the genera Myotis and Pizonyx. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 144. 185 References Cited Miller, G.S.,Jr., and R. Kellogg (1955). List of North American recent mammals. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 205. Munsell (1954). Munsell soil color charts. Munsell, Balti- more. Murie, O. J. (1935). Alaska—Yukon caribou. U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 54: 1-93. Nadler, C. F. (1968). The serum proteins and transferrins of the ground squirrel subgenus Spermophilus. Comp. Bio- chem. Physiol. 27: 487-503. Nadler, C. F., and P. M. Youngman (1969). Transferrin polymorphism among popula- tions of the arctic ground squirrel, Spermophilus un- dulatus (Pallas). Can. J. Zool. 47(5): 1051-57. Nasonov, N. V. (1923). Distribution géographique des moutons sauvages du Monde ancien [in Russian]. Russian Academy of Science, Petrograd. Nelson, E. W. (1884). À new geographical race of the mountain sheep (Ovis montana dalli var. nov.) from Alaska. U.S. Nat. Mus. Proc. 7: 12-13. (1893). Description of a new species of Lagomys from Alaska. Biol. Soc. Wash. Proc. 8: 117—20. (1909). The rabbits of North America. U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 29: 1-314. (1931). A new vole of the genus Stenocranius from Alaska. J. Mammalogy 12: 310-12. Novikov, G. A. (1956). Carnivorous mammals of the fauna of the USSR [in Russian]. Akad. nauk SSSR Zool. Inst. Keys Fauna USSR. Ogilvie, W. (1890). Exploratory survey of part of the Lewes, Tat-on-duc, Porcupine, Bell, Trout, Peel, and Mac- kenzie Rivers. Ann. Rep. Dep. Interior 1889, Pt. 8. Ognev, S. I. (1935). Mammals of U.S.S.R. and adjacent coun- tries. Vol. 3, Carnivora (Fissipedia and Pinnipedia). (Transl. from Russian, 1962, by Israel Program for Scientific Translation, Jerusalem.) National Science Foundation, Washington. (1947). Mammals of U.S.S.R. and adjacent coun- tries. Vol. 5, Rodents. (Transl. from Russian, 1963, by Israel Program for Scientific Translation, Jerusa- lem.) National Science Foundation, Washington. (1948). Mammals of U.S.S.R. and adjacent coun- tries. Vol. 6, Rodents. (Transl. from Russian, 1963, by Israel Program for Scientific Translation, Jerusa- lem.) National Science Foundation, Washington. (1950). Mammals of U.S.S.R. and adjacent coun- 186 tries. Vol. 7, Rodents. (Transl. from Russian, 1964, by Israel Program for Scientific Translation, Jerusa- lem.) National Science Foundation, Washington. Ord, George (1894). A reprint of the North American zoology; being an exact reproduction of the part originally compiled for Johnson and Warner, and first pub- lished by them in their 2nd American edition of Guth- rie’s Geographie, in 1815. Haddonfield, New Jersey. Orr, R.T. (1945). A study of the C/ethrionomys dawsoni group of red-backed mice. J. Mammalogy 26(1): 67-74. Osgood, W. H. (1900). Mammals of the Yukon region. Pages 21—45 in WW. H. Osgood and L. B. Bishop, Results of a bio- logical reconnaissance of the Yukon River region. U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 19. (1901). Natural history of the Queen Charlotte Islands, U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 21: 1-50. (1907). Some unrecognized and misapplied names of American mammals. Biol. Soc. Wash. Proc. 20: 43-52. (1909a). Revision of the mice of the American genus Peromyscus. U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 28:1—285. (19096). Biological investigations in Alaska and Yukon Territory. U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 30: 1-93. Pallas, P. S. (1771-76). Reise durch verschiedene provinzen des Russischen reichs. Gedruckt bey der Kayserlichen academie de wissenschaften, St. Petersburg. 3 vols. (1780). Spicilegia zoologica, quibus novae imprimus et obscurae animalium species iconibus. Gottlieb August Lange, Berlin. 2 vols. Paradiso, J. L., and R. H. Manville (1961). Taxonomic notes on the tundra vole (Micro- tus oeconomus) in Alaska. Biol. Soc. Wash. Proc. 74: 77-91. Parry, W.E. (1825). Journal of asecond voyage for the discovery of a northwest passage from the Atlantic to the Pacific. J. Murray, London. Pavlinin, V.N. (1963). The tobolsk sable. Area, sketch of the mor- phology, problem of interspecific hybridization [in Russian]. Akad. nauk SSSR Ural’skii filial. Sverd- lovsk Inst. Biol. Trudy 34. Peterson, R. L. (1950). A new subspecies of moose from North America. Occas. Pap. Roy. Ont. Mus. Zool. 9: 1—7. (1952). A review of the living representatives of the genus A/ces. Contrib. Roy. Ont. Mus. Zoo. Paleon- tol. 34. References Cited (1955). North American moose. University of Tor- onto Press. Pearson, A. M. (1967). Studies of game and resources, Yukon Elk census 1966-67. Progress report Canadian Wildlife Service. 7 pp. Pfeffer, P. (1967). Le mouflon de Corse (Ovis ammon musi- mon Schreber, 1782); Position systématique, écolo- gie et éthnologie comparées. Mammalia 31, suppl. Phipps, C. J. (1774). A voyage towards the North Pole under- taken by His Majesty’s command, 1773. J. Nourse, London. Porsild, A. E. (1929). Reindeer grazing in northwest Canada. Report of an investigation of pastoral possibilities in the area from the Alaska—Yukon boundary to Coppermine River. Canadian Department of the In- terior, Northwest Territories and Yukon Branch, Ottawa. (1945). Mammals of the Mackenzie Delta. Can. Field Natur. 59(1): 4—22. (1951). Botany of southeastern Yukon adjacent to the Canol Road. Nat. Mus. Can. Bull. 121. (1966). Contributions to the flora of southwestern Yukon Territory. Nat. Mus. Can. Bull. 216: 1-86. Preble, E. A. (1902). Descriptions of species of Synaptomys and Phenacomys from Mackenzie, Canada. Biol. Soc. Wash. Proc. 15: 181-82. (1908). A biological investigation of the Athabaska— Mackenzie region. U.S. Dep. Agr. Biol. Surv. N. Amer. Fauna 27: 1-574. Prest, V. K. (1969). Retreat of Wisconsin and Recent ice in North America. Geol. Surv. Can. Map 1257A. Prest, V. K., D. R. Grant, and V. N. Rampton (1968). Glacial map of Canada. Geol. Surv. Can. Map 1253A. Quay, W.B. (1968). The specialized posterolateral sebaceous glandular regions in microtine rodents. J. Mammal- ogy 49(3): 427-456. Radvanyi, A. (1960). Off-course migration of a northern fur seal. J. Mammalogy 41 (2): 277. Rafinesque, C.S. (1817). Synopsis of four new genera and ten new species of Crustacea found in the United States. Amer. Month. Mag. Crit. Rev. 2: 40-43. Rand, A. L. (1944a). Canadian forms of the meadow mouse (Microtus pennsylvanicus). Can. Field Natur. 57 (7-8): 115-23. (19446). The southern half of the Alaska Highway and its mammals. Nat. Mus. Can. Bull. 98. (1945a). Mammal investigations on the Canal Road, Yukon and Northwest Territories, 1944. Nat. Mus. Can. Bull. 99. (19456). Mammals of Yukon. Nat. Mus. Can. Bull. 100. 93 pp. (1954). The Ice Age and mammal speciation in North America. Arctic, J. Arctic Inst. N. Amer. 7(1): 31-35. Rausch, R. L. (1950). Notes on microtine rodents from the Brooks Range, Arctic Alaska, J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 40(4): 133-36. (1953). On the status of some arctic mammals. Arctic, J. Arctic Inst. N. Amer. 6(2): 91-148. (1961). Notes on the black bear Ursus americanus Pallas in Alaska, with particular reference to denti- tion and growth. Z. Saeugetierk. 26(2): 77-107. (1963a). Geographic variation in size in North American brown bears, Ursus arctos L., as indicated by condylobasal length. Can. J. Zool. 41(1): 33-45. (19636). A review of the distribution of Holarctic recent mammals. Pages 29—43 /n J. L. Gressitt, ed., Pacific Basin biogeography, a symposium. 10th Pacific Science Congress, Honolulu, 1961. Bishop Museum Press, Honolulu. (1964). The specific status of the narrow-skulled vole (Subgenus Stenocranius Kashchenko) in North America. Z. Saeugetierk. 29(6): 343-58. Rausch, R.L., and Virginia R. Rausch (1965). Cytogenetic evidence for the specific dis- tinction of an Alaskan marmot, Marmota broweri Hall and Gilmore (Mammalia: Sciuridae). Chromo- soma 16: 618-23. (1972). Observations on chromosomes of Dicros- tonyx torquatus stevensoni Nelson; chromosomal diversity in varying lemmings. Z. Saeugetierk. 37(6): 372-84. Rausch, V. R., and D. G. Ritter (1973). Somatic chromosomes of a male collared pika, Ochotona collaris (Nelson) (Lagomorpha: Ochotonidae). Mamm. Chromosome Newsl. 14(3): 109-11. Reeder, W.G. (1965). Occurrence of the big brown bat in south- western Alaska. J. Mammalogy 46(2): 332-33. Reichstein, H. von (1958). Schadelvariabilitat europaischer Mauswei- sel (Mustela nivalis L.) und Hermeline (Mustela er- minea L.) in Beziehung zu Verbreitung und Gesch- lecht. Z. Saeugetierk. 22(3—4): 151-82. 187 References Cited Repenning, C. A. (1967). Palearctic-Nearctic mammalian dispersal in the late Cenozoic. Pages 288-311 /n D. M. Hopkins, ed., The Bering Land Bridge. Stanford University Press, Stanford, Calif. Repenning, C.A., D. M. Hopkins, and M. Rubin (1964). Tundra rodents in a late Pleistocene fauna from the Tofty placer district, central Alaska. Arctic, J. Arctic Inst. N. Amer. 17(3):176—97. Rhoads, S. N. (1898). Contributions to a revision of the North American beavers, otters and fishers. Amer. Phil. Soc. Trans., ser. 2, vol. 19: 417-39. (1902). Synopsis of the American martens. Acad. Natur. Sci. Philadelphia Proc., May 1902: 443-60. Richardson, J. (1825). Account of the quadrupeds and birds. Pages 287-379 in W. E. Parry, Journal of a second voyage for the discovery of a northwest passage from the Atlantic to the Pacific. J. Murray, London. (1828). Short characters of a few quadrupeds, pro- cured on Capt. Franklin’s late expedition. Zool. J. 3 (12): 516-20. (1829). Fauna Boreali-Americana, or the zoology of the northern parts of British America. Pt. 1, The quadrupeds. J. Murray, London. Ross, B. R. (1861). An account of the animals useful in an eco- nomic point of view to the various Chipewyan tribes. Can. Natur. Geol. 6(6): 433-44. (1862a). List of mammals, birds, and eggs observed in the McKenzie’s River District, with notices. Can. Natur. Geol. 7(2): 137—55. (186256). A list of mammals, birds, and eggs ob- served in the McKenzie’s River District, with notices. Natur. Hist. Rev. 2(7): 271-90. Rossolimo, ©. L., and V. A. Dolgov (1965). Variability of the skull in Canis lupus Lin- naeus, 1758 from the U.S.S.R. Acta Theriologica 10 (12): 195-207. Rowe, J. S. (1959). Forest regions of Canada. Can. Dep. N. Affairs Natur. Resour., Forest. Br. Bull. 123. Russell, F. (1898). Explorations in the Far North; being the re- port of an expedition under the auspices of the Uni- versity of lowa during the years 1892, ‘93, and ‘94. University of lowa, lowa City. Scheffer, V. B. (1958). Seals, sea lions and walruses, a review of the Pinnipedia. Stanford University Press, Stanford, Calif. Schreber, J. C. (1775.) Die saugthiere in abbildungen nach der na- 188 tur, mit beschreibungen von d. Johann Christian Daniel von Schreber. T. O. Weigel, Leipzig. 7 vols. Schwarz, S. S., A. V. Pokrovski, V. G. Istchen- ko, V. G. Olenjev, N. A. Ovtschinnikova, and ©. A. Pjastolova (1964). Biological peculiarities of seasonal genera- tions of rodents, with special reference to the prob- lem of senescence in mammals. Acta Theriologica 8(2): 11-43. Seton, E.T. (1927). Lives of game animals. Vol. 3, Hoofed ani- mals. Doubleday, Page, Garden City, N.Y. Severtsov, N.A. (1873a). Vertical and horizontal distribution of Tur- kestan animals [in Russian]. Soc. Amat. Natur. Hist. Anthrop. Ethnol. Moscow Mem. 8(2): 1-157. (18736). Wild sheep [in Russian]. Priroda (Moskva) 1: 208-15. Shaw, George (1801). General zoology or systematic natural his- tory. Vols. 1 and 2, Mammalia. G. Kearsley, London. Sheldon, C. (1911). The wilderness of the upper Yukon: A hun- ter's exploration for wild sheep in sub-Arctic moun- tains. Chas. Scribner's Sons, New York. Sidorowicz, J. (1960). Problems of the morphology and zoogeo- graphy of representatives of the genus Lemmus Link 1795 from the Palaearctic. Acta Theriologica 4(5): 53-80. (1964). Comparison of the morphology of represen- tatives of the genus Lemmus Link 1795 from Alaska and the Palaearctic. Acta Theriologica 8(14): 217— 26. Siivonen, L. (1968). Nordeuropas daggdjur. Norstedt, Stock- holm. Simpson, G.G. (1947). Holarctic mammalian faunas and continental relationships during the Cenozoic. Geol. Soc. Amer. Bull. 58(7): 613-87. Simpson, G. G., Anne Roe, and R. C. Lewontin (1960). Quantitative zoology. Rev. ed. Harcourt, Brace, New York. Skinner, M. F., and O. C. Kaisen (1947). The fossil bison of Alaska and preliminary revision of the genus. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. Bull 89(3): 123-256. Spencer, D. L., and J. B. Hakala (1964). Moose and fire on the Kenai. Third Ann. Tall Timbers Fire Ecol. Conf., Tallahassee, Florida, Proc.: 11-33. References Cited Stafannson, V. (1912). [Letter to Dr. Allen.] Pages 720—21 jn J. A. Allen, The probably recent extinction of the musk-ox in Alaska. Science (Washington) n.s. 36(934). (1913). My life with the Eskimo. MacMillan, New York. Stejneger, L. (1936). Georg Wilhelm Steller, the pioneer of Alas- kan natural history. Harvard University Press. Stock, A. D., and W. L. Stokes (1969). A re-evaluation of the Pleistocene bighorn sheep from the Great Basin and their relationships to living members of the genus Ovis. J. Mammalogy 50(4): 805-07. Stokes, W. L., and K. C. Condie (1961). Pleistocene bighorn sheep from the Great Basin. J. Paleontol. 35(3): 598-609. Stone, A. J. (1900). Some results of a natural history journey to northern British Columbia, Alaska, and the North- west Territory, in the interest of the American Mu- seum of Natural History. Amer. Mus. Natur. Hist. Bull. 13: 31-62. Stroganov, S. U. (1957). Mammals of Siberia: Insectivora [in Rus- sian]. Akad. nauk SSSR Zapadno-Sibirskii filial. Sushkin, P. P. (1925). The wild sheep of the Old World and their distribution. J. Mammalogy 6(3): 145-57. Swarth, H. S. (1911). Two new species of marmots from north- western America. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 7: 201-04. (1926). Report on a collection of birds and mam- mals from the Atlin region, northern British Colum- bia. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 30(4): 51-155. (1936). Mammals of the Atlin region, northwestern British Columbia J. Mammalogy 17(4): 398-405. Taylor, W. P. (1916). The status of the beavers of western North America, with a consideration of the factors in their speciation. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 12: 413-95. True, F. W. (1885). A provisional list of the mammals of North and Central America, and the West Indian Islands. U.S. Nat. Mus. Proc. 7: 587-611. Tsalkin, V. I. (1944). Geographical variability in the skull struc- ture of the Eurasian polar fox. Zool. Zh. 23(4): 156— 68. (1951). Mountain sheep of Europe and Asia [in Russian]. Tabl. Annal. U.S.S.R. Zool. 27 (42) 1-343. van Zyll de Jong, C. G. (1972). A systematic review of the Nearctic and neotropical river otters (genus Lutra, Mustellidae, Carnivora). Roy. Ont. Mus. Life Sci. Contrib. 80: 1— 104. Vorontsov, N. N., and E. Yu Ivanitskaya (1973). Comparative karyology of north Palearctic pikas (Ochotona, Lagomorpha, Ochotonidae) [in Russian]. Zool. Zh. 52(4): 584-88. Vorontsov, N. N., and E. A. Lyapunova (1969). Structure of the chromosomes of Cite//us undulatus and life history of the ranges of C. undu- Jatus and C. parryi [in Russian]. Doklady Akad. nauk SSSR 87 (1): 207-10. Wahrhaftig, C. (1965). Physiographic divisions of Alaska. U.S. Geol. Surv. Prof. Pap. 482. Wetzel, R. M. (1955). Speciation and dispersal of the southern bog lemming, Synaptomys cooperi (Baird). J. Mammal- ogy 36(1): 1-20. Williams, M. Y. (1925). Notes on the life along the Yukon—Alaska boundary. Can. Field Natur. 39(4): 69-74. Wood, W. A. (1967). A history of mountaineering in the Saint Elias Mountains. Yukon Alpine Centennial Expedi- tion. Alpine Club of Canada, Vancouver. Youngman, P. M. (1964). Range extensions of some mammals from northwestern Canada. Nat. Mus. Can. Natur. Hist. Pap. 23, 6 pp. (1967). A new subspecies of varying lemming, Dicrostonyx torquatus (Pallas), from Yukon Terri- tory (Mammalia, Rodentia). Biol. Soc. Wash. Proc. 80: 31-34. (1968). Notes on mammals of southeastern Yukon Territory and adjacent Mackenzie District. Nat. Mus. Can. Bull. 223: 70-86. Zimmermann, E. A. von (1778-83). Geographische Geschichte des men- achen und der allgemein verbreiteten vierfiissigen thiere. In der Weygandschen buchhandling, Leipzig. 8 vols. Zimmermann, K. (1942). Zur Kenntnis von Microtus oeconomus (Pallas). Arch. Naturgesch. n.f. 11: 174-97. (1955). Korpergrosse und Bestandsdichte bei Feld- mausen (Microtus arvalis). Z. Saeugetierk. 20: 114— 18. 189 Index Alces alces, 161-62 alces gigas, 161-62 Alopex (see Vulpes lagopus) Artiodactyla, 159-74 Balaena mysticetus, 123 Balaenidae, 123 bat, little brown, 53-54 bear, black, 133-35 bear, brown, 136-38 bear, grizzly, 136-38 bear, polar, 139 beaver, 77-79 bison, 167-68 Bison bison, 167-68 bison bison, 167-68 Bovidae, 167—74 Callorhinus ursinus, 156 Canidae, 125-33 Canis latrans, 125-26 latrans latrans, 125-26 lupus, 128 caribou, 163—67 caribou, barren-ground, 166—67 caribou, Peary, 167 caribou, woodland, 163-65 Carnivora, 124—55 Castor canadensis, 77—79 canadensis canadensis, 77-79 Castoridae, 77—79 Cervidae, 159-67 Cervus elaphus, 159-60 elaphus canadensis, 159-60 Cetacea, 122-23 chipmunk, least, 62-63 Chiroptera, 53-54 Clethrionomys rutilus, 84-87 rutilus dawsoni, 84-87 cougar, 153 coyote, 125—26 deer, mule, 160—61 deer, red, 159-60 Delphinapterus leucas, 122—23 Dicrostonyx torquatus, 114-16 torquatus kilangmiutak 114-16 torquatus nunatakensis, 116 Erethizon dorsatum, 120-21 dorsatum myops, 120-21 190 Erethizontidae, 120—21 Erignathus barbatus, 158 barbatus barbatus, 158 ermine, 142—45 Eutamias minimus, 62-63 minimus borealis, 62-63 Felidae, 153-55 Felis canadensis, 154-55 canadensis canadensis, 154-55 concolor, 153 fisher, 142 fox, arctic, 129 fox, red, 132-33 Glaucomys sabrinus, 76-77 sabrinus sabrinus, 76—77 goat, mountain, 168—69 Gulo gulo, 150-52 guloluscus, 150-52 hare, varying, 57-59 Insectivora, 41-52 Lagomorpha, 55-59 lemming, northern bog, 112—-14 lemming, Siberian, 107—11 lemming, varying, 114-16 Lemmus sibiricus, 107-11 sibiricus helvolus, 107-10 sibiricus trimucronatus, 110-11 Leporidae, 57-59 Lepus americanus, 57-59 americanus dalli, 57-59 Lontra canadensis, 152 canadensis pacifica, 152 Lutra (see Lontra) Lynx (see Felis) lynx, 154-55 Marmota broweri, 66 caligata, 66-67 caligata caligata, 66-67 monax, 64 monax ochracea, 64 marmot, hoary, 66-67 marten, 140-41 Martes americana, 140-41 americana actuosa, 140-41 pennanti, 142 pennanti pennanti, 142 Index Microsorex hoyi, 51-52 hoyi intervectus, 51-52 Microtus longicaudus, 97-98 longicaudus vellerosus, 97-98 miurus, 101—04 miurus cantator, 101 miurus muriei, 102—04 oeconomus, 93-97 oeconomus macfarlani, 93-97 pennsylvanicus, 89-93 pennsylvanicus drummondii, 89-93 xanthognathus, 98-101 mink, 147—50 Monodontidae, 122—23 moose, 161—62 mouse, deer, 79-83 mouse, house, 117 mouse, meadow jumping, 117-18 mouse, western jumping, 119 Muridae, 79-117 Mus musculus, 117 musk-ox, 169—70 muskrat, 104—06 Mustela erminea, 142—45 erminea arctica, 142—43 erminea richardsonii, 143-45 nivalis, 149-47 nivalis eskimo, 146—47 vison, 147-50 vison energumenos, 147-48 vison ingens, 149-50 Mustelidae, 140—52 Myotis lucifugus, 53-54 lucifugus pernox, 53-54 Neotoma cinerea, 83 cinerea occidentalis, 83 Ochotona princeps, 55-57 princeps collaris, 55-57 Ochotonidae, 55-57 Odobenus (see Rosmarus) Odocoileus hemionus, 160-61 hemionus hemionus, 160-61 Ondatra zibethicus, 104—06 zibethicus spatulatus, 104—06 Oreamnos americanus, 168—69 Otariidae, 156 otter, river, 152 Ovibos moschatus, 169—70 moschatus moschatus, 169-70 Ovis nivicola, 170-74 nivicola dalli, 170-74 nivicola stonei, 174 Peromyscus maniculatus, 79-83 maniculatus algidus, 79-82 maniculatus borealis, 82-83 Phenacomys intermedius, 88 intermedius mackenzii, 88 Phoca hispida, 157-58 hispida hispida, 157-58 vitulina, 157 Phocidae, 157-58 pika, 55-57 Pinnipedia, 156—58 porcupine, 120—21 Rangifer tarandus, 163-65 tarandus caribou, 163-65 tarandus groenlandicus, 166-67 tarandus pearyi, 167 Rodentia, 60—1 21 Rosmaridae, 156—57 Rosmarus rosmarus, 156—57 Sciuridae, 62—77 seal, bearded, 158 seal, harbour, 157 seal, northern fur, 156 seal, ringed, 157-58 sheep, mountain, 170—74 shrew, arctic, 44 shrew, dusky, 48—50 shrew, masked, 41—44 shrew, pygmy, 51 shrew, tundra, 45—48 shrew, water, 51 Sorex arcticus, 44 arcticus arcticus, 44 cinereus, 41-44 cinereus cinereus, 41—43 cinereus ugyunak, 44 obscurus, 48-50 obscurus obscurus, 48-50 palustris, 51 palustris navigator, 51 tundrensis, 45-48 Soricidae, 41-52 Spermophilus parryii, 67-72 parryii parryii, 67—71 parryii plesius, 71-72 squirrel, arctic ground, 67-72 squirrel, northern flying, 76-77 squirrel, red, 72—76 on Index Synaptomys borealis, 112-14 borealis borealis, 112-14 Tamiasciurus hudsonicus, 72—76 hudsonicus preblei, 72—76 Ursidae, 133-39 Ursus americanus, 133-35 americanus americanus, 133-35 arctos, 136-38 arctos horribilis, 136-38 arctos middendorffi, 138 maritimus, 139 Vespertilionidae, 53-54 vole, chestnut-cheeked, 98-101 vole, heather, 88 vole, long-tailed, 97-98 vole, meadow, 89-93 vole, northern, 93-97 vole, red-backed, 84-87 vole, singing, 101—04 Vulpes /agopus, 129 lagopus lagopus, 129 vulpes, 132—33 vulpes alascensis, 132—33 walrus, 156—57 wapiti, 159-60 weasel, least, 146—47 whale, bowhead, 123 whale, white, 122—23 wolf, 128 wolverine, 150—52 woodchuck, 64 wood rat, bushy-tailed, 83 Zapodidae, 117—19 Zapus hudsonius, 117-18 hudsonius hudsonius, 117-18 princeps, 119 princeps saltator, 119 192